Menu
About TACK TACK Book How to Use What is Tacit Knowledge?
2030
August 29, 2023
Share Album
Album Contents
Tacit Knowledge in Architecture, A Quest
SECTION 1: DRAMATURGIES
Coarse epistemes: Skill, craftsmanship and tacit knowledge in the grit of the world
Mouldy Smells and Tacit Noses: knowledges coming into view
No Body, Never Mind: The entanglement of how architects construct imagination
Exploring Spatial Perception through Performative 1:1 Extended Reality Models: Preliminary insights from Infra-thin Magick
SECTION 2: COMMUNITIES
+ plus 9 more

Return to archive

title

Tacit Knowledge in Architecture, A Quest

Authors

Tom Avermaete Margitta Buchert Janina Gosseye Klaske Havik

↑ Back to top

Introduction

Figure 0.1: Philibert Delorme, The Good Architect, Premier Tome de l’architecture, 1567.

The concept of ‘tacit knowledge’ was formulated in 1958 by the Hungarian chemist and philosopher Michael Polanyi. 1 Michael Polanyi, Personal Knowledge: Towards a Post-Critical Philosophy (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1958). Polemical in nature, it was part of an effort to refute the idea that scientific knowledge can be reduced to closed sets of statements or logical propositions. For Polanyi, scientific knowledge implied a worldly commitment on the scientist’s part, manifest in the artisanal aspects of constructing experimental installations that involve the mastery of embodied non-explicit knowledge, or ‘tacit ways of knowing’. Beyond the mere mastery of technical skills, tacit knowledge could, in Polanyi’s view, also be found in the beliefs and traditions shared by a community of scientists. Generally transmitted in non-verbal form, these beliefs and traditions, Polanyi held, constitute the basis from which explicit knowledge can emerge, and explain why one always knows more about a particular subject than one can put into words. Polanyi thus positioned tacit knowing in between an idea of ‘embodied knowledge’ and ‘[socially] shared knowledge’ that remains unspoken.

In architectural culture, the question of which knowledge architects hold and activate is an old one. The Roman architect Vitruvius summarised the architect’s knowledge as a pairing of fabrica and ratiocinatio (artisanal producing and reasonable consideration). 2 Vitruvius starts his famous treatise, De architectura, by claiming that ‘the architect should be equipped with knowledge of many branches of study and varied kinds of learning’, and that this results from a combination of fabrica and ratiocinatio. See Vitruvius, The Ten Books on Architecture, trans. M. H. Morgan (New York: Dover Publications, 1960). In the sixteenth century, the French architect Philibert Delorme maintained in his Premier Tome de l’architecture (1567) that architects rely not only on theoretical wisdom, but also on technical and worldly know-how acquired through experience. 3 Philibert Delorme, Le premier Tome de l’Architecture (Paris: Federic Morel, 1567). Delorme illustrated this with his famous allegories of the ‘bad architect’ and the ‘good architect’. While the bad architect has no eyes, hands, or ears, and is thus deprived of any visual, tactile, or auditive apprehension of the world, the good architect has three eyes, four hands, and four ears. The eyes stand for a process of visual learning from both past and present, and the architect’s four ears and four hands respectively represent knowledge attained by pondering the counsel of others and knowledge attained by practising a craft.

Despite the importance attributed to non-explicit wisdom, the field of architecture has maintained an ambiguous relationship with tacit knowledge. Although architects, architectural theoreticians, and historians have acknowledged the importance of tacit knowledge in architectural culture – from the initial phases of the design process, over the different phases of the construction process, to the experience of a building – they often situate it within discourses on the ‘artistic’ registers of the discipline, the ‘genius’ of the architect, or the ‘symbolic’ dimensions of the built environment. Thinkers like the nineteenth-century German philosopher Friedrich Theodor Vischer, for instance, have defined architecture as a ‘symbolic art’ that cannot express its inner function directly but only through codified exterior elements. 4 Friedrich Theodor Vischer, Ästhetik oder Wissenschaft des Schönen (1851), ed. Robert Vischer, vol. 3 (Munich: Meyer & Jessen, 1922), 234. Vischer equated the immediate architectural expression with the ‘body’ (Leib), and the tacit ideas underpinning architecture with the ‘mind’ (Geist). For Vischer, in other words, the tacit knowledge of architecture was part of an impenetrable symbolic inner reality. This ascription of tacit knowledge to artistic or symbolic perspectives has prevented it from becoming the subject of in-depth critical research in architecture. Despite its centrality in architectural education and practice, tacit knowledge has largely remained a terrain vague when it comes to scholarly architectural reflection.

Figure 0.2: Philibert Delorme, The Bad Architect, Premier Tome de l’architecture, 1567.

This book accordingly includes ten critical essays that address fundamental questions concerning the character of tacit architectural knowledge, the way that it performs in the discipline, and how it affects architecture culture.

The Character of Tacit Knowledge

The first series of questions that several contributions in this book address concerns the very character of tacit knowledge in the field of architecture. In architecture culture, tacit knowledge appears in many modes and has many different faces. A first important mode is ‘embodied knowledge’. Architects not only gather knowledge through textual learning, but also through bodily apprehension. In architectural design education, the idea of ‘learning by doing’ within a studio environment is vital. As architectural scholar Thomas Dutton has argued, ‘compared to typical classroom scenarios, studios are active sites where students are engaged intellectually and socially, shifting between analytic, synthetic, and evaluative models of thinking in different sets of activities (drawing, conversing, model-making)’. 5 Thomas A. Dutton, “Design and Studio Pedagogy,” Journal of Architectural Education 41, no. 1 (1987): 16–25. In most programmes of architectural education students learn by drawing (in analogue or digital fashion), by building (scale models or mock-ups), and by writing (texts or data scripts). Design theorist Donald Schön speaks of a ‘knowing-in-action implicit in architecture making’. 6 Donald A. Schön, “The Architectural Studio as an Exemplar of Education for Reflection-in-Action,” Journal of Architectural Education 38, no. 1 (1984): 4. Accordingly, he considers the architectural design process a ‘reflective practicum’ in which disciplinary knowledge is produced through ‘reflection-in-action’. 7 Ibid. These perennial practices of drawing, building, and writing – typical of the educational modus operandi of the studio, but also characteristic of the work undertaken in design offices – as well as the various modes of ‘reflection-in-action’, are methods of knowledge production and accumulation.

Next to embodied knowledge, tacit knowledge in the field of architecture is also a fundamentally social matter. Within a design office, architects often share a set of unspoken ideas and values. This knowledge is often implicit, to be read ‘in-between the lines’ of, for instance, shared frames of reference for specific building details or plan layouts. This is why educational theorist Etienne Wenger claims that the design office can be described as a ‘community of practice’; a set of architects that form a group not only because they work in the same place or for the same company, but also because they share a specific set of tacit knowledge. 8 Etienne Wenger, Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008). In architectural culture, such communities of practice not only exist within the design office, but can form between architects and craftsmen, or between architects, engineers, and commissioners, etc.

The quintessential example of such a community of tacit knowledge is the studio in architectural education. 9 For a good introduction to the studio as a mode of architectural education, see Guy Lambert, “La pédagogie de l’atelier dans l’enseignement de l’architecture en France aux xixe et xxe siècles, une approche culturelle et matérielle,” Perspective (2014), https://doi.org/10.4000/perspective.4412. This mode of design education, whereby groups of students work with dedicated educators, was introduced in the nineteenth century when the classical atelier system of the French Royal Architectural Academy transformed into the Ecole des Beaux-Arts. The atelier in the Beaux-Arts programme not only aimed to improve students’ ‘artistic’ proficiency, but also their ‘analytical and structural thinking skills’. 10 Arthur Drexler, The Architecture of the Beaux-Arts (London: Secker & Warburg, 1984), 92. In spite of the radical changes in educational programmes, the centrality of studio education was maintained in subsequent pedagogical programmes such as the Bauhaus. Walter Gropius, its founder, maintained that ‘the school should be absorbed into the studio and that the manner of teaching should arise from its character’. 11 Walter Gropius, “The Bauhaus,” Architectural Education 1 (1983): 53–79. Typical of the studio is that knowledge is socially constructed. In the shared space of the atelier or studio, students construct a collective base of tacit knowledge as well as an individual position by observing, positioning, and acculturating the work of others, both professors and fellow students. The studio is a system of shared learning, in both a very practical (hands-on) and a cerebral manner.

The Vectors of Tacit Knowledge

Examining tacit knowledge in architectural culture also invites us to reflect on the various ways in which tacit knowledge is transmitted, the second area of enquiry addressed in this book. If knowledge is not passed on through texts, formulas, or manuals, what are the vectors by which knowledge is disseminated?

In architecture, the question of disseminating tacit knowledge points first and foremost to the tools and instruments that are at the very core of the discipline: the ways in which sketches, perspectives, and plans pass on architectural wisdom. The way in which these drawings transmit non-explicit knowledge has long been a subject of reflection in the field of architecture. At the end of the sixteenth century, Federico Zuccari, in his well-known work, L’idea de’ Pittori, Scultori et Architetti, already theorised the existence of a disegno interno, an inner drawing, and disegno esterno, an external drawing. 12 Federico Zuccari, L’idea de’ pittori, scultori et architetti (Turin: 1607), reprinted in Scritti d’arte di Federico Zuccaro, ed. Detlef Heikamp (Florence: L. S. Olschki, 1961). With the external drawing, Zuccari refers to the representation of a building or a city based on explicit conventions and codes of drawing (i.e., the rules of the perspective or axonometry). He complemented this with the concept of inner drawing, which he characterised as a category of knowledge embedded in the drawing that travels with it but which is not necessarily visible from the outside. Zuccari believed that the external drawing could attempt to represent the ideas of the inner drawing but never fully coincide with it. With his concept of disegno interno, Zuccari recognised that the traditional representational tools of architecture – such as the sketch, drawing, and scale-model – transmitted vital architectural knowledge that could not be deciphered through explicit codes or conventions of drawing. The knowledge of the disegno interno is accumulated by looking at examples, role models, ideas, and ideals transmitted by lectures, photos, storytelling, travelling, exhibitions, etc. To this day, the search for other forms of enquiry and theoretical frameworks to explore the knowledge of the disegno interno remains a challenge for architectural scholars.

Another key aspect of the transmission of tacit architectural knowledge are artefacts, such as construction elements, furniture pieces, buildings, urban landscapes, etc. Such artefacts are not just vectors but ‘material witnesses’ of tacit knowledge. 13 For the notion of ‘material witness’, see Susan Schuppli, Material Witness: Media, Forensics, Evidence (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2020). The tacit knowledge that artefacts can hold has, however, not yet been explored in great depth in the field of architecture. Scholars have felt more comfortable analysing textual and visual sources, leaving the tacit knowledge of the artefact largely untouched. Architecture researchers are thus still searching for approaches and methods to grasp this particular artefactual knowledge. Architecture scholars are still grappling with questions such as how to capture knowledge that is silently embedded in an architectural artefact, and how does one analyse the embodied concepts that artefacts can articulate?

Architectural knowledge is not only embedded in inanimate tools, instruments, and artefacts, but also in craftspeople, builders, designers, architects, etc. These professionals possess embodied professional knowledge shaped through time and experience. Through actions such as drawing, building, writing, observing, and talking, they construct a foundation of tacit, embodied knowing that is not just individual, but collective, as it is often co-constructed with others at the design office, craft workshop, or building site. This knowledge residing within the architect, designer, or craftsperson is, however, challenging to investigate and analyse. How can a researcher who is not part of the design office, or not a collaborator in a construction project, grasp such knowledge? What analytical strategies, tools, and concepts do we have to probe this embodied silent knowledge? These remain important questions for researchers interested in architectural design and construction.

The Status of Tacit Knowledge

A third series of questions addressed in the essays gathered in this book relates to the status, roles, and effects of tacit knowledge, especially concerning other types of knowledge, and its production. As mentioned earlier, tacit knowledge has always had – and still has today – an ambiguous status in architecture culture. Although those who teach architecture are convinced of the key role that tacit knowledge plays in learning architectural design, an international trend of explicating pedagogical systems and programmes to rationalise educational processes can be observed. The same can be said for architectural practice, which increasingly needs to respond to a growing set of technical and economic requirements that push the design process to become more rationalised and rule-driven. In short, architectural design is increasingly conditioned by explicit norms and standards. What status does tacit knowledge have within such a context? What role can tacit architectural knowledge play in relation to the dominance of various sorts of explicit knowledge? One might assume that, in such circumstances, the status of tacit knowledge is reduced to an absolute minimum. The opposite, however, is true. In a period in which rational and explicit knowledge seems to dominate architectural culture, a renewed interest in the tacit dimension has emerged. Architects have become very aware of the importance of tacit knowledge in architectural education and design practice.

This renewed attention paid to tacit knowledge can be attributed to the growing opposition to Western hegemony, which for a very long time promoted rational and explicit reasoning as the only valid approaches to understanding the world. 14 For this evolution, see, for instance, N. Maldonado-Torres, “On the Coloniality of Being,” Cultural Studies 21, nos. 2–3 2007): 240–70. In architecture, this idea of the explication and rationalisation of knowledge has accompanied the development of architecture throughout the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Even in those studies that have focused vocally on embodied understandings of the built environment – think, for instance, of Kevin Lynch’s The Image of the City (1960) – explicit rationalisation (in the form of diagrams, patterns, or texts) is used. Other ways of knowing that do not take explicit reason as the source of insight have often been disqualified and, through strategies of marginalisation, belittlement, and suppression, erased from canonical architectural thinking.

For a long time, architectural critics, historians, and theoreticians did not fully acknowledge the importance of corporeal, imaginative, and intuitional faculties in knowledge production. These faculties were separated from explicit ‘rationality’ and attributed to the artistic (and thereby less important) registers of architecture culture. Today, however, there seems to be a growing belief that architectural knowledge entails more than explicit observation and reasoning. Such a perspective raises questions of how to conceptualise these other, more implicit, ways of knowing. Notable attempts to articulate more precisely what the status and capacity of such knowledge might be include Donald Schön’s writing on ‘the reflective practitioner’, Nigel Cross’s book on ‘designerly ways of knowing’, and Richard Buchanan’s work on ‘design thinking’. 15 Donald A. Schön, The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action (New York: Basic Books, 1983); Nigel Cross, Designerly Ways of Knowing(Basel: Birkhäuser, 2007); Richard Buchanan, “Wicked Problems in Design Thinking,” Design Issues 8, no. 2 (1992): 5–21.

The renewed interest in tacit knowledge can also be regarded as an attempt to move beyond dominant Western techno-scientific approaches to knowledge production. It is an invitation not only to recuperate the marginalised tacit dimensions of architecture culture, but also to widen our conceptions of knowledge production beyond Western (colonial) intellectual regimes. As an alternative, the philosopher Nelson Goodman proposes ‘worldmaking’, understood as a mode of knowledge production ‘beyond theories and descriptions, beyond statements, beyond language, beyond denotation even, to include versions and visions metaphorical as well as literal, pictorial and musical as well as verbal, exemplifying and expressing as well as describing and depicting…’ 16 Nelson Goodman, Ways of Worldmaking (Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company, 1978), 109. Goodman underlines that from this perspective, knowledge production is less about explicit rationality and more about ‘rendering’ and ‘rightness’. For him, ‘rendering’ includes not only what a draftsman does, but all the ways of making and presenting worlds – in scientific theories, works of art, and versions of all kinds. 17 Ibid. By ‘rightness’ he refers, along with truth, to standards of acceptability that sometimes supplement or even compete with truth. 18 Ibid., 110.

Examining fundamental questions concerning the character of tacit architectural knowledge, and the way that it performs and affects architecture culture, this book is thus also a quest to explore various modes of worldmaking in architecture culture. In foregrounding other ways of knowing, it also foregrounds other traditions of gathering knowledge, and welcomes different methods and heuristic approaches in the study and practice of architecture.

The contributions to this book are grouped into three sections. The first section, entitled ‘Dramaturgies’, gathers four papers that explore architectural culture’s relationships to material, the body, workmanship, and care. Eric Crevels’s contribution studies the role of craftmanship in architectural practice, dealing with insights from anthropology regarding the role of skill in epistemologies of making. In this transdisciplinary encounter, tacit knowing is discussed as sensual lived experiences of skilful interaction with different materials in real, productive settings. Anna Livia Vørsel’s essay shows how knowledge is present in material, and how stories are embedded in their use and life cycle. Material choices, Vørsel maintains – through their textures, temperatures, moisture, etc. – not only influence how individuals experience architecture, but also have an impact on the social aspects of architecture and the culture of its maintenance. Building on the notion of embodied experience, Mara Trübenbach speaks of material literacy, and connects materiality to the imaginative capacity of architects. Using insights from the performative arts, she investigates how embodied impulses, related to materiality, steer processes of architectural imagination in the context of a design process. Paula Strunden takes the interest in the performative aspects of architectural perception into the realm of extended reality, exploring possibilities of new media. To uncover different layers of spatial experience, she probes and discusses these quests by constructing ‘autonomous’ model installations as interweaving hybrid environments, stimulating interactions with perceivers as actors.

The three essays gathered in the next section, entitled ‘Communities’, explore the formation and existence of communities of tacit knowledge in the field of architecture: how practices (of architects) come with their own ways of doing, from positioning and communication to ways of approaching sites, assignments, and design processes, and the cultural trajectories they imply and generate. Claudia Mainardi discusses the codes that exist in architectural practices, regarding these as ‘the mode in which values and principles materialise’. Such codes – think, for instance, of the jargon that develops in cultures of practice – imply the existence of multiple registers of tacit knowledge that become part of the DNA of architectural practices and of the cultural ‘milieu’ and debates of which they are a part. Caendia Wijnbelt’s contribution shows how these codes and ways of communicating about architecture can depend on different cultural, educational, and geographical backgrounds, by describing the different ‘pathways of interpretation’ of a public building in Bruges, Belgium, co-designed by the Portuguese architect Souto de Moura and the Belgian architecture firm META. Wijnbelt’s essay discusses how the different perspectives on the topic of locality affected the collaborative process of design, the shape of the architecture, and the possibilities of its perception. Finally, Filippo Cattapan’s essay focuses on the creative practice of the Belgian architect Christian Kieckens, and looks particularly at the role that visual knowledge played in his office and teaching, as well as in his exchanges with various European and American architecture contexts.

The last set of contributions gathered under the heading ‘Situations’ dwell upon the situations that architects encounter that may call for very different forms of tacit knowing. Ionas Sklavounos presents a highly situated approach in which local communities and local building traditions are brought into play in the development of site-specific projects; in this case a stone masonry project in Greece. Dwelling on insights from phenomenology, he recognises the potential of poetic animation and the emergence of stories in these actions taking place as a collaborative process between craftspeople and architects on site. As Jhono Bennett explains in his contribution, instances of tacit knowledge in architecture may also be intrinsically related to geographical and political situations, such as in the case of architectural and urban practice in South Africa. Bennett explains how traces of political history are still tacitly present in architectural culture and ponders whether a ‘reparative practice’ could emerge through the quest for more specific ‘southern values in spatial practices’. The final essay, by Hamish Lonergan, speaks of a very particular situation that all architects encounter during their training: the design studio. In this setting, codes and conventions of architectural cultures are implicitly taught, and it is through these situations that future architects develop the shared social values that they will take with them tacitly and explicitly on their trajectories of architectural practice.

  1. Michael Polanyi, Personal Knowledge: Towards a Post-Critical Philosophy (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1958).
  2. Vitruvius starts his famous treatise, De architectura, by claiming that ‘the architect should be equipped with knowledge of many branches of study and varied kinds of learning’, and that this results from a combination of fabrica and ratiocinatio. See Vitruvius, The Ten Books on Architecture, trans. M. H. Morgan (New York: Dover Publications, 1960).
  3. Philibert Delorme, Le premier Tome de l’Architecture (Paris: Federic Morel, 1567).
  4. Friedrich Theodor Vischer, Ästhetik oder Wissenschaft des Schönen (1851), ed. Robert Vischer, vol. 3 (Munich: Meyer & Jessen, 1922), 234.
  5. Thomas A. Dutton, “Design and Studio Pedagogy,” Journal of Architectural Education 41, no. 1 (1987): 16–25.
  6. Donald A. Schön, “The Architectural Studio as an Exemplar of Education for Reflection-in-Action,” Journal of Architectural Education 38, no. 1 (1984): 4.
  7. Ibid.
  8. Etienne Wenger, Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008).
  9. For a good introduction to the studio as a mode of architectural education, see Guy Lambert, “La pédagogie de l’atelier dans l’enseignement de l’architecture en France aux xixe et xxe siècles, une approche culturelle et matérielle,” Perspective (2014), https://doi.org/10.4000/perspective.4412.
  10. Arthur Drexler, The Architecture of the Beaux-Arts (London: Secker & Warburg, 1984), 92.
  11. Walter Gropius, “The Bauhaus,” Architectural Education 1 (1983): 53–79.
  12. Federico Zuccari, L’idea de’ pittori, scultori et architetti (Turin: 1607), reprinted in Scritti d’arte di Federico Zuccaro, ed. Detlef Heikamp (Florence: L. S. Olschki, 1961).
  13. For the notion of ‘material witness’, see Susan Schuppli, Material Witness: Media, Forensics, Evidence (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2020).
  14. For this evolution, see, for instance, N. Maldonado-Torres, “On the Coloniality of Being,” Cultural Studies 21, nos. 2–3 2007): 240–70.
  15. Donald A. Schön, The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action (New York: Basic Books, 1983); Nigel Cross, Designerly Ways of Knowing(Basel: Birkhäuser, 2007); Richard Buchanan, “Wicked Problems in Design Thinking,” Design Issues 8, no. 2 (1992): 5–21.
  16. Nelson Goodman, Ways of Worldmaking (Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company, 1978), 109.
  17. Ibid.
  18. Ibid., 110.

Return to archive

title

SECTION 1: DRAMATURGIES

Return to archive

title

Coarse epistemes: Skill, craftsmanship and tacit knowledge in the grit of the world

Author

Eric Crevels

Abstract

In the words of Dutch archaeologist Maikel Kuijpers, craft is “a way of exploring and understanding the material world”. This definition suggests that craftsmanship can be understood as a touchstone for a theory of knowledge in material productions. By exploring the role of skill in the processes of making and its epistemic correspondence, I develop the hypothesis that craftsmanship is as a perceptive-cognitive enactment within the making process, a form of attunement with production. The argument is that the material, productive side of work deploys and operates a particular epistemological regime, based on types of practical engagement deeply related to the possibilities and contingencies of objective, concrete reality. Making means implicating oneself with the material world, embedding the body in the processes of transforming matter and partaking in the flows of forces that form things. Thus, the knowledge in the making – skill – can be understood as the invention or establishment of a new mode of perception through action that is enacted by tools, movements, techniques etc. This practical perception acts as the foundational basis on which craftsmanship is performed, representing its conditions of possibility. Given the perceptual, embodied nature of craftsmanship, its transmission is rendered impossible outside the actual engagement with production. As such, this interpretation refers back to the original distinctions made by Gilbert Ryle of “knowing that” and “knowing how” that influenced Michael Polanyi in his definition of tacit knowledge. The particular epistemic rationality of crafts provides insights for understanding knowledge inside disciplines involved with creative practice, such as architecture. The epistemic coupling with production helps to understand how architects design, but it also reveals a general epistemic schism in the discipline, founded in the inconsistency between abstract designerly knowledge and the craftsmanship of construction.

Perhaps the most common example of Michael Polanyi’s concept of tacit knowledge is riding a bicycle. First introduced by Polanyi himself, 1 Michael Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1967). the example is very effective in transmitting the general quality of being non-explicit, but does not easily relate to other ways of knowing, such as theoretical knowledge. To remedy this distance, much ink has been spilt on the notions embodied, practical and somatic knowledge, 2 Marie Louise Stig Sørensen and Katharina Rebay-Salisbury, eds., Embodied Knowledge. Perspectives on Belief and Technology (Oxford: Oxbow, 2012), https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvh1dx2t.3; Trevor Marchand, Craftwork as Problem Solving: Ethnographic Studies of Design and Making (New York: Routledge, 2017). in an attempt to bridge the two. Nonetheless, I believe yet another line of investigation might prove useful. Notably, while the definition of the ability to ride a bicycle as knowledge is not straightforward, there is little disagreement that it requires skill.

It seems important that Polanyi’s own example of tacit knowledge is so recognisable as a skill. However, it little helps to conceptually understand tacit knowledge, since what is meant by ‘skill’ is often obscure. From a scholarly perspective, one quickly notices how underexamined the notion of ‘skill’ actually is. Classical epistemology has dwelt little on the concept, understanding that it accounts only for the application of knowledge, without being a proper instance of knowing. Knowledge and truth appear related, while ‘skill’ simply denotes a subsidiary, more significant to labour than to philosophy, in a schism dating back to Plato and Aristotle. 3 Jonas Holst, “The Fall of the Tektōn and The Rise of the Architect: On the Greek Origins of Architectural Craftsmanship,” Architectural Histories 5, no. 1 (2017): 1–12, https://doi.org/10.5334/ah.239. Mimicking classical epistemologists, studies on professionalism disappoint as well. Donald Schön argues that in the field, biased by ‘Technical Rationality’, skills are thought of as ‘an ambiguous, secondary kind of knowledge’. 4 Donald A Schön, The Reflective Practitioner (New York: Basic Books, 2013), https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107415324.004. Schön’s departure from this perspective is significant, but he does not directly develop it as a concept, focusing instead on the ‘knowing in action’ that takes place in skilled practice. 5 Ibid. However, scholars from anthropology, archaeology, and cultural studies seek to understand skilled practice by focusing on the concrete environment of production. Following the works of David Pye and Peter Dormer, Richard Sennett’s The Craftsman brought notable attention to the topic. 6 Richard Sennett, The Craftsman (London: Yale University Press, 2008). Ever since, the growing field of research known as ‘craft theory’ 7 Maikel H. G. Kuijpers, An Archaeology of Skill: Metalworking Skill and Material Specialization in Early Bronze Age Central Europe (New York: Routledge, 2018), https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315196022. has attempted to theorise skill. Amongst many craft theory scholars, perhaps the most prominent is the British anthropologist, Tim Ingold.

Ingold argues that making is not a process of translating a conceptual idea into matter, but rather the process where one finds one’s way by following the material’s properties. 8 Tim Ingold, “The Textility of Making,” Cambridge Journal of Economics 34, no. 1 (2009): 91–102, https://doi.org/10.1093/cje/bep042. In opposition to Aristotelian hylomorphism, Ingold rejects a dualism between form and substance and suggests that artefacts come to be as they are woven in the ‘flow of forces’ of skilled practice. 9 Ibid., 95. This would imply that craftspeople do not impose ideal forms into nature, but engage nature in a ‘form-generating process’, 10 Ibid. or morphogenesis, in which the properties of materials, the affordances of tools, and the perception and movements of the maker come together in a creative action. Form, he proposes, is generated through this encounter – it grows out of the process itself.

Ingold’s view makes it possible to theorise skill as something other than the mere application of knowledge. As pointed out by Carlos Sautchuk, this conception of skill betrays a deep phenomenological influence. Ingold proposes a ‘generative relation between the person–organism and the environment’ 11 Carlos Emanuel Sautchuk, “Aprendizagem como gênese: prática, skill e individuação,” Horizontes Antropológicos 21, no. 44 (2015): 109–39, https://doi.org/10.1590/s0104-71832015000200006. that conditions the development of skill and, therefore, takes into account the experience of the contextual world as an active process that affects both maker and matter. 12 Tim Ingold, “Three in One: On Dissolving the Distinctions Between Body, Mind and Culture” (unpublished manuscript, April 1999), https://lchc.ucsd.edu/mca/Paper/ingold/ingold2.htm. In the apprenticeship of skill, practitioners ‘watch and feel as they work’, in a process of ‘rediscovery’ 13 Tim Ingold, The Perception of the Environment (London: Routledge, 2002), https://doi.org/10.2307/1936173. that brings to the fore the properties of materials as they appear ‘directly implicated in the form-generating process’. 14 Tim Ingold, Making: Anthropology, Archaeology, Art and Architecture (London: Routledge, 2013), https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203559055. In other words, rather than the capacity to manifest exterior codes and form into a particular medium, skill is acquired through ‘an attentive, perceptual involvement’ with materials in a productive setting, within the processes of the craft. 15 Tim Ingold, “On Weaving a Basket,” in The Perception of the Environment, 339–61.

Walking the same path, Dutch archaeologist Maikel Kuijpers understands skill as a form of ‘recognition of and response to material’. 16 Kuijpers, An Archaeology of Skill. Associating the resulting quality with how skilful or unskilled makers are, he argues that skill allows different individuals to ‘respond differently towards the material’. 17 Ibid. While this capacity of (differential) response might be interpreted as an application of external knowledge, Kuijpers argues that it is through perception enacted in practice that knowledge of material comes to the craftsperson. In other words, ‘recognition’ and the ‘response’ are made possible by means of an ‘intimate relationship between the maker and material … achieved through the hands, eyes, and tools’. 18 Ibid. This is a way of  ‘sensate understanding’. 19 Ibid. As Kuijpers phrases it, ‘craftspeople aim to express the qualities rather than properties of a material’, meaning that instead of knowing materials by properties such as chemical percentages, deformability, and so on, they interact with their medium through what can be sensorially apprehended in practice. 20 Ibid. While this knowledge ‘is not necessarily of the kind that can explain why something happens’, and therefore not strictly ‘theoretical’, it allows for a phenomenal relationship to be ‘clearly recognized, understood, and acted upon’ 21 Ibid. in a particular and relational process:

In every encounter between material and craftsperson this dialogue is repeated; the idea shaping the material as the material tweaks the idea. This interaction takes place at the level where craftspeople are able to perceive and understand their material through their senses and with their tools. A craftsperson will listen and learn from material, how it behaves, and what it presents. 22 Ibid.

To demonstrate his point, Kuijpers argues that unskilled makers ‘might not even recognize’ the qualities of a material, and thus respond differently to it than a skilled craftsperson. 23 Ibid. This leads us to another important point about its nature: while skill is dependent on perception, it also implies a change in it. Perception does not stay the same, whether skill is involved or not. It is precisely this change that creates the possibility for a different ‘response’ or action. What distinguishes the skilled and the unskilled is not only a different capacity to act, but a different capacity to perceive that affords action. Additionally, the change in perception is not simply physical, but involves ‘recognition’ – it is epistemic. Skill is not the capacity to see the grain of wood, but to see meaning in the grain of wood.

What I argue is that this epistemic shift in perception defines skill. To be more precise, skill should be understood not solely as a capacity made possible via a change in perception, but as the establishment of this transformation. It is the change in perception and its association with practical meaning related to the processes of making that qualifies skill; after all, the capacity to perform a particular task is conditioned by the ability for the task to be posed. It is only the skilled who know what to do and are able to perform it when faced with a problem. 24 Marchand, Craftwork as Problem Solving. In other words, skill is the establishment of perceptual fields that allows knowledge of a practical syntax to be developed. It is the ability to see, with the material, the virtuality of action – thus, its language is that of craft.

If skill can be understood as the establishment of perceptual–epistemic fields, it is effected through experience, slowly constructed by the active engagement with materials, tools, and techniques in the process of making. In other words, it is by experiencing that the craftsperson gets the ‘feel’ of things. Through this feeling, understanding is constructed, and theoretical knowledge can be associated with practice. This process explains the incapacity of artisans to explain things in scientific ways, because it bypasses the need for explication. In it, the hierarchy between research and practice is inverted, if not dissolved altogether. What could be the equivalent of research, in crafts, does not stem from a teleological drive for discovery, but is prompted in practice because of the intrinsically experimental nature of practical action.

Take, for example, blacksmiths. They measure the steel’s temperature by colour, and gauge the transformation it allows without the need for a scientific explanation of the quantum mechanics and chemistry involved. Blacksmiths ‘use’ these disciplines without theoretically ‘knowing’ them because their ways of knowing are that of the exploration of the world and its phenomena. The heating of steel produces blackbody radiation and simultaneously makes the material pliable, and different amounts of heat serve different functions in the craft (forging, hardening, tempering, etc.). This variation in temperature is perceivable most directly by colour. From ‘cherry-red’ to ‘white’, blacksmiths gauge the temperature of the steel with the precision required by their works, without the need of an objective codification – degrees alone, either Celsius or Kelvin, tell one little about when to quench a blade if one lacks a thermometer, in addition to the abstract knowledge of metallurgy. Across centuries of exploration, blacksmiths came to know the phenomena of quantum mechanics and chemistry in action, without knowing them in descriptive terms. They know it because they use it, insofar as it is a component of their craft, and they slowly developed the mode of perception that allows this engagement. As Marchand argues, ‘the process of learning through exploration, experimentation, and reflection brings about new knowledge or a new way of knowing (or getting to know) something’. 25 Ibid.

In the terms of the French philosopher Gilbert Simondon, this sensate engagement affords information – a difference that makes a difference, as described by Bateson; 26 Gregory Bateson, Steps to an Ecology of Mind: Collected Essays in Anthropology, Psychiatry, Evolution, and Epistemology (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972). a difference that, in relation to the task at hand, opens a horizon of possibility. 27 Gilbert Simondon, On the Mode of Existence of Technical Objects, trans. Ninian Mellamphy (Paris: Univocal Publishing, 2012). For Simondon, information is not a discrete, absolute thing that stands in its own right, and the question is that of meaning, which is the mode of perception referred to here – it is the capacity to find a particular meaning in the changes of colour of heated steel related to the task at hand that defines the skill of the blacksmith. This meaning is not absolute or autonomous, but connected to a network of flows, forces, contingencies, and tendencies.

In this framework, it is also possible to see how theoretical knowledge can act on skill but not guarantee or equate to it. To coalesce in skill, any information gathered through other means must establish a change in perceptual capacity. Acquiring or improving skills via theoretical, representational sources is a translation of properties into qualities, in a reverse process to that suggested by Kuijpers as necessary to (theoretically) understand skilled practice. Going back to the example of blacksmithing and quantum mechanics, many modern blacksmiths incorporate the use of magnets to test the temperature of steel for hardening. As it happens, the hardening temperature of steel – more technically, when the transformation of its molecular grain structure from ferrite to austenite is significant – generally sits below its Currie Temperature, in which the material loses its magnetic properties. Blacksmiths, then, converted this piece of metallurgical information into a perceptive tool, understanding the properties to access the qualities of their material. They will test if the steel is magnetic and, if not, know that it is (probably) hot enough for hardening. Skills, as such, can be located in the boundaries between the concrete and abstract aspects of knowledge and, more importantly, establish their connection. They operate as the bridge between descriptive, operative, and projective knowledge; that is, between the information of a given state, the processes to transform it, and its possible development into a new state. As Trevor Marchand puts it, the ‘process – the act of making – is what counts in this context … thinking and learning through making are at the core of the act of craft’. 28 Marchand, Craftwork as Problem Solving.

Especially important in this interpretation is the relationship established between maker and the world. The complexity of craftwork requires the awareness of the worker in relation to a multitude of variants, with which s/he has to engage rationally in the course of the production. Craftwork is constantly marked by problem solving 29 Ibid. in a structure encompassing many dimensions and contributions from material, social, and cultural perspectives. ‘In craft’, Marchand states, ‘problems emerge in tandem with identifying mistakes or registering deficiencies, and they arise while learning technique, and alongside experimentation, improvisation, and innovation’. 30 Ibid. These tasks are closely related to the agency of the artisan, and in Theodor Adorno’s words, rich in ‘rationality’, because ‘the means have their own logic, a logic that points beyond them’, meaning the connection with an objective, concrete reality that has to be addressed in every instance of making. 31 Theodor W. Adorno, “Functionalism Today,” in Rethinking Architecture: A Reader in Cultural Theory, ed. Neil Leach (London: Routledge, 2005): 31–41 As a reflection, materials and things have resistance – a sort of reaction that does not require intentionality. The world has a grain, and making implies a way of dealing with that grain. This can be seen as a form of agency, 32 Alfred Gell, Art and Agency: An Anthropological Theory (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1998). https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315237473. in the sense that it generates ‘affordances’ in the way something is to be perceived, signified, read – i.e., the way in which it responds to action. 33 Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge. The corollary, as Ingold put it, is that

makers have to work in a world that does not stand still until the job is completed, and with materials that have properties of their own and are not necessarily predisposed to fall into the shapes required of them, let alone to stay in them indefinitely. 34 Ingold, “The Textility of Making.”

A good example of how this problem-solving aspect of making relies on agency can be found in the relationship makers have with tools. In Kuijpers’s analysis, tools mediate skilled practice by being simultaneously perceptive and transformative. As such, they can be understood as extensions of the body that allow one to perceive the material according to the conditions of its transformation. Tools provide a way of sensing that is directly coupled with the possibility of action: a chisel allows one to ‘feel’ the wood in its resistances (and affordances) to being carved; a hammer, to ‘feel’ the steel in the way it bends to a blow.

While it is common amongst modern theorists to understand tools as extensions of the body, 35 Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Phenomenology of Perception, trans. Donald A. Landes (London: Routledge, 2010); Marcel Mauss, A General Theory of Magic, trans. Robert Brain, 2nd edn. (New York: Routledge, 2005), https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203996140; Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension. Sautchuk points out that this is not the only possible expression of their use. Depending on the action performed, tools can be seen as completely external elements to whose subjectivity the craftsperson must relate, or even be part of. Both expressions can be seen in the case of the divergent relation fishermen from Northern Brazil have with the fish hook, 36 Carlos Emanuel Sautchuk, “O Que a Rede Nos Ensina Sobre o Pescador?,” Revista Coletiva 1 (2010): 1–4. according to the contingencies of the processes in which the hook is active, and the kind of engagement it makes happen. For fishermen in the lakes, the hook is an extension of the arm, enlarging their bodily potentials, while coastal fishermen address their body as part of a larger mechanism, or technical object 37 Simondon, On the Mode of Existence of Technical Objects. – on the fishing boat, artifacts and tools can work together as ‘partners’ or ‘betray’ the fishermen. 38 Sautchuk, “O Que a Rede Nos Ensina Sobre o Pescador?.” This differential relationship with tools, Sautchuk argues, implicates different notions of personhood and agency. The hook, in these environments, acquires different meanings, without any change in its primary or technological form.

The common ground between the analyses of Kuijpers and Sautchuck is the perception that the relationship between workers and tools or materials is not as solid as it is professed to be, nor does it take a single format. More than a territory in which the categories of subject and object are given, making is the territory where they are developed. Tools make possible the establishment of a relationship between agencies precisely because skill is perceptual. To acquire skill, one must personally engage the work and the craft, testing the networks of resistance and affordance in relation to one’s own capacities and limitations. In a craft apprenticeship, the master shows the apprentice the starting and finishing points of a procedure, as well as the objective path between the two – but the semantics of the action are constructed mainly by the apprentice.

Perhaps this schema seems needlessly to reestablish a duality between subject and object, but what is happening in the moment of making is not seen as, nor describes, such duality, but (potentially) actualises it. In the process of making, agencies are established and a complex intersubjective relationship is founded, or better yet, negotiated. The more skilled a craftsperson, the easier s/he will engage with production and make the specific network of agency of their craft emerge, securing their position in it. In other words, as experience builds up, the flow of forces between agents coalesces into a more (but never completely) stable form. Making is as much a merger between the maker and material as their continuous tension, and every instance of making engenders a particular relationship of agency. Thus, there is not one mode of relationship between maker and what is made, or even between subjects, objects, and processes, for that matter, but many. Consequently, there is not one epistemology of making, but countless.

The production of crafts has to respond to this complex reality, and craftsmanship can be understood as the enactment of skill as such a response. The virtuality of action provided by skill becomes the actual in a process of intersubjective encounter: craftsmanship is this actualisation. Contrary to the idea of genius, craftsmanship is not an autonomous quality or capacity that exists in a latent state, but an emerging phenomenon. It is not located in the subject, as something waiting to be put to practice, neither is it embedded in the object. Rather, it circles back to the active moment of practice, in the encounter of objective and epistemic entities that constitute making, and is actualised there. Craftsmanship is only real in the moment of its operation, in the actual engagement between the maker and the process. Rather than being, craftsmanship is always performed.

If ‘all craft is approximation’, as Pye suggests, meaning that the way of knowing of craftspeople is that of tendencies, it is also a metaphorical reduction of distance between the world of the maker and the material environment of production. 39 Kuijpers, An Archaeology of Skill. More than an established way of traversing complexity, skill represents the ability to perceive a horizon of possibilities in such paths. Thus, increases in skill are not directly matters of efficiency, but of expansion and diversification of this horizon. Skills provide the craftsperson with possibilities of action, pathways that allow one to move towards the intended goal. Accordingly, archaeologist Heide W. Nørgaard observes that ‘[c]hoices taken within a working process can be viewed as a “sorting out of possibilities”’ 40 Heide W. Nørgaard, Bronze Age Metalwork: Techniques and Traditions in the Nordic Bronze Age 1500–1100 BC *(Oxford: Archaeopress, 2018), https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvndv72s. . As with any journey, there is not a single possible trajectory, and their plurality emerges from the variation in their contexts. Making is just so, in a landscape populated by materials, techniques, and tools.

However, the choices in the craftsperson’s repertoire respond not solely to the physical materiality (the properties and qualities of materials), but to many other contingencies that are active in the processes of making. There is a level of ‘wayfaring’, as Ingold would put it, 41 Ingold, “The Textility of Making.” and a level of cultural and historical hylomorphism given by a social landscape that conditions what is judged valuable or useful. The work of the artisan involves the mediation between those dimensions, and it is by enacting the dimensions of a socially established production that craftsmanship comes to be. Craftmanship happens within the network of agents in a particular morphogenetic assemblage, through the employment of a perceptive–transformative dialectic in practice. In simple terms, it is the enactment of skill: if skill is what affords action, craftsmanship is the realisation of action in a particular way.

A way to summarise things is to say that craftsmanship is a perceptive–cognitive alignment with making processes in which the particularities of production are negotiated with the material world. Craftsmanship is a creative event taking place in-between subject and object, practitioner and material, connecting things in their dynamic flow and weaving the world of life – or, more precisely, a form-giving process that arises from the manipulation of things and materials following their specific embedded proprieties and qualities. It is a process of coupling the information afforded by skill as an attunement in practice. From these perspectives, it becomes clear that indeed, as Kuijpers argues, ‘craft is not a set of fine products, or even a set of skills; it’s “a way of exploring and understanding the material world”’. 42 Kuijpers, An Archaeology of Skill.

This is why skill and craftsmanship are, by nature, tacit. The relationship established between maker and the world is one that is developed under the terms of their encounter in practice. It is relative to an objective, external reality that could potentially be codified and represented, but is only accessible from a situated and embodied position. Being modes of perception, skills are built on personal experience and are simultaneously shared among a community of practice and particular to each individual. The specific character of a person’s body, their ways of thinking and cognitive capacities, and the conditions of their particular situation in action – say, for example, their mood – will define their relationship with the material world, influencing their craftsmanship and the development of skill.

While material properties can be expressed in transferable formulas, equations, or descriptions, material qualities are felt: they are sensorial. The translation between the two will invariably remove this sensorial quality, which explains the frequent use of metaphors in craft apprenticeships. This is a way to counteract the loss in perceptive potential, by relating one action to other common phenomena with similar sensorial qualities. This knowledge is discussed and flows within the community of practice, serving as a device of communication between practitioners. Such displacement, however, is not complete and cannot fully transmit, to the linguistic version, the entirety of its original potential. Ultimately, the metaphor in craft points to the existence of a knowledge that is not linguistic in nature, but refers to the practice itself.

In relation to epistemology, the framework presented here resonates best with the work of Gilbert Ryle, whose postulations revolve not around explicit and tacit forms of knowledge, but about knowing how and knowing that. 43 Gilbert Ryle, The Concept of Mind (London: Hutchinson, 1949; 1984), 314. Ryle’s work is a critique of the idea that there is an external intellectual background to knowing, a ‘ghost in the machine’ that exercises knowledge through the application of rules and theory prior to practice. Knowing how, therefore, is not merely an expression of knowing that, as a command from mind to body, but an instance of understanding. Knowing how is a form of intelligence, a ‘disposition’ to think and learn and be ‘on guard’ to possible problems in action. 44 Ibid. The parallel to skill is evident, and although Ryle does not relate it directly to perception, he expands the concept of the mind in terms that resonate greatly with skill. He states that a skilled practitioner, such as a chess-player, and a skilled observer share the same ‘path’, as they both can identify and ‘be on the alert to detect’ the same mistakes, opportunities, and so on. 45 Ibid. These operations are not located solely in the mind understood as a purely theoretical place, ‘for the mind is not even a metaphorical “place”. On the contrary, the chessboard, the platform, the scholar’s desk, the judge’s bench, the lorry-driver’s seat, the studio and the football field are among its places’. 46 Ibid. The mind, for Ryle, is not set in opposition with the body, the tools, and the world, but flows into and emerges from them. 47 In this specific topic, Ryle’s interpretation is developed in a very similar fashion to that professed later by scholars such as Marcel Mauss, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, and Tim Ingold. Knowing, in his conception, is linked to practice much in the same way skill is connected to craftsmanship.

What Polanyi fails to properly address, in the bicycle example, is that what is at play is not only the movements required to steer the bicycle or keep it from falling. It is that these actions, the feel for the bicycle and its particular way of moving through space, are developed within a perceptive–bodily development. The formation of the bicycle rider is an invention of themself in the encounter of wheels, eyes, roads, muscles, chains, wind, and so on. Perhaps, under this framework, rather than understanding skill as a form of tacit knowing, the opposite should be done.

Bibliography

  • Adorno, Theodor W. “Functionalism Today.” In Rethinking Architecture: A Reader in Cultural Theory, edited by Neil Leach. London: Routledge, 2005. 31–41
  • Collins, Harry. Tacit & Explicit Knowledge. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.
  • Gell, Alfred. Art and Agency: An Anthropological Theory. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1998.
  • Holst, Jonas. “The Fall of the Tektōn and The Rise of the Architect: On the Greek Origins of Architectural Craftsmanship.” Architectural Histories 5, no. 1 (2017): 1–12. https://doi.org/10.5334/ah.239.
  • Ingold, Tim. Making: Anthropology, Archaeology, Art and Architecture. London: Routledge, 2013. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203559055.
  • Ingold, Tim. “On Weaving a Basket.” In The Perception of the Environment: Essays on Livelihood, Dwelling and Skills, 339–61. London: Routledge, 2002.
  • Ingold, Tim. The Perception of the Environment. London: Routledge, 2002. https://doi.org/10.2307/1936173.
  • Ingold, Tim. “The Textility of Making.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 34, no. 1 (2009): 91–102. https://doi.org/10.1093/cje/bep042.
  • Ingold, Tim. “Three in One: On Dissolving the Distinctions Between Body, Mind and Culture.” Unpublished manuscript, 1999. https://lchc.ucsd.edu/mca/Paper/ingold/ingold2.htm
  • Kuijpers, Maikel H. G. An Archaeology of Skill: Metalworking Skill and Material Specialization in Early Bronze Age Central Europe. New York: Routledge, 2018. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315196022.
  • Marchand, Trevor. Craftwork as Problem Solving: Ethnographic Studies of Design and Making. New York: Routledge, 2017.
  • Mauss, Marcel. A General Theory of Magic. Translated by Robert Brain. 2nd edn. New York: Routledge, 2005. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203996140.
  • Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. Phenomenology of Perception. Translated by Donald A. Landes. London: Routledge, 2010.
  • Nørgaard, Heide W. Bronze Age Metalwork: Techniques and Traditions in the Nordic Bronze Age 1500–1100 BC. Oxford: Archaeopress, 2018. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvndv72s.
  • Polanyi, Michael. The Tacit Dimension. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1967.
  • Ryle, Gilbert. The Concept of Mind. London: Hutchinson, 1949; 1984.
  • Sautchuk, Carlos Emanuel. “Aprendizagem como gênese: prática, skill e individuação.” Horizontes Antropológicos vol. 21, no. 44 (2015): 109–39. https://doi.org/10.1590/s0104-71832015000200006.
  • Sautchuk, Carlos Emanuel. “O Que a Rede Nos Ensina Sobre o Pescador?.” Revista Coletiva 1 (2010): 1–4.
  • Schön, Donald A. The Reflective Practitioner. New York: Basic Books, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107415324.004.
  • Sennett, Richard. The Craftsman. London: Yale University Press, 2008.
  • Simondon, Gilbert. On the Mode of Existence of Technical Objects. Translated by Ninian Mellamphy. Paris: Univocal Publishing, 2012.
  • Stig Sørensen, Marie Louise, and Katharina Rebay-Salisbury, eds. Embodied Knowledge. Perspectives on Belief and Technology. Oxford: Oxbow, 2012. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvh1dx2t.3
  1. Michael Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1967).
  2. Marie Louise Stig Sørensen and Katharina Rebay-Salisbury, eds., Embodied Knowledge. Perspectives on Belief and Technology (Oxford: Oxbow, 2012), https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvh1dx2t.3; Trevor Marchand, Craftwork as Problem Solving: Ethnographic Studies of Design and Making (New York: Routledge, 2017).
  3. Jonas Holst, “The Fall of the Tektōn and The Rise of the Architect: On the Greek Origins of Architectural Craftsmanship,” Architectural Histories 5, no. 1 (2017): 1–12, https://doi.org/10.5334/ah.239.
  4. Donald A Schön, The Reflective Practitioner (New York: Basic Books, 2013), https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107415324.004.
  5. Ibid.
  6. Richard Sennett, The Craftsman (London: Yale University Press, 2008).
  7. Maikel H. G. Kuijpers, An Archaeology of Skill: Metalworking Skill and Material Specialization in Early Bronze Age Central Europe (New York: Routledge, 2018), https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315196022.
  8. Tim Ingold, “The Textility of Making,” Cambridge Journal of Economics 34, no. 1 (2009): 91–102, https://doi.org/10.1093/cje/bep042.
  9. Ibid., 95.
  10. Ibid.
  11. Carlos Emanuel Sautchuk, “Aprendizagem como gênese: prática, skill e individuação,” Horizontes Antropológicos 21, no. 44 (2015): 109–39, https://doi.org/10.1590/s0104-71832015000200006.
  12. Tim Ingold, “Three in One: On Dissolving the Distinctions Between Body, Mind and Culture” (unpublished manuscript, April 1999), https://lchc.ucsd.edu/mca/Paper/ingold/ingold2.htm.
  13. Tim Ingold, The Perception of the Environment (London: Routledge, 2002), https://doi.org/10.2307/1936173.
  14. Tim Ingold, Making: Anthropology, Archaeology, Art and Architecture (London: Routledge, 2013), https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203559055.
  15. Tim Ingold, “On Weaving a Basket,” in The Perception of the Environment, 339–61.
  16. Kuijpers, An Archaeology of Skill.
  17. Ibid.
  18. Ibid.
  19. Ibid.
  20. Ibid.
  21. Ibid.
  22. Ibid.
  23. Ibid.
  24. Marchand, Craftwork as Problem Solving.
  25. Ibid.
  26. Gregory Bateson, Steps to an Ecology of Mind: Collected Essays in Anthropology, Psychiatry, Evolution, and Epistemology (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972).
  27. Gilbert Simondon, On the Mode of Existence of Technical Objects, trans. Ninian Mellamphy (Paris: Univocal Publishing, 2012).
  28. Marchand, Craftwork as Problem Solving.
  29. Ibid.
  30. Ibid.
  31. Theodor W. Adorno, “Functionalism Today,” in Rethinking Architecture: A Reader in Cultural Theory, ed. Neil Leach (London: Routledge, 2005): 31–41
  32. Alfred Gell, Art and Agency: An Anthropological Theory (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1998). https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315237473.
  33. Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge.
  34. Ingold, “The Textility of Making.”
  35. Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Phenomenology of Perception, trans. Donald A. Landes (London: Routledge, 2010); Marcel Mauss, A General Theory of Magic, trans. Robert Brain, 2nd edn. (New York: Routledge, 2005), https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203996140; Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension.
  36. Carlos Emanuel Sautchuk, “O Que a Rede Nos Ensina Sobre o Pescador?,” Revista Coletiva 1 (2010): 1–4.
  37. Simondon, On the Mode of Existence of Technical Objects.
  38. Sautchuk, “O Que a Rede Nos Ensina Sobre o Pescador?.”
  39. Kuijpers, An Archaeology of Skill.
  40. Heide W. Nørgaard, Bronze Age Metalwork: Techniques and Traditions in the Nordic Bronze Age 1500–1100 BC *(Oxford: Archaeopress, 2018), https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvndv72s.
  41. Ingold, “The Textility of Making.”
  42. Kuijpers, An Archaeology of Skill.
  43. Gilbert Ryle, The Concept of Mind (London: Hutchinson, 1949; 1984), 314.
  44. Ibid.
  45. Ibid.
  46. Ibid.
  47. In this specific topic, Ryle’s interpretation is developed in a very similar fashion to that professed later by scholars such as Marcel Mauss, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, and Tim Ingold.

Return to archive

title

Mouldy Smells and Tacit Noses: knowledges coming into view

Author

Anna Livia Vørsel

Abstract

In 2016 two ‘moisture experts’ visited a small public building in Stockholm. Moisture had started to seep in, and mould started to grow in the wooden park building, the spores making the staff working there ill. The experts recorded the levels of microorganisms in the interior air and the composite building materials with scientific equipment and expert noses, identifying certain elements through technological data and odorous qualities. The expert noses registered the same smells as the staff in the buildings, but evaluated, analysed and categorised them according to their expert knowledge field.   Rather than aiming to make tacit knowledges explicit, this paper puts forward a methodological approach to tacit knowledge which unpacks and makes visible what tacit knowledges does, how it operates, and what and who it affects within architecture. By engaging with material ‘events’ (Bennett, 2010) and ‘stutters’ (Graham and Thrift, 2007), like this mould and its smell, through archival documents, scientific reports and changing building materials, the testimony of the material (Material Witness, Schuppli, 2020) makes visible the socio-economic and political value systems and decision-making processes embedded into the fabric of the building. It unpacks how things, otherwise hidden, come into view when systems, infrastructures and buildings break and fall apart, and how the various knowledge productions and value systems tied and embedded into this specific building and its mouldy materials can be unfolded and detangled through a theoretical framework of stutters, ruptures and events. Through this building, its smelly materials, and the different noses inside it, expert and non-expert, the paper unpacks how tacit knowledges operates, who or what can carry it, and what and who it affects.

Introduction

It is a day in September 2015, and two building analysis experts unlock the front door of a wooden building in a park in Stockholm. They are from a private building analysis company and have been commissioned to inspect the property’s indoor environment by its owner, the city of Stockholm’s property office. The building houses a preschool and playground services, and the staff working there have begun to experience respiratory problems and symptoms: sore throats and irritated lungs.

The building analysis experts open the door and step inside, breathing in the indoor air. Dust particles mix with the smell of the 1960s wooden construction, the lino flooring, and the craft materials in the corner. They breathe in and out, registering the smell of the building with their bodies. One of them picks up a clipboard and notes, ‘no irregular smell in the building.’ 1 Björn Wuolokainen and Augustsson, Tommy. “Parkleken Fagerlind, Cigarrvägen 20, Farsta, Innemiljöutredning” (Stockholm: Dry-IT, September 1, 2015), 4. They are noting down subjective 2 The observations of the experts are listed as ‘subjective judgements’ in the report. observations on the building and its condition for a report, pointing out all relevant details of the condition of windows, skirting boards, and roof, while collecting samples of dust as they go along, gently wiping it off windows and doors with a cotton bud.

The building analysis experts breathe in and out, inspecting the smell in every room and doorway. They enter a small room and crouch down on the floor. One pulls out a knife, gently cuts a square in the lino flooring, and lifts the panel, exposing the bare wooden floorboards beneath. The other pulls out a tool, and drills a round hole in the floorboards (Fig. 2.1). The drill makes a crosscut of the materials in the floor: a layer of 22mm chipboard flooring, on top of 220mm mineral wool insulation, on top of a thin layer of weather-protective material, on top of a layer of pressure-treated wood boards opening up to the underside of the building. Air from below the building fills the room. It smells musty, they note on the clipboard. As well as noting down the smell, they measure the moisture levels in each material in the floor with a digital measuring tool, a Protimeter Survey Master II. They finish their inspection, write the last important details on their clipboard, wrap the cross-layer cut from the floor and a small sample of the earth from underneath the building in a sealed plastic bag, and leave the building, locking the door behind them. The materials are brought for further tests. Samples from cotton buds are sent for DNA testing for traces of microorganisms, and the crosscut of the floor is taken to a ‘neutral control site’, the company’s office elsewhere in Stockholm, where the analysts make subjective evaluations on the smell of the different layers, typing the results out in a dataset (Fig. 2.2).

Figure 2.1: Test hole 1. Crosscut section of floor with Protimeter Survey Master II. Detail from ‘Innemiljöutredning, Parkleken Fagerlid, Dry-IT, 2015, 6.

In this chapter, I follow the mouldy smells in this small wooden building in Stockholm, the noses smelling them, the knowledge held and produced by different actors, and the decisions taken based on these, and attend to different kinds of tacit knowledge: knowledge held by individuals, by institutions, by experts and non-experts. By first addressing building materials as entities that can store and trace information of their contexts, second, looking at material ‘ruptures’ and ‘events’ as instances where this information comes into view, and third, arguing that looking in detail at these ruptures and events brings into view the tacit knowledge infrastructures and value systems that buildings exist within and that are produced through narratives, I interrogate how tacit knowledges operate within architecture, what they do, and what and whom they affect within architecture.

Figure 2.2: Odour test results., Detail from ‘Innemiljöutredning, Parkleken Fagerlid, Dry-IT, 2015, 7., Dataset translated from Swedish: Test site, material, subjective assessment, comment 1, mineral wool insulation, chemical microbial smell, no visible growth on material 1, weather protective material, strong chemical microbial smell, no visible growth on material 1, base layer wood, chemical microbial smell, visibly pressure-treated wood 1, ground/gravel, weak microbial smell, mostly rocks and gravel

 

Material testimonies: materials storing information

The walls of this small wooden building in Stockholm and the layers of materials in the floor hold and store information about the building and its life: information on its production, ownership, use, and design, as well as the attitude towards it held by the institutions, regulatory frameworks, and people owning, managing, and using it. The smell in the building, registered by the knowledge of the building analysis expert, becomes a dataset in a report. The smell of the building, registered by the bodily knowledge of the staff, results in respiratory problems. Its microbial and chemical-smelling materials inform us about the slow accumulations of cold and dampness in the building over time, and of chemicals engrained in the wood. 3 In the report, the building analysis experts write that they see clear indications that the wood has been treated with chlorephonols – a chemical used in pressure-treatment of wood between the 1950s and 19070s in Sweden. The chemical develops a ‘mouldy’ smell when exposed to air and dampness. It hints at routines of maintenance and gives testimony to building production techniques in Sweden historically.

Knowledges, value systems, and structural conditions all become registered and stored in materials over time, as structures and elements that affect, change, and sediment within building materials. In her work on ‘vibrant matter’, political theorist and philosopher Jane Bennett looks at this notion of materials as harbourers of information, at the ‘vitality’ of materials and things and their capacity ‘not only to impede or block the will and designs of humans but also act as quasi agents or forces with trajectories, propensities, or tendencies of their own’. 4 Jane Bennett, Vibrant Matter: A Political Ecology of Things (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010), viii. Bennett sees materials in assemblages, able ‘to make something happen … distinct from the sum of the vital force of each materiality considered alone’. 5 Ibid., 24.

As well as storing information, these materials can mediate information by giving testimony. Through the operative concept of ‘material witness’, artist and researcher Susan Schuppli points to the properties of materials and their capacity ‘to register change resulting in an accrual of information’. 6 Susan Schuppli, Material Witness: Media, Forensics, Evidence (Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 2020), 7. In Schuppli’s words, the operative concept is ‘an exploration of the evidential role of matter as registering external events as well as exposing the practices and procedures that enable such matter to bear witness’. 7 Ibid., 3. The ‘material witness’ is an entity that makes visible not only the event, but also the practices and procedures that enable the material to speak of it, opening up the possibility to understand the enmeshment of buildings and their materiality and the oft- immaterial political and economic structures they are connected to through ownership, management, and value systems.

Ruptures: things coming into view

The building analysis experts gather their notes and test results and assemble them in a detailed report, an indoor environmental analysis. It lists data and conclusions, tracing the steps of the analysts through the building and the odours they encountered while they were there. The notes from the site and the test results form the basis of the conclusion: there are microorganisms present in the indoor air and a chemical smell emitted from the building materials, both of which can contribute to the symptoms experienced by the staff in the building. The existence of microorganisms and chemicals is proved by the odour analysis, the moisture test, and the DNA analysis of dust collected throughout the building. The building analysis experts recommend an extensive renovation of the building, exchanging the foundation and, as well as a deep-clean, additions of ventilation systems and air filters and resealing of windows and doorways. ‘Note that this proposal only focuses on improving indoor air quality, not eliminating the source of the problem itself’, 8 Wuolokainen and Augustsson, “Parkleken Fagerlind, Cigarrvägen 20, Farsta, Innemiljöutredning,” 9. Translated from the Swedish by the author. they conclude.

‘Things only come into visible focus as things when they become inoperable – they break or stutter and they then become the object of attention’, 9 Stephen Graham and Nigel Thrift, “Out of Order: Understanding Repair and Maintenance,” Theory, Culture & Society 24, no. 3 (May 2007): 2, https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276407075954. note urban scholar Stephen Graham and geographer Nigel Thrift in a study on maintenance and repair. They highlight how things that become inoperable, and out of use, come into view and become the object of attention. In this break, rupture, or stutter, certain things become visible. This building in the park is an example of such a rupture, a series of stuttering events. The accumulation of microbial matter in the air, moisture seeping into the wood from below the building, and chemical smells developing between layers in the floor, are all slow processes. Slow accumulations of matter, the disintegration of others, they go unheeded until their presence or changing state make the lungs of a staff member or the digits on the Protimeter Survey Master II stutter, making themselves known.

Graham and Thrift demand that we pay attention to these moments of rupture, moments when things become inoperable, as moments for bringing things into view. We often only pay attention to things and tools when they are no longer there, and when the action taking place through the object is disturbed. 10 Ibid. When the action disappears, the action becomes even clearer. Ruptures, breaks, or things becoming inoperable often require that action is taken to try to fix the problem. Paying attention to the act of repair highlights value and knowledge systems, showing the damage that has been done. It makes visible the cases where something is deliberately left in disrepair, where locking the door might be thought a better solution than mending that which has fallen out of use. Just as things come into focus when they break, so do infrastructures. Focusing specifically on knowledge infrastructures or ‘built information environments and practices’, sociologist Susan Leigh Star examines infrastructures and how ‘[t]he normally invisible quality of working infrastructure becomes visible when it breaks: the server is down, the bridge washes out, there is a power blackout. Even when there are back-up mechanisms of procedures, their existence further highlights the now-visible infrastructure’. 11 Susan Leigh Star, “The Ethnography of Infrastructure,” American Behavioral Scientist 43, no. 3 (November 1999): 382, https://doi.org/10.1177/00027649921955326.

The rupture in this building – materials changing their organic and chemical state, and the use of the building changing with it – is an event making things come into view. As Graham and Thrift note, it makes visible the workings of the building, and how they are failing, but also, as Star argues, the building as part of an infrastructure of care and leisure in Stockholm, and the building as an infrastructure in itself. This notion of the rupture and paying close attention to similar events bring into question what different discourses and value systems events and ruptures reveal, what they might tell us about knowledge production in architecture, and the evidence and voices that they rely upon.

Narratives and tacit knowledges

The indoor environmental report is signed and sent to the owners of the building, the property office of the city of Stockholm, arriving in the email inbox of a civil servant. The report gets distributed to the local city district which rents and manages the building, and its findings are shared at a city district council meeting. The voice of the building analysis experts and their subjective judgements on the state of the building are brought up around the table, their noses and electronic equipment affirming the presence of mould and chemical traces throughout the building. It is decided to close to the building for use as a preschool, and the services, staff, and children are relocated elsewhere in the neighbourhood. One day in October 2015, representatives from the municipality and park service arrive at the building. It has already been emptied of furniture, toys, and the contents of kitchen cupboards. The representatives check that the windows are closed, turn off the water and electricity, and lock the front door. 12 At the time of writing (Autumn 2022), the building is still locked and closed to the public. Several plans for renovations and reconstructions have been discussed since its closure and are still ongoing between the local district council, the city of Stockholm, and local interest groups.

The rupture in this building, its changing material state, the effect on its users, and the subsequent closure of it and the services it housed, highlight and make visible the importance of such a social infrastructure, but also bring into view the importance of this specific building in this specific place and the memories and lived experiences within it. The event also becomes defined in the response to it. Asking how is it reacted to and acted upon reveals codes and systems of value through the narratives surrounding decision-making processes. The stories we tell about buildings, what their value is, how they are used, and so on, become visible. The work of anthropologist and linguist Charlotte Linde addresses specifically how tacit knowledge is expressed as social knowledge and can be read through narrative. As she writes: ‘narrative provides a bridge between the tacit and the explicit, allowing tacit knowledge to be demonstrated and learned, without the need to propositionalize it’. 13 Charlotte Linde, “Narrative and Social Tacit Knowledge,” Journal of Knowledge Management 5, no. 2 (June 1, 2001): 160, https://doi.org/10.1108/13673270110393202. Focusing in particular on how large institutions and companies use narrative and storytelling as a way to transmit the tacit understandings of the institutions’ moral and ethical codes and values, she explains how ‘narrative is well suited to transmit the part of social knowledge that concerns history, values and identity’. 14 Ibid., 163.

Star addresses a similar issue of tacit knowledge as part of a social knowledge culture, a community of practice:

The taken-for-grantedness of artifacts and organizational arrangement is a sine qua non of membership in a community of practice. Strangers and outsiders encounter infrastructure as a target object to be learned about. New participants acquire a naturalized familiarity with its objects, as they become members. 15 Star, “The Ethnography of Infrastructure,” 381.

Hidden, or tacit, knowledge, she argues, lies within ‘what literary theorists would call a master narrative, or a single voice [speaking] unconsciously from the presumed center of things’. 16 Ibid., 384. Master narratives in information and knowledge infrastructures hold values and ethical principles, inscribed into the infrastructure as well as the materials constituting it. As Star points out, ‘unearthing the narratives behind boring aspects of infrastructure does … reveal, often in a very direct way, how knowledge is constrained, built and preserved’. 17 Susan Leigh Star, “Infrastructure and Ethnographic Practice: Working on the Fringes,” Scandinavian Journal of Information Systems 14, no. 2 (2002): 110. Master narratives are tricky to see clearly, and often ‘become invisible once … inscribed in infrastructure’. 18 Ibid., 119. They do, however, become visible in instances (or events) where the value and ethical system is tested, tried, or questioned, for instance through protests, resistance, or juridical questioning. She also points out how infrastructures and their narratives are biased. ‘[B]iased against new, unorthodox, and interdisciplinary paths, knowledges or approaches that tend to appear first at the margins of disciplines, in social movements, small presses, or in independent media venues open to risk-taking’. 19 Ibid.

In order to understand how these master narratives operate, Star argues that ‘it is necessary to “deconstruct” the boring, backstage parts of infrastructure, to disembed the narratives it contains and the behind-the-scenes decisions … as part of material information science culture’. 20 Ibid., 110. She proposes looking at these infrastructures of knowledge through the study of the traces that these processes leave behind – datasets, documents, and bureaucratic processes, among many others – the things often ignored, overlooked, or invisible in architectural processes. These things are not hand-drawn sketches by project architects, crafted visionary architectural models, or interviews with high-stake clients, but, rather, emails between public employees and building analysis companies, district committee meeting minutes, odour-test analysis data, and reports of respiratory conditions from community care workers. Looking at things, voices, and materials like these open up for inclusion and consideration as many voices and experiences as possible, especially those not necessarily visible in the archives or technical documents produced as part of architectural decision-making processes and history writing.

Conclusion

In this chapter, I have tried to briefly tackle the question of tacit knowledge in architecture from the perspective of rupturing materials and what these bring into view. Starting from the premise that materials store information, and that this becomes visible in events and moments of rupture, as argued by Graham and Thrift, I have looked to Linde and Star’s discussions on tacit knowledge as social knowledge, and codes of values and ethics, and how these are embedded into information infrastructures and networks, communicated through the stories we tell.

In these brief descriptions of the work of two building analysis experts in Stockholm, part of a much bigger story with many more perspectives, voices, and noses than depicted here, I try to hint at the various types of tacit knowledge embedded into and enmeshed within the design, construction, maintenance, care, and ownership of the building, and what types of knowledge are listened to in considerations of whether a social service should close or not, and considerations of how public buildings are maintained and cared for. The stuttering materiality of this building in Stockholm brings into view the framework of maintenance and ownership that the building exists within. It makes visible its ownership, the framework of expertise and knowledge relied upon in decision-making processes, and the value that the building has politically, socially, and materially in its context. The smell in the building, the smell of these slow, stuttering material processes, affects the bodies of the staff working there, the noses of the experts, and by extension the closure of the doors.

Bibliography

  • Bennett, Jane. Vibrant Matter: A Political Ecology of Things. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010.
  • Graham, Stephen, and Nigel Thrift. “Out of Order: Understanding Repair and Maintenance.” Theory, Culture & Society 24, no. 3 (May 2007): 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276407075954.
  • Linde, Charlotte. “Narrative and Social Tacit Knowledge.” Journal of Knowledge Management 5, no. 2 (June 1, 2001): 160–71. https://doi.org/10.1108/13673270110393202.
  • Schuppli, Susan. Material Witness: Media, Forensics, Evidence. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 2020.
  • Star, Susan Leigh. “Infrastructure and Ethnographic Practice: Working on the Fringes.” Scandinavian Journal of Information Systems 14, no. 2 (2002): 107–22.
  • Star, Susan Leigh. “The Ethnography of Infrastructure.” American Behavioral Scientist 43, no. 3 (November 1999): 377–91. https://doi.org/10.1177/00027649921955326.
  • Wuolokainen, Björn, and Augustsson, Tommy. “Parkleken Fagerlind, Cigarrvägen 20, Farsta, Innemiljöutredning.” Stockholm: Dry-IT, September 1, 2015.
  1. Björn Wuolokainen and Augustsson, Tommy. “Parkleken Fagerlind, Cigarrvägen 20, Farsta, Innemiljöutredning” (Stockholm: Dry-IT, September 1, 2015), 4.
  2. The observations of the experts are listed as ‘subjective judgements’ in the report.
  3. In the report, the building analysis experts write that they see clear indications that the wood has been treated with chlorephonols – a chemical used in pressure-treatment of wood between the 1950s and 19070s in Sweden. The chemical develops a ‘mouldy’ smell when exposed to air and dampness.
  4. Jane Bennett, Vibrant Matter: A Political Ecology of Things (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010), viii.
  5. Ibid., 24.
  6. Susan Schuppli, Material Witness: Media, Forensics, Evidence (Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 2020), 7.
  7. Ibid., 3.
  8. Wuolokainen and Augustsson, “Parkleken Fagerlind, Cigarrvägen 20, Farsta, Innemiljöutredning,” 9. Translated from the Swedish by the author.
  9. Stephen Graham and Nigel Thrift, “Out of Order: Understanding Repair and Maintenance,” Theory, Culture & Society 24, no. 3 (May 2007): 2, https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276407075954.
  10. Ibid.
  11. Susan Leigh Star, “The Ethnography of Infrastructure,” American Behavioral Scientist 43, no. 3 (November 1999): 382, https://doi.org/10.1177/00027649921955326.
  12. At the time of writing (Autumn 2022), the building is still locked and closed to the public. Several plans for renovations and reconstructions have been discussed since its closure and are still ongoing between the local district council, the city of Stockholm, and local interest groups.
  13. Charlotte Linde, “Narrative and Social Tacit Knowledge,” Journal of Knowledge Management 5, no. 2 (June 1, 2001): 160, https://doi.org/10.1108/13673270110393202.
  14. Ibid., 163.
  15. Star, “The Ethnography of Infrastructure,” 381.
  16. Ibid., 384.
  17. Susan Leigh Star, “Infrastructure and Ethnographic Practice: Working on the Fringes,” Scandinavian Journal of Information Systems 14, no. 2 (2002): 110.
  18. Ibid., 119.
  19. Ibid.
  20. Ibid., 110.

Return to archive

title

No Body, Never Mind: The entanglement of how architects construct imagination

Author

Mara Trübenbach

Abstract

In architectural practice, one does not primarily write, one draws, models or explains with words, mostly through the visual communication of ideas. Just as architects use literacy to describe stories and connect with what touches them, material literacy is necessary to describe what architects literally touch. Material has the ability to respond to the design and even influence it at a very early stage of the process when it comes into contact with the body. As the scientist Barad rightly asked: “How did language come to be more trustworthy than matter?” (Barad, 2003). Material can create an experimental platform to trigger emotions, to go beyond norms and return to what has become schematic in the process of making architecture. This method of architectural dramaturgy, i.e., seeking a multifaceted narrative about house and home through engagement with material, could critically reveal unseen labour and unheard voices, and facilitate a connection to our surrounding.   The paper argues feelings from the inside of the body that apparent on the outside of the body offer new ways of knowledge production in architecture. Adopting the interdisciplinary approach by Finish architect and critic Juhani Pallasmaa (in his The Thinking Hand, 2009) the paper considers theatre and performance studies as examples of phenomenological aspects of kinaesthetic and multi-sensory perception of “the internal space and one’s inner mental space” (Pallasmaa, 2009, p.19). By theoretically analysing related emotions embedded in the various hands-on processes mediated through visuals (image, video, drawings) and the applicability of the materiality of the human body (voice, gesture, etc.), empathy and trust in both architectural and theatrical production are an important trajectory to enrich collective knowledge. Starting from here, the chapter advocates not only looking at visual mediation of material, but going beyond that and prompting the capability to read and listen to sound, expression and movement that come from both sides equally – humans and non-humans – to build up material literacy and achieve a sensitivity towards tacit knowledge in architecture.

This essay focuses on the relationship between the inside and outside of human bodies in constructing imaginations. More specifically, the text sheds light on embodied impulses – such as a gaze, a gesture – within a (architectural) team that relates (in design) to a particular action with a material – such as drawing, model-making, sketching. This requires a certain amount of attention and, above all, trust in one’s own body and the knowledge of its power. When I get to know my own physical (cells, organs, bodily systems, emotional anatomy, relationships, etc.) and conceptual (concepts, distinctions, categories, etc.) boundaries, I begin to understand my values. This enables me to live according to my values, be authentic, and make them clear to others: I can create a platform to enable the sharing of needs and empathy. For me, the boundaries between internal and external do not exclude but invite, and must be understood through the transformation of the inner mind, which begins to reflect on the outside what happens inside. 1 Judith Hanson Lasater and Ike K. Lasater, What We Say Matters: Practicing Nonviolent Communication (Boulder, CO: Rodmell Press, 2009), 5. In The Thinking Hand (2009), Juhani Pallasmaa notes: ‘in this sense, the art form of architecture does not only provide a shelter for the body, it also redefines the contour of our consciousness, and it is a true externalisation of our mind’. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand: Existential and Embodied Wisdom in Architecture (Chichester: Wiley, 2009), 20. He is concerned that educational pedagogies and practices keep on separating ‘mental intellectual and emotional capacities from the senses and the multifarious dimension of human embodiment’. 3 Ibid., 12.

In the following, I will follow Pallasma’s main argument of the body as a ‘knowing entity’, but add another layer of investigation to the bridge between body and mind by considering how theories of performance studies provide architectural theory with a platform capable of acknowledging and incorporating such ‘subjective’ aspects as researchable, valid, and productive components of architectural practice. Since the issue of the mind–body connection is not sufficiently theorised in architecture theory, I attempt to address the intuitive, the imagination that transcends the rational in the design process. In order to do so, I use performance theories, which help me to learn about methods that deal with the entanglement of imagination of the actor–spectator relation. I argue that the integration of strategies of possible scenarios to tell a story into architectural practice and research would help to unmask ‘tacit hierarchies of knowledge, power, labour and cultural value’. 4 Anna Harpin and Helen Nicholson, “Performance and Participation,” in Performance and Participation: Practices, Audiences, Politics, ed. Harpin and Nicholson (London: Palgrave, 2017), 11. Pallasmaa is one of a set of scholars 5 These include Glenn Adamson, Jonathan Hill, Tim Ingold, Ann-Sophie Lehmann, Michael Polanyi, Donald Schön, and Albena Yaneva. who address the overlooked interpersonal relationships between person, subject, and emotion embedded in architectural production, i.e., the constellation within each individual and in relation to each other. This approach is the overarching, philosophical position of the relationship between body and mind, often referencing the thinking of the French philosopher Maurice Merleau-Ponty. 6 Jonathan Hale, Merleau-Ponty for Architects (Oxfordshire: Routledge, 2016). Here, this text critiques Pallasmaa’s mode of describing the authority of architects, seeing the architect as the only ‘testing ground’ for design, and ask how the possibilities he develops, placing the architects and architecture at the centre, can be nuanced. 7 Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 125. I will employ techniques and protocols used in the performing arts to understand the relationships between human actions and affects in architecture. I focus in particular on the potential of performance to create new realities that are experienced rather than interpreted, and that drive reality-constituting actions of interest to this study of architecture. 8 Erika Fischer-Lichte, Ästhetik des Performativen (Berlin: Suhrkamp, 2004), 19. These created realities could allow architecture to expand the spectrum of intimacy. In what follows, I use affect as a means of establishing relations and connecting with the context by being in direct bodily contact with things. 9 Sara Ahmed, “Happy Objects,” in The Affect Theory Reader, ed. Melissa Gregg and Gregory J. Seigworth (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010), 32. Emotion, on the other hand, is understood as a readiness to act, with a great potential for empathy.

Complex Systems

My argument is that feelings internal to the body that are apparent on the outside of the body offer new ways of communication in architecture. To better illustrate this, I use Elinor Carucci’s photograph, ‘My mother’s back’ (Fig. 3.1), which depicts a naked back showing the mark of what was presumably an over-tight bra the subject was wearing before the picture was taken. Such remains, or imprints, on the body convey what I try to explore when it comes to the in-between of human bodies and materials, which are difficult to put into words. According to architect and writer Sarah Robinson, ‘the skin is the surface of our nervous system turned inside out’. 10 Sarah Robinson, “Boundaries of Skin: John Dewey, Didier Anzieu and Architecture Possibility,” in Architecture and Empathy, ed. Philip Tidwell (Espoo: Tapio Wirkkala-Rut Bryk Foundation, 2015), 44. There is potential in architecture for integrating emotion and imagination, too, opening up new ways in which humans and nonhumans can design a more empathetic world. Theatre and Body (2010) by Colette Conroy deals with the relationship between body and theatre in relation to physical and conceptual understanding. She argues that in theatre the struggle is to represent the soul without using human form, positing that to point to a body is to point at a ‘complex system, not an object’. 11 Colette Conroy, Theatre and The Body (London: Red Globe Press, 2009), 16.

Figure 3.1: My Mother’s back, 1996, Elinor Carucci Source: Elinor Carucci’s private archive. US Credit: Elinor Carucci.

Transferred to architecture, I use the notion of the ‘complex system’, by which I mean the ‘whole’ of the architectural project. Returning to the example of drawing by hand that Pallasmaa uses to describe the interrelation between body and mind, the participatory potential is seen not in the act of drawing by hand per se, but in the ‘eye–hand–mind fusion’ of the process, i.e., in the joining of ‘perception, action of the hand and thought’. 12 Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 82. He discusses the flow between ‘external and internal, material and mental’ by referring to the act of painting, which is not only represented in an object, but ‘is the object’. 13 Ibid. That is, the fusion of what is seen, understood/associated, and rendered visible/tangible in recreating the lived world, where there is a fine line between perceiving, being perceived, and reflecting while perceiving. Conroy notes that imagination and perception still take place in the visible body of the actor. Theatre is a place where bodies can be experienced and reflected on, where bodies can be seen as cultural texts, and the potential in theatre is to read them ‘as an act of communication’ in a social context. 14 Conroy, Theatre and The Body, 41. Spectators are used to analysing the body and its action: ‘the ability to read dynamics of concealment and revelation, identity and disguise into human behaviour is a basic human social skill’. 15 Ibid., 75. In contrast, Pallasmaa argues that ideas must be tested by the designer’s own mind and body, which excludes users and includes only the architect’s subjective view. 16 Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 135. Theatre, on the other hand, includes the audience’s views/perceptions, and plays in particular on and with their feelings, in other words using the body as a communicator and acknowledging material as a performer. According to Erin Hurley, theatres’ entire existence is based on their nature as places where feelings are evoked. Hurley’s Theatre and Feeling (2010) looks at theatrical feeling as a research object to help students of performance studies to understand theatre’s emotional effects, defining four in total: affect, emotions, mood, and sensations. All of these cross boundaries from the inside to the outside of the body and form a coherent rationale for what Pallasmaa fails to describe: the ability of emotional labour to contribute to social work, i.e., how humans perceive and understand themselves and their values is reflected in feelings.

In his chapter, ‘Body, Self and Mind’, Pallasmaa points out that one needs to acknowledge the body as a site, which in turn requires a high degree of self-reflection and less objective problem-solving. But what is subjectivity? What is a body? Thanks to the queer movement that has been developing since the 1990s, we are being challenged to question more and more the definition of the human body as such. The discussed complexity of the inside and the outside that goes along with this shows that we are still moving in an unknown territory. This blind spot allows for diverse perspectives, and helps to open space for new insights. Whereas Pallasmaa argues that human beings live in a world of possibilities defined by the mental faculties of imagination, Hurley refers to the connection of body and mind, where acting trains the body and theatre viewers understand the interconnections between body and mind in what they see. One could argue that architecture also does this through drawing, modelling, or other bodily activities in practice, but what is missing is a clearly identified bridge between body and mind, which in my view can be emotions or feelings. In architecture there is no tool that engages, not to mention expands, emotions, which is the opposite of what happens in theatre. There spectators can not only observe, but also experience an ‘expanded, more expressive, and nuanced range of feeling imaginatively and viscerally with the aid of another person or agency’. 17 Erin Hurley, Theatre and Feeling (London: Red Globe Press, 2010), 77. Although Pallasmaa highlights the great potential of imagination when he states, ‘the ability to imagine and daydream is surely the most human and essential of our mental capabilities. Perhaps, after all, we are humans not because of our hands or intelligence, but thanks to our capacity for imagination’, 18 Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 133. he overlooks the potential of a feedback loop of imagination generated by affects and emotions between different actors/actions, which theatre not only knows very well, but also uses to train the body sustainably. 19 Conroy, Theatre and The Body. 70.

To tap into this intermediary zone of subjective investment and attachment to the realities of the development process, architecture needs a discourse for imagination and empathy, which includes alternative perspectives on how to make use of the body in relation to material. In architecture, my colleagues and I have learned to work with visual perspectives on a grand scale, but we remain at a loss when it comes to actively engaging our body in the design process. In some architecture schools, first-year students are asked to think about their bodies in the context of form, function, and material. At the Bauhaus University Weimar, for instance, the preliminary course (inspired by Johannes Itten’s ideas from 1919) suggests that first-year students do a public group performance in the city centre of Weimar to reflect on the historic Bauhaus stage and its spirit of experimentation. But what happens to this approach in the following years of architectural education, especially afterwards in the ‘real world’? Why did I learn to experiment in the first year, but at the same time was told that things work differently outside university? Why are there no tools to maintain curiosity and to include the human body and its imaginative potential in this ‘complex system’ that we call architectural process? I argue that to give literal meaning to materials, we need to be able to make sense.

Material Dramaturgy

To respond to Pallasmaa’s argument that ‘the prevailing values of culture tend to discourage fantasy, suppress the senses, and petrify the boundary between the world and the self’, I propose to use artistic education as a means of cultivating ‘imagination and empathy’, and in this essay advocate a method of ‘material dramaturgy’. 20 Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 20. Material dramaturgy underlines being with material and spending time with it before, for instance, covering a floor with wood, even though the computer program says that it looks beautiful. Inspired by Cathy Turner’s book, Dramaturgy and Architecture (2015), I posit the term ‘material dramaturgy’ in relation to architecture when discussing similarities between dramaturgy, material, and architecture. 21 In addition to Cathy Turner’s book, Dramaturgy and Architecture: Theatre, Utopia and the Built Environment (London: Macmillan, 2015), see Ramona Mosse and Anna Street, “To Be Like Water: Material Dramaturgies in Posthumanist Performance,” Journal of Contemporary Drama in English 10, no. 1 (2022): 116–32. Their article investigates a material (water) and its ‘dramaturgical functions as matter, medium, and metaphor to sketch performance alternatives that highlight nonhuman forms of agency’. While Turner looks at narrative in relation to space, I explore narration as a guide to describe what is, or is not, understood about material in architecture. This method is used to describe how material is perceived and, in a next step, narrate what is understood, which is an accepted definition of dramaturgy: something is experienced/perceived in a subjective way and then described/narrated (reading/interpretation). It would be interesting to explore whether, if architects had access to drama lectures, or as Turner suggests, ‘dramaturgy [was] part of the conceptual and aesthetic development of architecture’, they would think and speak differently about space and material. 22 Turner, Dramaturgy and Architecture, 13.

Dramaturgy has been understood to embrace a concept of language and communication – of ‘text’ – in a way that goes beyond words to include gesture, relational situation, physical expression, etc. Text is usually in a written/spoken language, but here, I think of text in a broader sense, as a metaphor of weaving: ‘the word text, before referring to a written or spoken, printed or manuscripted text, meant “a weaving together”. In this sense, there is no performance which does not have a “text”. That which concerns the text (the weave) of the performance can be defined as “dramaturgy”, that is, drama-ergon, the “work of the actions” in the performance’. 23 Eugenio Barba and Nicola Savarese, “Dramaturgy,” in A Dictionary of Theatre Anthropology: The Secret Art of the Performer, trans. Richard Fowler (New York: Routledge, 1991), 68. Nowadays, the focus of a dramaturge in theatre – broadly speaking, someone who deals with questions of text and acting – is mainly on how to convert their interpretation of the story. Theirs are the first eyes that see the production develop towards a public, while knowing what goes on inside. Important for this text is also the applicability of the materiality of the human body (voice, gesture) as dealt with in theatre-making to tell a story in architecture. My enquiry suggests using the performative potential of material in particular to describe those understandings of material that are not necessarily situated in language, in words, but in sensing. Telling a story here consequently also means adding something personal, through one’s own body (gesture, mimic, movement, etc.).

Pallasmaa argues that the inside and outside of the body emerge primarily when the designed object or building is being made. It is not often that an architect actually makes the object themself; for a building, the necessary labour also includes the physical work on a construction site – such as carrying and making material, building walls, laying electricity cables, etc. – which often leads to problems in translating ideas and intentions in the making process with the many craftspeople and other actors involved. There is an unspoken understanding that presupposes a basis of shared knowledge and ambition to carry out ‘his/her work’. 24 Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 135. Underlying this is the issue of authority in architectural agency, which, according to Pallasmaa, is closely related to notions of authorship. This text problematises his view and instead considers each person’s role in an inter-relational network. The issue of translation in relation to the object envisioned through drawings, models, etc. is at one remove from mediation outside the office; other elements, such as written annotations or codified drawing practices (such as working drawings), are also crucial components within the office and challenge diverse interpretations of collective knowledge, requiring soft skills that identify misunderstandings. In theatre, a distinction tends to be made between translation – through script, choreography, costumes, scenography, etc. – and the issue of authorship and relational networks. In theatre, there is also a different understanding of authenticity than in architecture, due to the fact that the work can be reproduced independently by means of stage direction and script; another form of authorship lies here with the actors who contribute to the performance – literal actors, but also set designers, etc. – who together produce new realities through their interpretations. 25 Stan Allen, Practice: Architecture, Technique and Representation (New York: Routledge, 2009), 45. In both cases, it is not a question of loss that happens in translating, but shedding light on what is not lost. 26 Harry Collins, Tacit and Explicit Knowledge (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010), 10. I am talking about trust, which Pallasmaa does not mention, and which is a very important component that contributes to each actor not only developing their skills and undergoing personal growth, but also enjoying the potential to grow beyond themself, which in return can lead to an empathetic object or building. In the performing arts, interrelations between people – conditioned in particular by the ‘safe space’ of rehearsals with the team, crucial in each production to detach/free everyone from themself – produce, at best, trust, a condition that is also important for architectural production.

The volume Performance and Participation (2017), edited by Anna Harpin and Helen Nicholson, is concerned with the political relationship between performance and participation, and acknowledges that such terms are fraught with paradox in theatrical events. In fact, the term ‘participation’ is not used consistently in cultural and political vocabularies. In performance, participation is not necessarily a means, for ‘dramaturgical strategies carry specific political means or social imperatives’, nor can participation be equated with empowerment. 27 Harpin and Nicholson, “Performance and Participation,” 3. There is a need to acknowledge different kinds of authorship within the process of developing and performing a play. This could lead to a shift in perception, with participation understood in various ways. The integration of human and non-human actors explores the practice of participation and thus explores the notions of agency, autonomy, and authority. The distinction between action/activity and assemblage can be drawn from the use of pronouns such as ‘I’, ‘we’, ‘you’, and ‘them’ in relation to the labels ‘human’ and ‘non-human’, which do not allow for collaboration/involvement and thus naturally exclude more-than-human relationalities. 28 Ibid., 11–12. This shift from a (two-dimensional) collage to an (three-dimensional) assemblage could not only help provide insight in different modes of participation, but also create new narratives about participation in the feedback loop – of learning not about, but with, the environment.

As described earlier, knowing my own boundaries is a desired aim. If I now consider participation as being part of an assemblage rather than an activity, it becomes apparent that it is more than crucial to know how and to what extent material is also to participate with me. I argue that material has the ability to expose boundaries and to (de)code territories when evoking emotions in me. Considering material as a way of not only transgressing, but also recoding, my individual boundaries, leads back to Harpin and Nicholson’s implication of redefining authorship. In architecture, this could mean that architects are aware of the power of material and the impact on decision-making in different constellations through conscious engagement with materials. This could happen, for example, during model-making with model-makers, during model or sample presentations within the team or to the client, or when communities are involved in the production of building materials. A useful example of the latter is the collaborative process of selection of architectural ceramics in the Granby workshop in Liverpool facilitated by Assemble studios. 29 See Assemble, “Granby Workshop 2015,” n.d., https://assemblestudio.co.uk/projects/granby-workshop (accessed March 1, 2023). A tactile way of engaging with objects/materials could offer the potential for sensory participation within the architectural design process – stepping back from the decision-making guided by rationality to give space to emotional and affective responses. In the performing arts, practitioners and researchers have developed tools to consider communicative practices such as looking, feeling, and listening that provide insights into how bodies give verbal and non-verbal signals. 30 Holly Eva Ryan and Matthew Flinders, “From Senseless to Sensory Democracy: Insights from Applied and Participatory Theatre,” Politics 38, no. 2 (2018): 143. If architecture were to incorporate multisensory experiences into the design process, it would need to move away from rational/senseless actors and introduce emotion/subjectivity as factors worth acknowledging. The concept of ‘material dramaturgy’ could critically reveal unseen labour as well as unheard voices, and facilitate a connection to our surroundings: ‘viewing theatre in terms of the tectonic might remind us that while it is sometimes text-ile, it is always technical and tactile, since it is centred on the tangible materiality of performing bodies and/or objects’. 31 Juliet Rufford, Theatre and Architecture (London: Macmillan, 2015), 71. We could benefit from more exploration of the body, emotion, and the subjective as powerful agents in the construction of narrative and how this relies on material translation and the understanding of material.

Conclusion

What the entanglement of constructing imagination boils down to is a conscious coming together of a group of people, first inside, then outside the architectural studio, who communicate with each other verbally, where the non-verbal takes place on an implicit level. In the world of blueprints and other common phases of architectural projects, the visual is brought to the forefront of the conversation simply because the architect has learned to read and speak visually, but the client often has not. There are several layers in which communication also flows the other way, full of imaginary elements that take the time to respond to materials – such as a specific material being cold, or bending more than expected. Material acts here as a mediator, not as a representative, between the inside and outside of the body, of the architectural studio, of the client, the sub-consultants, and whoever else may be involved, and becomes a clear contributor in decision-making. Taking this into account explicitly could offer new ways of communicating and sharing what architects already know. Material has the capacity to bring feelings and emotions into the conversation, where many are so attracted by the way material looks, for instance, that they no longer check its function and correct application. There is a hierarchy of knowledge within the architectural studio because emotions are not trusted, which is what this text aims to highlight and open up. It is about the small stories that have to be trusted and the question of who takes the risk. My proposition is that a model, for instance, has the potential to be the kind of ‘safe space’ that theatre has during rehearsals, which allows feelings and emotions to be revealed in our communication, through material engagement.

Overall, I have discussed the inner and outer world of human and more-than-humans and the issue of the lack of a common language to describe where they encounter and affect each other. Coming back to the initially introduced concern of sharing needs and empathy in relation to architects’ boundaries, this essay suggests two areas of research worthy of attention. On the one hand, performance studies, which explores how emotional effects are charged, leads to the question of how creative architectural practice can engage with imagination and its associated actions in the way Pallasmaa refers to. On the other hand, there is the question of emotional effects, the presence of the body and material as a kind of scaffolding around which questions of ‘audience’ and ‘participation’ can play out. By highlighting the issue of bridging body and mind, this text suggests pushing boundaries by engaging with material and taking into account affect theory. The trust that comes from engaging with material, its affect, and emotions is of great importance for architectural practice and clearly deserves more attention. Concepts such as ‘complex systems’ can help redefine the architectural project as a whole. Whereas the proposed concept of ‘material dramaturgy’ is seen as a sustainable approach that encourages awareness of the imagination, senses, and emotions of humans and materials, both concepts enable greater levels of perception that incorporate subtle resonances in the design process.

Bibliography

  • Adamson, Glenn. Fewer, Better Things: The Hidden Wisdom of Objects. New York: Bloomsbury, 2018.
  • Adamson, Glenn. Thinking Through Craft. London: Bloomsbury, 2013.
  • Ahmed, Sara. The Cultural Politics of Emotion. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2014.
  • Ahmed, Sara. “Happy Objects.” In The Affect Theory Reader, edited by Melissa Gregg and Gregory J. Seigworth, 29–51. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010.
  • Allen, Stan. Practice: Architecture, Technique and Representation. New York: Routledge, 2009.
  • Barba, Eugenio, and Nicola Savarese. “Dramaturgy.” In A Dictionary of Theatre Anthropology: The Secret Art of the Performer, translated by Richard Fowler, 66–71. New York: Routledge, 1991.
  • Bauer, Petra, and Sofia Wiberg. “Rehearsals – On the Politics of Listening.” In Art and the F World: Reflections on the Browning of Europe, edited by Maria Lind, 267–86. Berlin: Sternberg Press, 2014.
  • Collins, Harry. Tacit and Explicit Knowledge. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.
  • Conroy, Colette. Theatre and The Body. London: Red Globe Press, 2009.
  • Fischer-Lichte, Erika. Ästhetik des Performativen. Berlin: Suhrkamp, 2004.
  • Hale, Jonathan. Merleau-Ponty for Architects. Oxfordshire: Routledge, 2016.
  • Harpin, Anna, and Helen Nicholson, eds. Performance and Participation: Practices, Audiences, Politics. London: Palgrave, 2017.
  • Hill, Jonathan. “The immaterial and the material: An architectural dialogue in Time.” In Materiality and Architecture, edited by Sandra Loschke, 129–47. London: Routledge, 2016.
  • Hill, Jonathan. A Landscape of Architecture, History and Fiction. London: Routledge, 2015.
  • Hurley, Erin. Theatre and Feeling. London: Red Globe Press, 2010.
  • Ingold, Tim. Making: Anthropology, Archaeology, Art and Architecture. London: Routledge, 2013.
  • Ingold, Tim. “Materials against Materiality.” Archaeological Dialogues 14 (2007): 1–16.
  • Lacey, Katey. Listening Publics: The Politics and Experience of Listening in the Media Age. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2013.
  • Lasater, Judith Hanson, and Ike K. Lasater. What We Say Matters: Practicing Nonviolent Communication. Boulder, CO: Rodmell Press, 2009.
  • Lehmann, Ann-Sophie. “Material Literacy.” Bauhaus Magazin 9 (2017): 20–27.
  • Lehmann, Ann-Sophie. “Objektstunden: Vom Materialwissen zur Materialbildung.” In Materialität. Herausforderungen Für die Sozial- und Kulturwissenschaften, edited by Herbert Kalthoff, Torsten Cress and Tobias Röhl, 171–93. Paderborn: Fink Verlag, 2015.
  • Mediastika, Christina E. “Understanding empathic architecture.” Journal of Architecture and Urbanism 40, no. 1 (2016): 1.
  • Mosse, Ramona, and Anna Street. “To Be Like Water: Material Dramaturgies in Posthumanist Performance.” Journal of Contemporary Drama in English 10, no. 1 (2022): 116–32.
  • Pallasmaa, Juhani. The Thinking Hand: Existential and Embodied Wisdom in Architecture. Chichester: Wiley, 2009.
  • Polanyi, Michael. The Tacit Dimension. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1967.
  • Robinson, Sarah. “Boundaries of Skin: John Dewey, Didier Anzieu and Architecture Possibility.” In Architecture and Empathy, edited by Philip Tidwell, 42–63. Espoo: Tapio Wirkkala-Rut Bryk Foundation, 2015.
  • Rufford, Juliet. Theatre and Architecture. London: Macmillan, 2015.
  • Ryan, Holly Eva and Matthew Flinders. “From Senseless to Sensory Democracy: Insights from Applied and Participatory Theatre.” Politics 38, no. 2 (2018): 133–47.
    Schön, Donald A. The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action. New York: Basic Books, 1983.
  • Turner, Cathy. Dramaturgy and Architecture: Theatre, Utopia and the Built Environment. London: Macmillan, 2015.
  • Yaneva, Albena. Five Ways to Make Architecture Political: An Introduction to the Politics of Design Practice. London: Bloomsbury, 2017.
  • Yaneva, Albena. Made by the Office for Metropolitan Architecture: An Ethnography of Design. Rotterdam: 010 Publisher, 2009.
  • Yaneva, Albena. “Missed Magic: Models and the Contagious Togetherness of Making Architecture.” e-flux architecture(September 13, 2022). https://www.e-flux.com/architecture/on-models/489649/missed-magic-models-and-the-contagious-togetherness-of-making-architecture/.
  1. Judith Hanson Lasater and Ike K. Lasater, What We Say Matters: Practicing Nonviolent Communication (Boulder, CO: Rodmell Press, 2009), 5.
  2. Juhani Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand: Existential and Embodied Wisdom in Architecture (Chichester: Wiley, 2009), 20.
  3. Ibid., 12.
  4. Anna Harpin and Helen Nicholson, “Performance and Participation,” in Performance and Participation: Practices, Audiences, Politics, ed. Harpin and Nicholson (London: Palgrave, 2017), 11.
  5. These include Glenn Adamson, Jonathan Hill, Tim Ingold, Ann-Sophie Lehmann, Michael Polanyi, Donald Schön, and Albena Yaneva.
  6. Jonathan Hale, Merleau-Ponty for Architects (Oxfordshire: Routledge, 2016).
  7. Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 125.
  8. Erika Fischer-Lichte, Ästhetik des Performativen (Berlin: Suhrkamp, 2004), 19.
  9. Sara Ahmed, “Happy Objects,” in The Affect Theory Reader, ed. Melissa Gregg and Gregory J. Seigworth (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010), 32.
  10. Sarah Robinson, “Boundaries of Skin: John Dewey, Didier Anzieu and Architecture Possibility,” in Architecture and Empathy, ed. Philip Tidwell (Espoo: Tapio Wirkkala-Rut Bryk Foundation, 2015), 44.
  11. Colette Conroy, Theatre and The Body (London: Red Globe Press, 2009), 16.
  12. Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 82.
  13. Ibid.
  14. Conroy, Theatre and The Body, 41.
  15. Ibid., 75.
  16. Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 135.
  17. Erin Hurley, Theatre and Feeling (London: Red Globe Press, 2010), 77.
  18. Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 133.
  19. Conroy, Theatre and The Body. 70.
  20. Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 20.
  21. In addition to Cathy Turner’s book, Dramaturgy and Architecture: Theatre, Utopia and the Built Environment (London: Macmillan, 2015), see Ramona Mosse and Anna Street, “To Be Like Water: Material Dramaturgies in Posthumanist Performance,” Journal of Contemporary Drama in English 10, no. 1 (2022): 116–32. Their article investigates a material (water) and its ‘dramaturgical functions as matter, medium, and metaphor to sketch performance alternatives that highlight nonhuman forms of agency’.
  22. Turner, Dramaturgy and Architecture, 13.
  23. Eugenio Barba and Nicola Savarese, “Dramaturgy,” in A Dictionary of Theatre Anthropology: The Secret Art of the Performer, trans. Richard Fowler (New York: Routledge, 1991), 68.
  24. Pallasmaa, The Thinking Hand, 135.
  25. Stan Allen, Practice: Architecture, Technique and Representation (New York: Routledge, 2009), 45.
  26. Harry Collins, Tacit and Explicit Knowledge (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010), 10.
  27. Harpin and Nicholson, “Performance and Participation,” 3.
  28. Ibid., 11–12.
  29. See Assemble, “Granby Workshop 2015,” n.d., https://assemblestudio.co.uk/projects/granby-workshop (accessed March 1, 2023).
  30. Holly Eva Ryan and Matthew Flinders, “From Senseless to Sensory Democracy: Insights from Applied and Participatory Theatre,” Politics 38, no. 2 (2018): 143.
  31. Juliet Rufford, Theatre and Architecture (London: Macmillan, 2015), 71.

Return to archive

title

Exploring Spatial Perception through Performative 1:1 Extended Reality Models: Preliminary insights from Infra-thin Magick

Author

Paula Strunden

↑ Back to top
November 1, 2022
Abstract

Building on scenography, performance theory and findings from neurosciences, tacit knowing in architecture is understood here as embodied, embedded and enacted perceptual dimension of our built environment. Through art- and design-based research, tacitly knowing is examined as a form of practice and a new extended reality (XR) design tool is probed to exercise it. Since the atmospheric turn in architecture (Böhme 2017, McCormack 2014, Bille et al. 2015), it is well known that spatial perception is multi-sensory and that the interplay of our senses goes beyond the cross-fertilization of sight, touch, taste, smell and hearing. Nevertheless, architectural designers may have only touched the surface of what we might be able to feel regarding our spatial environments. Apart from the sensation of our movement and whether our environment is too hot or cold, our abilities to feel space physically remain challenging to represent and communicate through conventional architectural tools. This includes i.e. our sense of balance, our ability to feel time passing, our knowledge of which of our body parts are where without having to look at them, and our sense of gravity, orientation, and illumination. Some of these “always-there-but-never-felt” sensations can be revealed and physically experienced when entering a fully immersive virtual environment for the first time. As our brain takes a split second to adjust to the novel surroundings, it is at this moment that we can suddenly sense our senses at work. The XR case study “Infra-thin Magick”, exhibited as part of Speculative Fiction at the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna in 2022, explains how such unanticipated insights can be purposefully evoked by displacing and reassembling the components constituting our multimodal and synaesthetic spatial perception. Leaning on the design theoretician Thea Brejzek and Lawrence Wallan’s understanding of the “autonomous model”, this performative real-time and -scale XR model that oscillates between physical installation and virtual reality (VR) experience is employed as an operative tool for designing and analyzing spatial experiences beyond the known sensations of our built environment. First user-testing results are presented, and the premise of the autonomous model to co-create reality and allow architects to research through active participation, first-hand experience, discovery, and play are brought to light.

16 July 2022, 4:30 PM, Academy of Fine Arts Vienna, Exhibit Gallery, 1st Floor. The rectangular 2.7 x 5.4-meter room is darkened, the blinds are lowered, it is hot outside – 32 degrees – and the air conditioning is running at its max to cool down the building. The black curtains covering the entrance to the room are blowing in the artificial wind, cars are humming in the distance. The ceremony mistress opens the large wooden door, steps outside the room, walks towards the first visitor, takes her hand, and asks her to follow her with eyes closed. Back inside the room, a virtual reality headset is placed on the visitor’s head, before she is asked to re-open her eyes. The room is dark, silent, and almost cold. The rustling leaves of the tree outside dance across the wooden floor, moonlight flickers through the blinds. A raven lands on the windowsill and slowly starts to speak. It flies past the visitor, who sees, hears, and feels the feathers on her arm, while the first object gradually lowers from the ceiling. The visitor starts to walk towards the object, reaches out with her hands, and checks whether it really exists. Once she feels its texture and rigid shape, she turns around to lean backwards on her arms, slowly lowers her body, and sinks into the annular seat. The seat gives in to her weight, the velvet texture feels soft below her hands. She sees her hands, feels the velvet, and hears the rustling sound of the material below her fingers. She reaches out for the raven; it croaks upon being touched, and nestles against her. The moment she starts to relax, dropping her head deeper into the velvet cushion, the room slowly starts dissolving while she begins to float. 1 To view the full recording of the visitor’s experience, see: Paula Strunden, “RECORDING / Infra-thin Magick by Paula Strunden / EXHIBIT Gallery Academy of Fine Arts Vienna / 2022,” Vimeo, December 6, 2022, video, 10:54, https://vimeo.com/778401566.

Figure 4.1: Infra-thin Magick invitation cards.

This experience report describes the beginning of the extended reality (XR) ceremony, Infra-thin Magick, 2 Exhibited as part of Speculative Fiction, exhibition curated by Stephanie Damianitsch, July 9–October 16, 2022, Exhibit Gallery, Academy of Fine Arts Vienna. created within the framework of my design-led research project exploring tacit knowledge as an embodied, embedded, enacted, and extended perceptual dimension of the built environment. Tacit knowing is examined here as a form of practice, and a new XR design tool is probed to exercise it. Exploratory user-testing results are presented, and the premise of the ‘autonomous model’ to co-create reality enabling architects to research through active participation, first-hand experience, discovery, and play are brought to light.

The Autonomous Model

We no longer progress from model to reality, but from model to model while acknowledging that both models are, in fact, real. 3 Olafur Eliasson, “Models are real,” in Models, ed. Emily Abruzzo, Eric Ellingsen, and Jonathan D. Solomon (New York: Princeton Architectural Press, 2007), 20.

In their book, The Model as Performance, design practitioners and theoreticians Thea Brejzek and Lawrence Wallen introduce the ‘autonomous model’ as a new type of physical scale model, historically distinguishable from the iterative model and the representational model employed across architecture and stage design. 4 Thea Brejzek and Lawrence Wallen, The Model as Performance: Staging space in theatre and architecture (London: Bloomsbury, 2017), 2. With a shared background in theatre studies and stage direction, Brejzek and Wallen advocate an extended understanding of spatial design, which includes temporal activities employed in theatre, dance, and film, such as staging, performing, storytelling, and acting. Following this disciplinary blending, their book discusses over thirty case studies ranging from the Renaissance to the present that: (1) challenge the scale model’s role as a ‘second-order object awaiting its realisation’; and (2) acknowledge the model’s operative capacities in creating its own reality and ‘potential for cosmopoesis, or world-making’. 5 Ibid., 1 It is within this second perspective that the performative and autonomous capacity of the model lies. According to Brejzek and Wallen, the iterative (ad hoc/sketch/study) model, as well as the representational (presentation/communication/final) model, serve as preliminary stages or auxiliary means to describe reality, whereas the autonomous or performative model produces reality in itself. It is defined as an independently acting entity and an end unto itself that is ‘built to be autonomous’, and thus is neither a substitute nor a referent to an actual building or stage set. 6 Ibid., 2. By dissolving the dichotomy of model/reality, Brejzek and Wallen comb through history, looking for case studies that establish the autonomous model as an epistemic tool. Ranging from Giulio Camillo’s Theatre of Memory (1550), through Vladimir Tatlin’s Model of The Monument to the Third International (1919–20), to Caruso St John and Thomas Demand’s Nail House (2010), they position the autonomous model as ‘a cross-disciplinary global practice of spatial production that has operated from the Renaissance until today …  fuelled by the designer’s desire for technological innovation and artistic expression’. 7 Ibid., 5.

Recalling the case studies I visited, I remember feeling disappointed at being unable to fully experience the 1:1 reconstruction of Le Corbusier’s Maison Dom-ino (2014) created by architect Valentin Bontjes van Beek for the 14thArchitectural Biennale in Venice, a full-scale wooden installation that could not be entered. Similarly, I was asked not to run my fingers over the blown-up paper texture of the 1:1 mock-up of the Nail House (2010), developed by architect Caruso St John and artist Thomas Demand. Both examples illustrate the limited agency of the audience in relation to autonomous models created for exhibition purposes and raise the question of whether these models can be understood as ‘practised space(s)’, as proclaimed by Brejzek and Wallen, given that they cannot be actively interacted with. 8 Ibid., 141. How can an audience that lacks the ability to act, make decisions, or take control recognise and acknowledge the agency of a model if it does not have agency itself?

Figure 4.2: Immersant lifting Infra-thin Object (3) Seeing Orb. Photo © Maria Belova, 2022

To address this question and to add another dimension to Brejzek and Wallen’s definition of how autonomous models operate and where their performative potential lies, my research incorporates user-oriented practices from computer-game and experience design into their cross-disciplinary spatial practice. Here, the visitor is foregrounded as an active player who co-creates the model’s reality through interaction and first-hand experience – from inside-out and through first-person perspective. By focussing on the visitor’s involvement in the creation of the model, the traditional subject/object and viewer/creator dichotomies and the distinctions between actual/virtual and model/reality are further dissolved. Brejzek and Wallen’s decision to exclude interactive digital models from their discussion and leave out the virtual model’s potential for the production of reality is based on their observation that ‘the increasingly porous edge between physical and virtual spaces … is accelerating at a speed that from a typological point of view remains too fluid to be central to the argument’. 9 Ibid., 4. It is precisely this dynamically changing relationship of the virtual to the material world, this ‘too fluid to be central’ gap, which marks the starting point of my ongoing and open-ended research practice.

Approach and Technical Set-Up

At the intersection of architecture, immersive theatre, new media art, and game design, I develop artistic tools and instruments to reveal, uncover, and exhibit new insights into the underlying mechanisms of embodied and embedded spatial perception. My research uses mixed-reality techniques to hybridise physical and virtual spaces and investigate the convergence of their realms. Over the years, I have developed a series of experiential technical set-ups, which allow me to evaluate the effects of inhabiting non-linear interactive architectural constellations. I design, plan, and build full-scale physical models and craft props, superimposed with digital models drawn in the CAD software, Rhino 3D, and compiled in the game engine, Unity. The resulting hybrid installations are exhibited publicly and activated by one visitor at a time wearing a virtual reality (VR) headset. By attaching a small camera to the front of the headset and tracking the visitor’s hand and head position in real-time, their physical movements are translated into virtual interactions and gradually unveil the spatiotemporal narrative. Instead of working with high-cost haptic gloves or suits that simulate embodied spatial perception, I incorporate the physical room where the experience takes place, the visitor’s real body and real-time movements, the material objects at hand, and the invigilator who is present throughout the encounter. To emphasise the importance of the visitor’s bodily experience and its emotional engagement, I use the term ‘immersant’, coined by VR pioneer Char Davies, to describe the person participating in the installation. 10 Oliver Grau, Virtuelle Kunst in Geschichte und Gegenwart (Berlin: Reimer, 2000), 193; Char Davies, “Osmose: Notes on being in immersive virtual space,” in Digital Creativity: A Reader, ed. Colin Beardon and Lone Malmborg (Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger Publishers, 2002), 101–10. This combination of analogue and digital techniques, which enables the immersant to naturally interact in a full-scale, real-time hybrid environment, I call the performative 1:1 Extended Reality Model (XRM).

To demonstrate the novelty and significance of constructing XRMs within the field of extended spatial production, this text has three interrelated agendas: (1) describing the design processes of XRMs through Infra-thin Magick; 11 Highlighted here as one of three case studies, next to Alison’s Room (part of Virtual CIAM Museum, curated by Dirk van den Heuvel, November 24–January 4, 2023, HNI Rotterdam) and Rhetorical Bodies (part of No Dancing Allowed, curated by Bogomir Doringer, June 22–November 20, 2022, Q21 Vienna). (2) evaluating the immersants’ experiences and reactions; (3) expanding upon existing theoretical positions on autonomous models and the evolving relationship between bodies, objects, and spaces in XR architecture.

Figure 4.3: Early design sketches of the XRM’s setup.

By exploring the nature of human spatial perception through its own mechanism of operation, that is, the human body, I lean on design-driven, practice-led research methods ‘that situate creative practice as both a driver and outcome of the research process’. 12 Jillian G. Hamilton and Luke O Jaaniste, “Content, structure and orientations of the practice-led exegesis,” in Art.Media.Design: Writing Intersections, November 18–19, 2009 , ed. G. Melles (Melbourne: Swinburne University, 2009), 184. I engage in an interactive, exploratory creative process that involves the active engagement of my body, and fluid transition between various roles. These roles include designing an interactive model, which encompasses developing narratives, sketching storylines, writing voice-overs, creating virtual environments, and building physical props. Further, I produce large-scale drawings and prototype objects (Fig. 4.4), three-dimensionally experience the model first-hand, guide others through their experiences, train invigilators, and observe them performing. Simultaneously, I readjust the design of the XRM. The boundaries between myself as its maker, the immersant as its user, and the invigilator as its facilitator, are renegotiated every time the experience restarts, making all participants equally responsible for creating the model’s reality. To what extent, or at what moment, this dynamically changing model starts to create its own reality – identified by Brejzek and Wallen as a key characteristic of the autonomous model – is presented and discussed as follows.

Infra-thin Magick

Figure 4.4: 1:1 design process utilising large scale drawings and rapid manufacturing for prototyping.

After his death, the surrealist artist Marcel Duchamp left behind an envelope containing forty-six handwritten notes, each exploring his neologism of the ‘infra-thin’. Duchamp had revealed in an interview that his notion escaped any existing scientific definition and was impossible to explain, but he could give examples: 13 Francis Roberts, “Interview with Marcel Duchamp, ‘I Propose to Strain the Laws of Physics,’” Art News (December 1968), 62. infra-thin is the warmth of a seat that has just been left; infra-thin is when tobacco smoke also smells of the mouth which exhales it; infra-thin is the difference that exists between two forms that have been cast from the same mould. 14 Duchamp’s notes were posthumously published in French by Paul Matisse: Marcel Duchamp, Notes, ed. Paul Matisse (Boston: GK Hall, 1980). The following simplified translations by the author are based on Duchamp’s notes no. 4, 33, and 35, taken from 21 and 33. According to the art historian Hector Obalk, infra-thin describes a separation, a difference, or an interval between two things. It could be either ‘a difference that you can easily imagine, but that does not exist’, like the thickness of a shadow, or it could be ‘a distance that you cannot perceive, but only imagine’. 15 Hector Obalk, “The unfindable readymade,” Tout-Fait, The Marcel Duchamp Studies Online Journal (January 5, 2000), https://www.toutfait.com/the-unfindable-readymade/.

Figure 4.5: Testing ceremonial objects and ritual sequences with the mistress of ceremony.

Expanding on Duchamp’s concept of a subjectively felt notion that eludes any scientific explanation and that can only be exemplified, I designed a family of hybrid artefacts that can both be manipulated in virtual space and interacted with physically (Figs. 4.7–9). These artefacts, entitled the Sinking Seat (1), the Magic Mirror (2), and the Seeing Orb (3), reconceptualise Duchamp’s infra-thin as the immeasurable gap between virtually-perceived and physically-experienced space; a threshold between different states characterised by a feeling of ambiguity or indeterminacy. Comparable to the ‘phenomenon of becoming aware of the fact that one is dreaming during ongoing sleep’, 16 Benjamin Baird, Sergio Mota-Rolim, and Martin A. Dresler, “The cognitive neuroscience of lucid dreaming,” in Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews 100 (2019): 305, https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0149763418303361. commonly known as lucid dreaming, I made the experience one of being fully immersed in a virtual environment, yet fully aware of one’s physical body and surroundings. Determined to explore this paradoxical feeling, I designed three infra-thin instruments that uncover the fleeting sensation I felt when working at the intersection of the realms to capture the highly subjective and ephemeral essence of this phenomenon and preserve it in some form to be shared with others. While VR is mainly associated with the possibility of escaping one’s body or leaving it behind in order to have an out-of-body experience, a series of projects from the 1990s led by female artists explore the phenomenon that ‘such environments can provide a new kind of “place” … in a paradoxical combination of the ephemerally immaterial with what is perceived and bodily felt to be real’. 17 Such as Placeholder: Landscape and Narrative in a Virtual Environment (1992) by Brenda Laurel and Rachel Strickland, Osmose (1995) by Char Davies, or Spectral Bodies (2000) by Catherine Richards; Char Davies, “Osmose,” in Multimedia: From Wagner to Virtual Reality, ed. Randall Packer and Ken Jordan (New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 2002), 294. The architectural theorist Karen A. Franck confirms that it is not the physical body that is left behind when entering VR, as ‘it is physical bodies that give us access to any world’. 18 Karen A. Franck, “When I Enter Virtual Reality, What Body will I leave Behind?” in “Architects in Cyberspace,” ed. Maggie Toy, special issue, Architectural Design 65, nos. 11–12 (1995): 20. While the body occupies both worlds simultaneously, it is their ability that is changing and enabling immersants to experience different kinds of being-in-the-world. 19 Ibid., 21. Like a toddler, immersants move slowly and carefully with their hands stretched out before them, gradually feeling their way into the newly-behaving space. The fact that they not only act in this space and interact with its objects, but actually enact themselves, introduces the additional element of discovery and play into the XRM. By wearing their body as a costume, seeing their shadow and the digital overlay of their hands moving in real-time, and doing and feeling real things while having extended (intensified, magnified, or multiplied) abilities, the thrilling sense of being-in-a-body-in-a-room is brought to the fore. It is not the motor and perceptual system per se, but the bodily interaction and entanglement with its environment, its embeddedness and situatedness in this dynamically changing space, that challenges the immersants’ inbuilt assumptions about the built environment.

Figure 4.6: Testing ceremonial objects and ritual sequences with the mistress of ceremony.

Based on this idea, Infra-thin Magick is designed as a guided ritual sequence that takes the form of an XR ceremony, inviting one person at a time to experience the place that unfolds once the virtual realm can be felt with and through their body. Rather than experiencing the physical world within the virtual one, the XRM enables the immersants to experience the virtual physically. As demonstrated in the chapter’s opening anecdote, the brain seamlessly stitches together the virtual space experience with the underlying perception of the physical environment, turning the XRM into a tool to explore the nature and type of this very seam. Through weaving the irrational, surreal, and dreamlike space into the pillow’s texture, the feather’s timing, or the air’s temperature, I gradually learned to navigate between those realms. I became adept at adjusting the size of stitches, tightening them, or leaving little holes in between. These gaps evoke situations in which the experienced reality does not align with its expectation so that a void emerges between what is anticipated to happen and what actually occurs. The degree to which this void is subconsciously restitched by the immersant’s subjective spatial understanding, memories, imaginations, and speculations unveil the brain’s continuous endeavours to anticipate the nature and character of its surroundings, and thus actively co-create the XRM’s reality.

Here, the bodily lived experience is placed at the centre of the research by approaching virtual technologies from a phenomenological perspective. Following the writings of the philosopher Maurice Merleau-Ponty, cognition is understood to be ‘physically interactive, embedded in physical contexts, and manifested in physical bodies’. 20 Lawrence Shapiro and Shannon Spaulding, “Embodied Cognition”, in The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, ed. Edward N. Zalta, https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2021/entries/embodied-cognition/ (accessed November 20, 2022). Just as our perception of the actual world is mediated through our sensory apparatus, the virtual world is absorbed through our eyes, ears, mouth, nose, hands, and feet. Mel Slater’s decade-long research at the intersection of computer-science and psychology has proven that the emotional and affective responses to a fully-immersive bodily experience of a virtual environment equal that of a physical environment once a high level of immersion and presence is attained. While the quality of immersion depends on technological components, presence is the subjectively-felt experience of ‘being in the world’, 21 Mel Slater and Sylvia Wilbur, “A framework for immersive virtual environments (FIVE): Speculations on the role of presence in virtual environments,” Presence: Teleoperators Virtual Environments 6, no. 6 (1997): 603–16; Bob G. Witmer and Michael J. Singer, “Measuring presence in virtual environments: a presence questionnaire,” Presence: Teleoperators Virtual Environments 7, no. 3 (1998): 225–40; John B. Walther and Malcolm R. Parks, “Cues filtered out, cues filtered in: computer-mediated communication and relationships,” in Handbook of Interpersonal Communication, ed. Mark L. Knapp and John A. Daly, 3rd edn (Thousand Oaks: Sage, 2002), 529–63. evoked by the interplay of spatial-, self-, and social-presence. 22 Catherine S. Oh et al., “A Systematic Review of Social Presence: Definition, Antecedents, and Implications,” Frontiers in Robotics and AI 5 (2018), https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/frobt.2018.00114. While self-presence and social-presence are extensively discussed as embodied psychological experiences, 23 Ibid.; Julie R. Williamson et al., “Digital Proxemics: Designing Social and Collaborative Interaction in Virtual Environments,” in CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, May 1–5, 2022, New Orleans (2022), https://doi.org/10.1145/3491102.3517594. spatial-presence is often limited to a mere audio-visual experience. This neglects the rich multisensory aspect arising from cross-modal correspondence, where all senses complement and reinforce each other, and thus ground us in the world. 24 Joy M. Malnar and Frank Vodvarka, Sensory Design (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2004); Charles Spence, “Senses of place: architectural design for the multisensory mind,” Cognitive Research 5, no. 46 (2020), https://doi.org/10.1186%2Fs41235-020-00243-4; Alberto Gallace and Charles Spence, In Touch with the Future: The sense of touch from cognitive neuroscience to virtual reality (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014), 13. Recent neuroscience research has revealed that this complex interplay goes far beyond the cross-fertilisation of the five common senses. 25 Dustin Strokes, Mohan Matthen, and Stephen Biggs, “Sorting the Senses,” in Perception and its Modalities, ed. Strokes, Matthen, and Biggs (New York: Oxford University Press, 2015), 11. Yet, most other sensory modalities are taken for granted when experiencing the built environment, as they tend to remain stable. 26 Andy Clark, Surfing Uncertainty: Prediction, action, and the embodied mind (New York: Oxford University Press, 2015). Apart from the sensation of our movement (kinaesthesia), and whether our environment is too hot or cold (thermoception), our abilities to feel space physically remain challenging to communicate through conventional architectural tools. This includes our sense of balance (equilibrioception), our knowledge of which of our body parts is where (proprioception), our ability to feel time passing (chronoception), and, to name but a few, our sense of gravity, orientation, and illumination. Some of these always-there-but-never-felt sensations can be revealed and physically experienced when entering a fully immersive virtual environment. As our brain adjusts to the novel surroundings, we can suddenly notice our senses at work. This is where Infra-thin Magick comes into play, exposing the gap between our expectations and actual experience of spatial relations and revealing that their boundaries are impossible to stabilise or control due to their highly dynamic nature. Challenged to renegotiate our perception of distance, size, and orientation, every time we re-enter an XRM, its unpredictability leads to the creation of a unique reality for every individual immersed in it.

Figure 4.7: Immersant interacting with (1) Sinking Seat, (2) Magic Mirror, and (3) Seeing Orb to touch, taste, and smell the virtual. Photo © Dila Kirmizitoprak, 2022.

Figure 4.8: Immersant interacting with (1) Sinking Seat, (2) Magic Mirror, and (3) Seeing Orb to touch, taste, and smell the virtual. Photo © Dila Kirmizitoprak, 2022.

Figure 4.9: Immersant interacting with (1) Sinking Seat, (2) Magic Mirror, and (3) Seeing Orb to touch, taste, and smell the virtual. Photo © Dila Kirmizitoprak, 2022.

Transcending Dualities through Trust

In order to understand, inhabit, and evaluate space, it is crucial to recognise its temporal aspect. Space does not simply exist in time; it is of time. 27 Eliasson, “Models are real,” 19.

Between July and October 2022, over 150 immersants were introduced to the space between physical and virtual reality during three Infra-thin Magick sessions, each lasting three days. The immersants were asked to provide a written reflection or participate in an interview describing what they had experienced (Fig. 4.10). Preliminary analysis of their responses, coupled with personal reflections, confirm the key characteristic of the autonomous model to perform as an ‘active agent’ and thus become a ‘co-producer of reality’. 28 Brejzek & Wallen, The Model as Performance, 1; Eliasson, “Models are real,” 19. It is the XRM’s inherent ambiguity – its ability to be open to multiple interpretations and to operate in multiple ways – that qualifies it as an autonomous model, a characteristic discussed in this final section through the threefold act of ‘being here/there’, ‘letting go’, and ‘spending time’.

Figure 4.10: Reflection cards from over 150 immersants who experienced the XRM.

Beginning with the notion of ‘being here/there’, due to the real-time and full-scale nature of the XRM, the immersants’ movements, actions, and reactions shape the length and character of their experiences. Every participant behaves slightly differently, requiring the ceremony mistress to adopt a new approach in each instance. The ceremony mistress reports that she can sense whether the immersant trusts the environment to be real or not within seconds. Once this trust is established, the ceremony mistress characterises it as an ‘invisible pact’ between all involved, while immersants describe the XR objects as ‘magnetic’ or ‘alive’, suggesting that they exhibit qualities of autonomy or an existence beyond their perception, recalling the philosopher Jane Bennet’s concept of ‘thing-power’. 29 Notes from Guiding through Infra-thin Magick conversations with ceremony mistresses, Academy of Fine Arts Vienna, July 7–October 16, 2022; Jane Bennett, Vibrant matter: A Political Ecology of Things (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010), 2. After taking off the headset, immersants reported the need to confirm that what they are seeing is actually there. This uncertainty is also reflected in the language used, including observations such as, ‘I came back after not having been away’, and ‘I travelled very far, in that room over here, right there’ . 30 Notes gathered from Infra-thin Magick Reflection Cards (Fig. 4.10), Academy of Fine Arts Vienna, July 7–October 16, 2022. In the XRM, the known frame of reference and the former distinction between inside/outside, here/there, are dismantled and overcome. The former description of a person’s physical location in the world relative to themselves and in relation to the boundaries of an object or space is transcended. The XRM not only allows the immersant to explore external space as if it were internal through a process of immersion and profound inner engagement, but to experience mental activities typically located within themselves, such as memories, imaginations, or dreams, as if they were external to their bodies, blurring the distinction between intangible places that exist within the mind and tangible places that have a physical existence and can thus be perceived through touch rather than mental visualisation. Unable to differentiate between the two, their experiences are intensified and reinforced until they start oscillating. This oscillation creates its own space that can be observed, expanded, and explored, confirming the XRM’s role as ‘co-producer of reality’ and recalling the indefinable notion of Duchamp’s infra-thin. The XRM thus not only blurs the traditional Cartesian dualism of body/mind, but offers a new perspective on the interconnectedness of the self and the environment, bringing the concept of ‘who I am’ and ‘where I am’ closer together. 31 UW Reality Lab, “Andreea Ion Cojocaru – Where Are You, Who Are You? The Thinning Thickness of The Real,” YouTube, May 11, 2021, video, 53:39, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6HInWCezqig.

Moving towards the concept of ‘letting go’, whether an XRM can be characterised as an autonomous model in Brejzek’s and Wallen’s sense depends on the immersants’ willingness to actively engage with and interact within the model, requiring them to be both active and passive in controlling interactivity through their body while being tracked, monitored, and controlled by the technological set-up and framework of the experience. Only when the immersants intuitively accept this dynamic dual role can the game of leading and being led by the spatiotemporal narrative begin. Incorporating affective responses in the design process of the XRM introduces a new dimension to the creation and experience of architectural models. It highlights that the actual use of the tool only works if the designer and immersant are willing to let the model ‘happen’ to themselves. In the same way, that trust requires an emotional openness and readiness; understanding novel spatial configurations created through experiencing an XRM requires a distinct emotionality or commitment. The ability to ‘let go’, or ‘give in’, and the desire to engage in this game, becomes a primary condition for understanding the model’s reality and drawing insights from it beyond the sheer novelty of immersion in a virtual world. Consequently, spatial understanding within or through an XRM is an active form of willingness to attend, engage, care, and trust. It is the immersant who moves slowly, who examines carefully, who touches, considers, and re-touches, who listens and responds to the objects encountered, who will start feeling the transformative effects of being immersed in between the realms.

This leads to the proposition of ‘spending time’: time to immerse yourself repeatedly and at length in different kinds of experiences, to test, try, and retry, to observe yourself moving through the realms as well as observing others in detail, to encounter glitches and errors, to drop, fail, and fall. The time spent making and inhabiting an XRM gradually allows the virtual space to sediment itself within the body. The XRM’s performative nature thus lies in its ability to create a lasting bodily impression, allowing for a better understanding of the medium through repeated and continual exposure. Moreover, this notion of embodied sedimentation of a fleeting sensation, which one is not-yet-able to verbalise, or a concept, which one is not-yet-able to grasp, explains why an altered space–body–object relationship can be fuelled through design-led research. Over time, interacting with the model aggregates a deeper understanding of its spatiotemporal logic. By literally stepping in and out of the XRM, the frame of reference shifts, and the boundaries between model and reality, subject and object, are renegotiated, so that being-in-space leads to space-explaining moments. Once it is no longer clear who is reacting to whom, a form of co-creation takes place that allows me, as the designer of the XRM, to step back, let go, and let the space happen to me, work on me, measure me. I allow myself to be infiltrated, influenced, swayed, and misled to develop a better understanding of how my body constructs space itself. Although I may rationally understand that the 3D-rendered room of Infra-thin Magick does not revolve around my head in real-time when interacting with the Seeing Orb (Fig. 4.7), my body applies its inherent logic to the phenomena occurring. When I hold my eyes between my hands and swing them from left to right, it is not the room but my embodied concept of spatiality that causes it to revolve around me, shaped by the physical principles of the natural world. Physically experiencing and experimentally proving that spatial environments are dynamically constructed inside and outside the body, mutually dependent and constantly evolving, creates a deep desire to explore this newly encountered realm further, and discover how the XRM uses the body as a site. From the shifting perspectives of a designer, immersant, and invigilator, it has become apparent that virtual space is not limited to what I see, hear, and feel, mediated through technological devices, but incorporates moreover what I expect, anticipate, and imagine seeing, hearing, and feeling, just before I actually do, just before reality becomes tangible. This makes the experience of the virtual an inherent aspect of spatial perception per se and a fundamental component for comprehending architecture.

To conclude, the outlined tripartite approach, which focuses on the notions of presence, trust, and engagement, generates a spatial experience perceived to be more real than the sum of its constituting elements. By adopting autonomous models as a framework for exploring XR applications in spatial research and practice, architects can move beyond the conventional use of virtual technologies mainly employed for representation purposes today. This shift allows architects to engage with the technology’s inherent narrative, and fictional and speculative potential, creating new possibilities for spatial research native to the medium. Once the model’s potential for cosmopoiesis, as proposed by Brejzek and Wallen, is extended to be found in the liminal, the gap, the intersection of our material and virtual world, materials/models/reality/subjects/objects can be reviewed on a flattened ontological hierarchy, and XRMs can furthermore be employed as operative tools for designing and analysing spatial experiences beyond the known sensations of the built environment.

 

Bibliography

  • Baird, Benjamin, Sergio Mota-Rolim, and Martin A. Dresler. “The cognitive neuroscience of lucid dreaming.” Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews 100 (2019): 305–23. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0149763418303361.
  • Brejzek, Thea, and Lawrence Wallen. The Model as Performance: Staging Space in Theatre and Architecture. London: Bloomsbury, 2017.
  • Clark, Andy. Surfing Uncertainty: Prediction, action, and the embodied mind. New York: Oxford University Press, 2015.
  • Davies, Char. “Osmose.” In Multimedia: From Wagner to Virtual Reality, edited by Randall Packer and Ken Jordan, 293–300. New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 2002.
  • Davies, Char. “Osmose: Notes on being in immersive virtual space.” In Digital Creativity: A Reader, edited by Colin Beardon and Lone Malmborg, 101–10. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger Publishers, 2002.
  • Duchamp, Marcel. Notes. Edited by Paul Matisse. Boston: GK Hall, 1980.
  • Eliasson, Olafur. “Models are real.” In Models, edited by Emily Abruzzo, Eric Ellingsen, and Jonathan D. Solomon, 18–25. New York: Princeton Architectural Press, 2007.
  • Franck, Karen A. “When I Enter Virtual Reality, What Body will I leave Behind?” In “Architects in Cyberspace,” edited by Maggie Toy. Special issue, Architectural Design 65, nos. 11–12 (1995): 20–23.
  • Gallace, Alberto, and Charles Spence. In Touch with the Future: The sense of touch from cognitive neuroscience to virtual reality. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014.
  • Grau, Oliver. Virtuelle Kunst in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Berlin: Reimer, 2000.
  • Hamilton, Jillian G., and Luke O Jaaniste. “Content, structure and orientations of the practice-led exegesis.” In Art.Media.Design: Writing Intersections, November 18–19, 2009, edited by G. Melles, 184–95. Melbourne: Swinburne University, 2009.
  • Malnar, Joy M., and Frank Vodvarka. Sensory Design. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2004.
  • Obalk, Hector. “The unfindable readymade.” Tout-Fait, The Marcel Duchamp Studies Online Journal (January 5, 2000). https://www.toutfait.com/the-unfindable-readymade/.
  • Oh, Catherine S., et al. “A Systematic Review of Social Presence: Definition, Antecedents, and Implications.” Frontiers in Robotics and AI 5 (2018). https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/frobt.2018.00114.
  • Roberts, Francis. “Interview with Marcel Duchamp, ‘I Propose to Strain the Laws of Physics.’” Art News. December 1968.
  • Shapiro, Lawrence, and Shannon Spaulding. “Embodied Cognition.” In The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, edited by Edward N. Zalta. Accessed November 20, 2022. https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2021/entries/embodied-cognition/.
  • Slater, Mel, and Sylvia Wilbur. “A framework for immersive virtual environments (FIVE): Speculations on the role of presence in virtual environments.” Presence: Teleoperators Virtual Environments 6, no. 6 (1997): 603–16.
  • Spence, Charles. “Senses of place: architectural design for the multisensory mind.” Cognitive Research 5 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1186%2Fs41235-020-00243-4.
  • Strokes, Dustin, Mohan Matthen, and Stephen Biggs. “Sorting the Senses.” In Perception and its Modalities, ed. Strokes, Matthen, and Biggs, 1–22. New York: Oxford University Press, 2015.
  • Walther, John B., and Malcolm R. Parks. “Cues filtered out, cues filtered in: computer-mediated communication and relationships.” In Handbook of Interpersonal Communication, edited by Mark L. Knapp and John A. Daly, 3rd edn., 529–63. Thousand Oaks: Sage, 2002.
  • Williamson, Julie R., et al. “Digital Proxemics: Designing Social and Collaborative Interaction in Virtual Environments.” In CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, May 1–5, 2022, New Orleans. 2022. https://doi.org/10.1145/3491102.35175941–12.
  • Witmer, Bob G., and Michael J. Singer. “Measuring presence in virtual environments: a presence questionnaire.” Presence: Teleoperators Virtual Environments 7, no. 3 (1998): 225–40.
  1. To view the full recording of the visitor’s experience, see: Paula Strunden, “RECORDING / Infra-thin Magick by Paula Strunden / EXHIBIT Gallery Academy of Fine Arts Vienna / 2022,” Vimeo, December 6, 2022, video, 10:54, https://vimeo.com/778401566.
  2. Exhibited as part of Speculative Fiction, exhibition curated by Stephanie Damianitsch, July 9–October 16, 2022, Exhibit Gallery, Academy of Fine Arts Vienna.
  3. Olafur Eliasson, “Models are real,” in Models, ed. Emily Abruzzo, Eric Ellingsen, and Jonathan D. Solomon (New York: Princeton Architectural Press, 2007), 20.
  4. Thea Brejzek and Lawrence Wallen, The Model as Performance: Staging space in theatre and architecture (London: Bloomsbury, 2017), 2.
  5. Ibid., 1
  6. Ibid., 2.
  7. Ibid., 5.
  8. Ibid., 141.
  9. Ibid., 4.
  10. Oliver Grau, Virtuelle Kunst in Geschichte und Gegenwart (Berlin: Reimer, 2000), 193; Char Davies, “Osmose: Notes on being in immersive virtual space,” in Digital Creativity: A Reader, ed. Colin Beardon and Lone Malmborg (Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger Publishers, 2002), 101–10.
  11. Highlighted here as one of three case studies, next to Alison’s Room (part of Virtual CIAM Museum, curated by Dirk van den Heuvel, November 24–January 4, 2023, HNI Rotterdam) and Rhetorical Bodies (part of No Dancing Allowed, curated by Bogomir Doringer, June 22–November 20, 2022, Q21 Vienna).
  12. Jillian G. Hamilton and Luke O Jaaniste, “Content, structure and orientations of the practice-led exegesis,” in Art.Media.Design: Writing Intersections, November 18–19, 2009 , ed. G. Melles (Melbourne: Swinburne University, 2009), 184.
  13. Francis Roberts, “Interview with Marcel Duchamp, ‘I Propose to Strain the Laws of Physics,’” Art News (December 1968), 62.
  14. Duchamp’s notes were posthumously published in French by Paul Matisse: Marcel Duchamp, Notes, ed. Paul Matisse (Boston: GK Hall, 1980). The following simplified translations by the author are based on Duchamp’s notes no. 4, 33, and 35, taken from 21 and 33.
  15. Hector Obalk, “The unfindable readymade,” Tout-Fait, The Marcel Duchamp Studies Online Journal (January 5, 2000), https://www.toutfait.com/the-unfindable-readymade/.
  16. Benjamin Baird, Sergio Mota-Rolim, and Martin A. Dresler, “The cognitive neuroscience of lucid dreaming,” in Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews 100 (2019): 305, https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0149763418303361.
  17. Such as Placeholder: Landscape and Narrative in a Virtual Environment (1992) by Brenda Laurel and Rachel Strickland, Osmose (1995) by Char Davies, or Spectral Bodies (2000) by Catherine Richards; Char Davies, “Osmose,” in Multimedia: From Wagner to Virtual Reality, ed. Randall Packer and Ken Jordan (New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 2002), 294.
  18. Karen A. Franck, “When I Enter Virtual Reality, What Body will I leave Behind?” in “Architects in Cyberspace,” ed. Maggie Toy, special issue, Architectural Design 65, nos. 11–12 (1995): 20.
  19. Ibid., 21.
  20. Lawrence Shapiro and Shannon Spaulding, “Embodied Cognition”, in The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, ed. Edward N. Zalta, https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2021/entries/embodied-cognition/ (accessed November 20, 2022).
  21. Mel Slater and Sylvia Wilbur, “A framework for immersive virtual environments (FIVE): Speculations on the role of presence in virtual environments,” Presence: Teleoperators Virtual Environments 6, no. 6 (1997): 603–16; Bob G. Witmer and Michael J. Singer, “Measuring presence in virtual environments: a presence questionnaire,” Presence: Teleoperators Virtual Environments 7, no. 3 (1998): 225–40; John B. Walther and Malcolm R. Parks, “Cues filtered out, cues filtered in: computer-mediated communication and relationships,” in Handbook of Interpersonal Communication, ed. Mark L. Knapp and John A. Daly, 3rd edn (Thousand Oaks: Sage, 2002), 529–63.
  22. Catherine S. Oh et al., “A Systematic Review of Social Presence: Definition, Antecedents, and Implications,” Frontiers in Robotics and AI 5 (2018), https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/frobt.2018.00114.
  23. Ibid.; Julie R. Williamson et al., “Digital Proxemics: Designing Social and Collaborative Interaction in Virtual Environments,” in CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, May 1–5, 2022, New Orleans (2022), https://doi.org/10.1145/3491102.3517594.
  24. Joy M. Malnar and Frank Vodvarka, Sensory Design (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2004); Charles Spence, “Senses of place: architectural design for the multisensory mind,” Cognitive Research 5, no. 46 (2020), https://doi.org/10.1186%2Fs41235-020-00243-4; Alberto Gallace and Charles Spence, In Touch with the Future: The sense of touch from cognitive neuroscience to virtual reality (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014), 13.
  25. Dustin Strokes, Mohan Matthen, and Stephen Biggs, “Sorting the Senses,” in Perception and its Modalities, ed. Strokes, Matthen, and Biggs (New York: Oxford University Press, 2015), 11.
  26. Andy Clark, Surfing Uncertainty: Prediction, action, and the embodied mind (New York: Oxford University Press, 2015).
  27. Eliasson, “Models are real,” 19.
  28. Brejzek & Wallen, The Model as Performance, 1; Eliasson, “Models are real,” 19.
  29. Notes from Guiding through Infra-thin Magick conversations with ceremony mistresses, Academy of Fine Arts Vienna, July 7–October 16, 2022; Jane Bennett, Vibrant matter: A Political Ecology of Things (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2010), 2.
  30. Notes gathered from Infra-thin Magick Reflection Cards (Fig. 4.10), Academy of Fine Arts Vienna, July 7–October 16, 2022.
  31. UW Reality Lab, “Andreea Ion Cojocaru – Where Are You, Who Are You? The Thinning Thickness of The Real,” YouTube, May 11, 2021, video, 53:39, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6HInWCezqig.

Return to archive

title

SECTION 2: COMMUNITIES

Return to archive

title

Decoding a Practice’s DNA: Multiple registers of tacit knowledge

Author

Claudia Mainardi

↑ Back to top
November 1, 2022
Abstract

In the manifold spectrum of how tacit knowledge can be conceived in architecture, the contribution aims to investigate that embedded in the architects' design process by reflecting on the codes they employ.   If the vectors are tools or communicative materials –i.e., drawings, sketches, models, texts, etc.– used for transmission, the codes are here interpreted as those characters –whether in the form of recurring patterns or aesthetic choices, technical solutions, vocabulary, etc.– that define the specificity of a practice. As the DNA of an office, and not just of its principal, as Rem Koolhaas argues (Winston, 2016), they articulate across different levels depending on the context within which they are shared: spanning from the ones used within the practice itself –forming the basis for collaboration between different project team members;– to those adopted externally to communicate with both clients and an extended community of practice. Differences in terms of codes might parallel diverse methods for their investigation. Indeed, for the former, the use of an ethnographic approach capable of unpacking specificities from within seems to be the most adequate –i.e., revealing how the implicit values of a practice are transferred into form through a collective process mediated by multiple actors;– for the latter, instead, it would be more proper to employ public occasions as a pretext through which to decipher a shared “language.” (Eco, 1976).   In general, the paper argues that codification processes are necessarily conditioned by the context in which they take place, by the positioning within the disciplinary debate, and by the actors (Latour and Yaneva. 2008) participating in their development. These closely interrelated aspects constitute the tacit knowledge inherent to a practice. Hence, although capable of changing over time, such knowledge is a unique and characterized product for an office. At the same time, it is the contribution that each firm provides in shaping its community of practice, whose shared knowledge unfolds through exchanges and encounters.

In the manifold spectrum of how tacit knowledge is part of the functioning and proceeding of architecture, this contribution aims to investigate its embeddedness in architects’ design processes by reflecting on the codes they employ.

The term ‘code’ is used in various disciplinary fields, in each of which it takes on a different meaning: in philology, a manuscript book; in law, a collection of regulations; in computer science, a set of strings (or symbols); in cryptography, a method for making a message intelligible; in semiotics, a field more akin to the interest of this research, a set of signs.

Although in the philosophy of language the definition of code still sees different interpretations, it is a widely-shared opinion 1 See, for example, Roland Barthes, Elements of Semiology, trans. Annette Lavers and Colin Smith (New York: Hill & Wang, 1964);  Umberto Eco, A Theory of Semiotics (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1976). that ‘the idea of code is affirmed to support the existence of a rule’ 2 Eco, A Theory of Semiotics, 261. – or a norm suggested by experience or established by convention – serving to communicate such a rule. Yet, the difficulty in defining a code lies in the fact that most of the time, we are dealing with rules – abstract entities – which are primarily implicit. It is, therefore, not by chance that ‘the notion of code implies that of convention, [i.e.,] of social agreement’ 3 Ibid., 260. within a community.

From this perspective, for creative processes, rules can be seen as those implicit principles guiding the production within communities, such as a practice or movement, positioning them in the context in which they operate. Conceiving values as the ultimate objectives pursued through design, principles are rules, or the fundamental truths or theories that serve as the basis for a system of belief or behaviour, guiding actions and decisions. Codes are, therefore, the mode in which values and principles materialise.

In the field of art, to give but a few examples among many possible others, the Futurist movement translated its values, an interpretation of the industrial society at the beginning of twentieth century – the fascination for speed, technology, and ultimately the machine – into artworks attempting to simulate motion. The Arte Povera, introduced in Italy during the upheaval of the late 1960s, crystallised the rejection of cultural values associated with an organised and technologically advanced society by resorting to common materials such as earth, rocks, clothing, paper, and rope to make artworks. Similarly, Pop-Art epitomised the principles of mass society and the commodity-driven postwar era by employing a language borrowed from mass media, therefore often using commonplace objects as subject matter or as part of the work.

Time and time again in modern architecture, the shift of values was combined with a variation of principles and codes.Although initially a small community within a larger pool of beaux-art practitioners, their architecture has been able to interpret a new zeitgeist 4 Glenn Alexander Magee, The Hegel Dictionary (London: A & C Black, 2010), 262. by implementing in their buildings emerging construction technologies, challenging tradition in terms of style, and ultimately embracing a new lifestyle. Otto Wagner’s claim for functionalism 5 ‘Only that which is practical can be beautiful’. Quoted in August Sarnitz, Otto Wagner (Cologne: Taschen, 2018), 10. and Adolf Loos’s rejection of ornament embody early attempts to formalise the implicit principles of modern practice.

While Wagner and Loos articulated new principles for modern architecture, the publications of Le Corbusier seem to focus additionally on codes. In Five Points of Modern Architecture, 6 Le Corbusier, Towards a New Architecture, trans. Frederick Etchells (London: J. Rodker, 1931; New York: Dover Publications, 1985). an attempt to draft an alternative to the classical canon, the author translates into form and product a set of values he intends to express in his practice and, by extension, in his conception of modern architecture. Although Le Corbusier explicitly names his own codes, it is nonetheless interesting to note how others, like Colin Rowe in The Mathematics of the Ideal Villa, 7 Colin Rowe, “The Mathematics of the Ideal Villa: Palladio and Le Corbusier compared,” The Architectural Review (March 31, 1947), 101–04. point to the existence of implicit codes in Le Corbusier’s own practice, even denying his desire to break with the past by finding similarities with classical architecture.

Whether implicit or explicit, codes are cultural products, 8 Roland Barthes, S/Z , trans. Richard Miller (New York: Hill and Wang, 1974). or common ‘goods’ that are preserved, maintained, and developed by a plurality of design practitioners, craftsmen, and the like. 9 Dominic Power and Allen J. Scott, Cultural Industries and the Production of Culture (London: Routledge, 2004). Nevertheless, codification processes are conditioned by the context in which they take place, either propelling a change, or reiterating tradition as a means to address historical continuity. For example, the renewed sensibility for tradition, history, and ornament 10 See, for example, the decade-long magazine, San Rocco, founded in 2009 with the intention of dealing primarily with the history of architecture in the belief that there can be no genuine progress without a solid foundation; Make New History, the 2017 Chicago Architecture Biennial curated by Mark Lee and Sharon Johnston; What is Ornament?, a section of the 2019 Lisbon Architecture Triennial curated by Ambra Fabi and Giovanni Piovene. that has characterised the 2010s in architecture can be seen as a counterreaction to iconicity – the search for spectacle and novelty – and the generic 11 Rem Koolhaas, The Generic City (New York: The Monacelli Press, 1995). – the lack of identity and connection with the local context – which instead distinguished the turn of the millennium.

As confirmed by an extensive literature, 12 See, among others, Stan Allen and Diana Agrest, Practice: Architecture, Technique and Representation (New York: Routledge, 2000); Petra Čeferin and Cvetka Požar, Architectural Epicentres: Inventing Architecture, Intervening in Reality (Ljubljana: Architecture Museum of Ljubljana, 2008); Donna Haraway, “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial. Perspectives,” Feminist Studies 14 (1988): 575–99; Courteny Foote, John Gatip, and Jil Raleigh, “Transdiciplinarity + Architectural Practice,” INFLECTION 3 (2016); John Law, “STS as Method” (Unpublished paper, The Open University, June 24, 2015); Albena Yaneva, Mapping Controversies in Architecture (Farnham: Ashgate, 2012). there is a high interdependence between codification processes, technological advancement, and economic conjuncture, shaping the zeitgeist. The modern architecture movement employed innovative, yet already existing, construction technologies – particularly concerning the use of metal, glass, and reinforced concrete – which induced the possibility of a stylistic renewal interpreting a new set of values.

In line with the idea that codes are entities that change over time, the latest economic crisis, followed by a multiplicity of other disruptions, 13 Adam Tooze, “Chartbook #130 Defining Polycrisis – from Crisis Pictures to the Crisis Matrix,” Chartbook, June 24, 2022, https://adamtooze.substack.com/p/chartbook-130-defining-polycrisis. denotes a questioning of the very nature and ethics of building itself as characterising value. Contrary to the beginning of the twentieth century, the current lack of drastic change in constructive and material technologies highlights a disciplinary shift based on different principles embracing a critical attitude towards construction. Stemming from the assumption that every new edifice requires material extraction from the Earth – which not only destroys habitats but also produces a vast amount of CO2 – it has become of primary importance for a growing number of practitioners to consider the role that design plays in terms of ‘environmental degradation, social injustice, and climate crisis’. 14 Lev Bratishenko and Charlotte Malterre-Barthes, “How to: Do No Harm,” CCA, July 2022, https://www.cca.qc.ca/en/85366/how-to-do-no-harm. Formal–aesthetic issues move to the background, and instead the design and construction process, as well as acting with care, are valued. 15 Angelika Fitz and Elke Krasny, Critical Care: Architecture and Urbanism for a Broken Planet (Boston, MA: MIT Press, 2022).

In other words, we are witnessing a crucial transformation of a growing number of practitioners’ value sets that, at the same time, are unfolding new principles and codes, orienting practice towards a renewed interpretation of the contemporary.

Although implicit, the codes are manifest in discourse and language, as well as in the built environment. There is a shift from an idea of style that for a long time architects such as Adolf Loos, Le Corbusier, and Mies van der Rohe 16 Beatriz Colomina, Manifesto Architecture: The Ghost of Mies (London: Sternberg Press, 2014). expressed in the form of manifestos, to agendas, or the expression of a political stance of a practice, where the pursued values often transcend disciplinary boundaries and traditional concerns.

This is leading to a progressive and necessary openness to transdisciplinarity as a response to problems that transcend the architect’s role. For example, some are concerned about climate emergencies without being scientists, as Philippe Rahm’s office agenda entitled ‘Towards a Meteorological Architecture’ 17 Philippe Rahm, “Towards a Meteorological Architecture,” December 12, 2022, http://www.philipperahm.com/data/rahm-office.pdf. implies. Others address social injustices without being sociologists, as Forensic Architecture’s practice based on the investigation of human rights violations, or Adrian Lahoud’s 2019 Sharjah Biennial, which questioned the fundamental rights of the future generations, suggest. Finally, some are openly concerned about financial instabilities without being economists, as exemplified by Jack Self’s Real Estates 18 Jack Self, Real Estates (London: Bedford Press, 2014). publication, which explores property and ownership in neoliberal debt economies.

This represents a change in the work and the figure of the architect, who ‘is recast as a creative mediator, bridging between different forms of knowledge, seeking clarity amongst complexity, bringing together disparate communities, building and combining emotional power with pragmatic potential’. 19 Harriet Harriss, Rory Hyde, and Roberta Marcaccio, introduction to Architects After Architecture: Alternative Pathways for Practice, ed. Harriss, Hyde, and Marcaccio (London: Routledge, 2021), 9.

Such a change moves along the trajectories traced by earlier theorists and architects who, subverting the exclusive hold over architectural knowledge, redefined the canon by opening up productive new territories for the expansion of the discipline. The collection of essays, Architects After Architecture, 20 Ibid., 16–22. describes several precedents in time, including Reyner Banham who, in Four Ecologies, 21 Reyner Banham, Los Angeles: The Architecture of Four Ecologies (Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1971), 22. aimed to connect architecture to larger forces of landscape, ecology, and culture; Cedric Price who, by saying that ‘the quality of air conditioning is more important than the shape of a building’, went beyond form to technological systems, asking far more questions than giving answers; 22 Cedric Price, quoted in Harriss, Hyde, and Marcaccio, introduction to Architects After Architecture, 18. Frank Duffy who, in Architectural Knowledge (1997) defined architecture as ‘an inherently, idea-hungry, project-based, solution-oriented discipline, open-ended and systemic, capable of connecting anything with anything’; 23 Francis Duffy, Architectural Knowledge (London: Routledge,1997), xiv. and, finally, Rem Koolhaas who, by founding the thinktank, AMO, aimed at liberating architecture from the obligation to build, conceiving architectural knowledge as a way of looking at the world inherently linked to other disciplines. 24 Jon Goodbun and David Cunningham, “Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf,” Radical Philosophy 154 (March/April 2009): 35–47.

In this mutated context, the very idea of code expands beyond a mere stylistic crystallisation of a set of implicit principles and values towards codified processes embracing complexity, transdisciplinarity, and multiplicity. Contemporary codes seem to embed the uncertainty that characterises contemporary practice, which is confronted with challenges for which a coherent set of values and principles has not yet been outlined. Codes are therefore expressions of an attitude, 25 Alice Rawsthorn, Design as an Attitude (Zurich: JRP | Ringier, 2018). or an attempt to translate into practice an agenda which responds to the current challenges of the discipline.

The Codes of an Architectural Practice and its Community

Architecture, by its nature, operates at the intersection of different domains of knowledge. On the one hand, the design is a response to complex sets of requirements from various fields; on the other, architecture is a layered discipline in which many professional profiles – even from very diverse fields – can co-exist. When it comes to practice, the design process can vary greatly depending on the cultural background of the architect. Education, professional networking, and overall personal experience have a significant impact upon how one works and communicates, on the lexicon, on references, as well as on the overall sense of aesthetics. All these variables certainly determine the design approach, the cultural interest in terms of background and trajectory of development (viz. the type of projects one undertakes), and ultimately the codes of a type of practice.

In choosing a particular design approach, by associating themselves with a particular community, values, principles, and codes, architects position themselves within a field of practitioners: similarities determine proximity among different practices and, ultimately, the definition of a community of practice which reflects in collaborations, whether professional or academic, as well as participating in occasions of encounters such as perennial exhibitions and mutual acknowledgments.

When the underlying values and principles are similar – for instance, when practitioners share educational and training backgrounds, experiences of collaborative projects, as well as common references and even interests acquired from having worked together – they often result in mutually held codes in architectural practice, establishing communities of practice. In other words, once again we could say that codes exist by reason of a community of practice. However, in a single historical period, several communities of practice co-exist, thus implying the presence of several systems of codes.

In design practice, codes are transmitted between various actors through vectors such as drawings, sketches, texts, models, etc. In this sense, if the vectors represent the tools, or the communicative materials used for transmission itself, the codes are those characters – whether in the form of recurring patterns or aesthetic choices, technical solutions, vocabulary, etc. – that define the specificity of a practice. They are described as the DNA of an office, 26 And not just of its principal, as Rem Koolhaas argues: see Anna Winston, “Zaha Hadid Architects should follow example of McQueen, says Rem Koolhaas,” Dezeen, May 14, 2006, https://www.dezeen.com/2016/05/14/zaha-hadid-architects-should-follow-example-of-mcqueen-says-rem-koolhaas/. which reverberates in the discourse of its community. The implicit set of values and principles, or the rules which crystallise in the epitomic codes of a practice – and, therefore, in the use of idiosyncratic vectors – emerge in tacit yet evident forms.

It is the boldness 27 Albena Yaneva, Made by the Office for Metropolitan Architecture: An Ethnography of Design (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2009), 86; Christina Pazzanese, “Koolhaas Sees Architecture as Timid,” Harvard Gazette, October 6, 2016, https://news.harvard.edu/gazette/story/2016/10/koolhaas-on-the-politics-of-architecture/; Oliver Wainwright, “Rem Koolhaas’s De Rotterdam: Cut and Paste Architecture,” The Guardian, November 18, 2013, https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/2013/nov/18/rem-koolhaas-de-rotterdam-building. of OMA (Office for Metropolitan Architecture) that translates into excessive and provocative statements, large books with grainy full-bleed images, buildings with regular geometric shapes whose massing comes from blue foam models, and a direct and straightforward language, almost journalistic. 28 Yaneva, Made by the Office for Metropolitan Architecture. Lacaton & Vassal’s architecture emerges through rough economic materials of the immediate context and innovative technical solutions, and their particular code can be characterised as anti-heroism, ordinariness, and pragmatism. 29 Juan Herreros, “Nothing Exceptional. Seven Approaches Reconsidered in the Work of Lacaton & Vassal,” El Croquis 177/178 (2017): .   Finally, Dogma’s rigor – an expression of political rejection of iconic architecture, understood to be a product of neoliberalism – results in academic-scientific texts, clear black/white wireframe 2D drawings, and simple, rational, and symmetrical architectures. 30 Alejandro Zaera-Polo, “Well Into the 21st Century: The Architectures of Post-Capitalism,” El Croquis 187 (2016): 252–88.

These are, of course, simplifications, yet it is indicative that time and time again these characteristic codes appear in a specific choice for particular vectors. Verbal and written communication is limited by definition, since the values behind it are implicit or even unconscious. No matter how deep a practice may be observed from the outside, for an accurate understanding of its codes it is necessary to unravel the implicit principles that guide its agenda and working method.

Codification Processes, or Multiple Level of Codes in Architecture

Semiotics, understood as ‘the study of signs and symbols, and their meaning and use’, 31 Oxford English Dictionary, s.v. “Semiotics,” accessed August 31, 2023, https://www.oed.com/dictionary/semiotic_adj?tab=meaning_and_use. can offer an interpretative frame to uncover codes in architectural practice. The assumptions, or rather the hypotheses, outlined below are, in fact, informed by semiotics. In this sense, codes, in order to be communicated, are transmitted through a language that is not only verbal, 32 Nigel Cross, Designerly Ways of Knowing: Design Discipline Versus Design Science (New York: Basic Books, 1984). but capable of adapting to the context within which it is shared.

Jargon, 33 ‘Words or expressions that are used by a particular profession or group of people, and are difficult for others to understand’: Oxford English Dictionary, s.v. “Jargon,” accessed August 31, 2023, https://www.oed.com/dictionary/jargon_n1?tab=meaning_and_use. understood as the most intimate kind of communication, plays an important role in the transmission of codes in architecture culture. It serves to communicate what Nigel Cross calls embodied knowledge, 34 Cross, Designerly Ways of Knowing. made up of the office’s own past experiences, design solutions, a specific vocabulary, established references, etc. Jargon evolves and enriches over time, both in response to new endeavours a practice undertakes and because of the contribution of new members who, in turn, bring and share their own backgrounds and know-how. It is a transmission based on codification processes conveyed through tacit forms of knowledge emerging in everyday practice, which constitutes the backbone of the idiosyncratic way of designing of an office.

Such jargon can be either in the form of specific language – as in the common expression of Superdutch, ‘make it bold!’ exclaimed to encourage daring and acting out of the box – or in referring to the firm’s past projects. Indeed, during the design process, it is common practice to refer to one’s projects, each incorporating a precise idea, aesthetic, materialisation, approach, etc. In this sense, just mentioning a title avoids any additional explanation necessary for internal understanding. A similar tendency is to refer to projects of others which, whether old or contemporary, belong to a practice’s common ground, ensuring immediate understanding.

On another level, when these idiosyncratic codes need to be transmitted externally, the language seems to adapt to the context and audience. In the case of interaction with practices and practitioners who share a similar project culture, collective tacit knowledge, 35 Harry Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010), 119–27. or a shared implicit knowledge, helps to understand the jargon of the practice. Within a milieu – or a group with similar cultural positioning and interests within a larger community of practice – it is possible to establish a long-lasting collaboration that can span from working together on project, in academia or even in more ambitious intellectual endeavours such as founding a magazine.

On the other hand, on those occasions where mixed design cultures encounter one another, the language necessarily tends to be simplified. Continuing with the linguistic metaphor, it is as if the jargon needs to adapt to a standard language. 36 From Jack Croft Richards and Richard W. Schmidt, Longman Dictionary of Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics (London: Pearson Education Limited, 2010): ‘a language variety that has undergone substantial codification of grammar and usage’. One can think of any Venice Biennial curatorial statement which, given the size and, therefore, the participation of practices belonging to different communities, is always rather vague and general, leaving freedom of interpretation.

Finally, the transmission of codes to outsiders to the discipline – i.e., builders, clients, non-architectural press, the general public, etc. – would require a further simplification in order to be understood. In these cases, communication occurs almost by slogans to convey the message most effectively without going into the depths of the issues. As illustration, it is enough to think of the tone used in articles concerning architecture and design in generalist newspapers.

Studying the way that codes function in architectural culture comes with a set of methodological challenges. On the one hand, public occasions offer one way to observe the role that codes play in a broader field. Among public occasions, exhibitions especially are considered the most effective because, given the heterogeneity of content and formats, they demand synthesis and clarity. On these occasions, codes are deciphered: through the recurrence of concepts and keywords expressed in a concise yet straightforward manner; in the use of representation as a means to convey a positioning within the discipline; and in the employment of specific materials and formats as a political choice.
On the other hand, the more intimate use of codes in architectural culture requires a method of close observation and ethnographic study. Looking in real-time and without any mediation at direct sources – such as communication materials produced by the office itself (drawings, models, text), discussions between the different members of the firm and/or external interlocutors, and the final outputs (whether architectural artifacts, installations, texts, etc.) – is considered essential in order to reveal how the implicit values of a practice are transferred into form through a collective process mediated by multiple actors. Simultaneously, how the same information is communicated externally, including at exhibitions, must also be examined.

That said, the different types of code naturally depend on each other. Coding processes are necessarily conditioned by the context in which they occur, where a mix of agents – both human and non-human 37 Bruno Latour, Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor–Network–Theory (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007). – influence and consolidate the tacit knowledge inherent to a practice. Hence, although capable of changing over time, such knowledge relies on the specific assemblage of codes characterising an office. At the same time, a code is the contribution that each firm provides in shaping its community of practice, whose shared knowledge unfolds through exchanges and encounters.

More precisely, it could be said that tacit knowledge exists at two levels: first, within an office, serving as basic unit for the establishment of a community of practice; second, within a milieu, acting as an extended community of practice based on a shared tacit knowledge that encompasses multiple offices, extending to closer external collaborators such as engineers, craftsmen, etc.

From this perspective, it can be assumed that the very concept of a community of practice is ‘elastic’, able to stretch among individuals with different degrees of understanding of a shared tacit knowledge. In this sense, it does not delineate a group in a fixed manner; on the contrary, it can represent different sets of individuals sharing a similar degree of tacit knowledge. The community of practice can thus be at the scale of the firm, of a firm extended to its external collaborators, or of a group of firms. What characterises the implicit dimension of such shared tacit knowledge is the immediacy in exchanges among individuals. Codes serve as a means to ‘imply’, avoiding oral or written language, yet expressing concepts and nuances which are often difficult to verbalise with accuracy.

Existing at multiple levels of communication, from practice to general debate, codes manifest in different forms, from verbal to visual. Due to their instrumental nature, they are the most visible side of tacit knowledge, serving as an entry point to access the implicit dimension of the principles and values they stand for.

The study of codes, in this sense, if referring to contemporary practice, can be a useful tool at different levels: for practitioners, in providing insights for a conscious use of tacit knowledge during the design process and in its communication outside the practice per se; for architectural critics, in offering an uncharted knowledge, a theoretical framework, and different categories of interpretation of the architectural production; and for pedagogy, in opening up a reflection on architecture terminology that highlights the emergence of a new set of concepts, notions, and vocabulary.

Precisely because codes are constantly evolving, their study may never be concluded. While the past ones represent keys to interpret the story, and present codes operational tools, it would be interesting to closely observe them in the making to draft possible futures for the architectural discipline.

Bibliography

  • Allen, Stan, and Diana Agrest. Practice: Architecture, Technique and Representation. New York: Routledge, 2000.
  • Banham, Reyner. Los Angeles: The Architecture of Four Ecologies. Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1971.
  • Barthes, Roland. Elements of Semiology. Translated by Annette Lavers and Colin Smith. New York: Hill & Wang, 1964.
  • Barthes, Roland. S/Z. Translated by Richard Miller. New York: Hill and Wang, 1974.
  • Bratishenko, Lev, and Charlotte Malterre-Barthes. “How to: Do No Harm.” CCA. July 2022. https://www.cca.qc.ca/en/85366/how-to-do-no-harm.
  • Čeferin, Petra, and Cvetka Požar. Architectural Epicentres: Inventing Architecture, Intervening in Reality. Ljubljana: Architecture Museum of Ljubljana, 2008.
  • Collins, Harry. Tacit & Explicit Knowledge. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.
  • Colomina, Beatriz. Manifesto Architecture: The Ghost of Mies. London: Sternberg Press, 2014.
  • Croft Richards, Jack, and Richard W. Schmidt. Longman Dictionary of Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics. London: Pearson Education Limited, 2010.
  • Cross, Nigel. Designerly Ways of Knowing: Design Discipline Versus Design Science. New York: Basic Books, 1984.
  • Duffy, Francis. Architectural Knowledge. London: Routledge, 1997.
  • Eco, Umberto. A Theory of Semiotics. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1976.
  • Fitz, Angelika, and Elke Krasny. Critical Care: Architecture and Urbanism for a Broken Planet. Boston, MA: MIT Press, 2022.
  • Foote, Courteny, John Gatip, and Jil Raleigh. “Transdiciplinarity + Architectural Practice.” INFLECTION 3 (2016). https://issuu.com/aadr_publishing/docs/issuu_inflection03.
  • Goodbun, Jon, and David Cunningham. “Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf: Propaganda architecture.” Radical Philosophy 154 (March/ April 2009): 35–47.
  • Haraway, Donna. “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective.” Feminist Studies 14, no. 3 (1988): 575–99.
  • Harriss, Harriet, Rory Hyde, and Roberta Marcaccio, eds. Architects after Architecture: Alternative Pathways for Practice. New York: Routledge, 2021.
  • Herreros, Juan. “Nothing Exceptional. Seven Approaches Reconsidered in the Work of Lacaton & Vassal.” El Croquis 177/178 (2017).
  • Koolhaas, Rem. The Generic City. New York: The Monacelli Press, 1995.
  • Latour, Bruno. Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor–Network–Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007.
  • Latour, Bruno, and Albena Yaneva. “‘Give Me a Gun and I Will Make All Buildings Move’: An ANT’s View of Architecture.” Networks 8 (2007): 80–89.
  • Law, John. “STS as Method.” In The Handbook of Science and Technology Studies, edited by Ulrike Felt, Rayvon Fouché, Clark A. Miller, and Laurel Smith-Doerr, 4th edn., 31–58. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2015.
  • Le Corbusier. Towards a New Architecture. Translated by Frederick Etchells. London: J. Rodker, 1931.
  • Magee, Glenn Alexander. The Hegel Dictionary. London: A & C Black, 2010.Oxford English Dictionary. s.v. “Jargon.” Accessed August 31, 2023. https://www.oed.com/dictionary/jargon_n1?tab=meaning_and_use.
  • Oxford English Dictionary. s.v. “Semiotics.” Accessed August 31, 2023. https://www.oed.com/dictionary/semiotic_adj?tab=meaning_and_use
  • Power, Dominic, and Allen J. Scott. Cultural Industries and the Production of Culture. London: Routledge, 2004.
  • Rawsthorn, Alice. Design as an Attitude. Zurich: JRP | Ringier, 2018.
  • Rowe, Colin. “The Mathematics of the Ideal Villa: Palladio and Le Corbusier compared.” The Architectural Review. March 31, 1947.
  • Sarnitz, August. Otto Wagner. Cologne: Taschen, 2018.
  • Self, Jack. Real Estates. London: Bedford Press, 2014.
  • Tooze, Adam. “Chartbook #130 Defining Polycrisis – from Crisis Pictures to the Crisis Matrix.” Chartbook. June 24, 2022. https://adamtooze.substack.com/p/chartbook-130-defining-polycrisis.
  • Winston, Anna. “Zaha Hadid Architects should follow example of McQueen, says Rem Koolhaas,” in Dezeen, 2016 May 14. https://www.dezeen.com/2016/05/14/zaha-hadid-architects-should-follow-example-of-mcqueen-says-rem-koolhaas.
  • Yaneva, Albena. Made by the Office for Metropolitan Architecture: An Ethnography of Design. Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2009.
  • Yaneva, Albena. Mapping Controversies in Architecture. Farnham: Ashgate, 2012.
  • Zaera-Polo, Alejandro. “Well Into the 21st Century: The Architectures of Post-Capitalism.” El Croquis 187 (2016): 252–88.
  1. See, for example, Roland Barthes, Elements of Semiology, trans. Annette Lavers and Colin Smith (New York: Hill & Wang, 1964);  Umberto Eco, A Theory of Semiotics (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1976).
  2. Eco, A Theory of Semiotics, 261.
  3. Ibid., 260.
  4. Glenn Alexander Magee, The Hegel Dictionary (London: A & C Black, 2010), 262.
  5. ‘Only that which is practical can be beautiful’. Quoted in August Sarnitz, Otto Wagner (Cologne: Taschen, 2018), 10.
  6. Le Corbusier, Towards a New Architecture, trans. Frederick Etchells (London: J. Rodker, 1931; New York: Dover Publications, 1985).
  7. Colin Rowe, “The Mathematics of the Ideal Villa: Palladio and Le Corbusier compared,” The Architectural Review (March 31, 1947), 101–04.
  8. Roland Barthes, S/Z , trans. Richard Miller (New York: Hill and Wang, 1974).
  9. Dominic Power and Allen J. Scott, Cultural Industries and the Production of Culture (London: Routledge, 2004).
  10. See, for example, the decade-long magazine, San Rocco, founded in 2009 with the intention of dealing primarily with the history of architecture in the belief that there can be no genuine progress without a solid foundation; Make New History, the 2017 Chicago Architecture Biennial curated by Mark Lee and Sharon Johnston; What is Ornament?, a section of the 2019 Lisbon Architecture Triennial curated by Ambra Fabi and Giovanni Piovene.
  11. Rem Koolhaas, The Generic City (New York: The Monacelli Press, 1995).
  12. See, among others, Stan Allen and Diana Agrest, Practice: Architecture, Technique and Representation (New York: Routledge, 2000); Petra Čeferin and Cvetka Požar, Architectural Epicentres: Inventing Architecture, Intervening in Reality (Ljubljana: Architecture Museum of Ljubljana, 2008); Donna Haraway, “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial. Perspectives,” Feminist Studies 14 (1988): 575–99; Courteny Foote, John Gatip, and Jil Raleigh, “Transdiciplinarity + Architectural Practice,” INFLECTION 3 (2016); John Law, “STS as Method” (Unpublished paper, The Open University, June 24, 2015); Albena Yaneva, Mapping Controversies in Architecture (Farnham: Ashgate, 2012).
  13. Adam Tooze, “Chartbook #130 Defining Polycrisis – from Crisis Pictures to the Crisis Matrix,” Chartbook, June 24, 2022, https://adamtooze.substack.com/p/chartbook-130-defining-polycrisis.
  14. Lev Bratishenko and Charlotte Malterre-Barthes, “How to: Do No Harm,” CCA, July 2022, https://www.cca.qc.ca/en/85366/how-to-do-no-harm.
  15. Angelika Fitz and Elke Krasny, Critical Care: Architecture and Urbanism for a Broken Planet (Boston, MA: MIT Press, 2022).
  16. Beatriz Colomina, Manifesto Architecture: The Ghost of Mies (London: Sternberg Press, 2014).
  17. Philippe Rahm, “Towards a Meteorological Architecture,” December 12, 2022, http://www.philipperahm.com/data/rahm-office.pdf.
  18. Jack Self, Real Estates (London: Bedford Press, 2014).
  19. Harriet Harriss, Rory Hyde, and Roberta Marcaccio, introduction to Architects After Architecture: Alternative Pathways for Practice, ed. Harriss, Hyde, and Marcaccio (London: Routledge, 2021), 9.
  20. Ibid., 16–22.
  21. Reyner Banham, Los Angeles: The Architecture of Four Ecologies (Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1971), 22.
  22. Cedric Price, quoted in Harriss, Hyde, and Marcaccio, introduction to Architects After Architecture, 18.
  23. Francis Duffy, Architectural Knowledge (London: Routledge,1997), xiv.
  24. Jon Goodbun and David Cunningham, “Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf,” Radical Philosophy 154 (March/April 2009): 35–47.
  25. Alice Rawsthorn, Design as an Attitude (Zurich: JRP | Ringier, 2018).
  26. And not just of its principal, as Rem Koolhaas argues: see Anna Winston, “Zaha Hadid Architects should follow example of McQueen, says Rem Koolhaas,” Dezeen, May 14, 2006, https://www.dezeen.com/2016/05/14/zaha-hadid-architects-should-follow-example-of-mcqueen-says-rem-koolhaas/.
  27. Albena Yaneva, Made by the Office for Metropolitan Architecture: An Ethnography of Design (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2009), 86; Christina Pazzanese, “Koolhaas Sees Architecture as Timid,” Harvard Gazette, October 6, 2016, https://news.harvard.edu/gazette/story/2016/10/koolhaas-on-the-politics-of-architecture/; Oliver Wainwright, “Rem Koolhaas’s De Rotterdam: Cut and Paste Architecture,” The Guardian, November 18, 2013, https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/2013/nov/18/rem-koolhaas-de-rotterdam-building.
  28. Yaneva, Made by the Office for Metropolitan Architecture.
  29. Juan Herreros, “Nothing Exceptional. Seven Approaches Reconsidered in the Work of Lacaton & Vassal,” El Croquis 177/178 (2017): .
  30. Alejandro Zaera-Polo, “Well Into the 21st Century: The Architectures of Post-Capitalism,” El Croquis 187 (2016): 252–88.
  31. Oxford English Dictionary, s.v. “Semiotics,” accessed August 31, 2023, https://www.oed.com/dictionary/semiotic_adj?tab=meaning_and_use.
  32. Nigel Cross, Designerly Ways of Knowing: Design Discipline Versus Design Science (New York: Basic Books, 1984).
  33. ‘Words or expressions that are used by a particular profession or group of people, and are difficult for others to understand’: Oxford English Dictionary, s.v. “Jargon,” accessed August 31, 2023, https://www.oed.com/dictionary/jargon_n1?tab=meaning_and_use.
  34. Cross, Designerly Ways of Knowing.
  35. Harry Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010), 119–27.
  36. From Jack Croft Richards and Richard W. Schmidt, Longman Dictionary of Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics (London: Pearson Education Limited, 2010): ‘a language variety that has undergone substantial codification of grammar and usage’.
  37. Bruno Latour, Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor–Network–Theory (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007).

Return to archive

title

Traveling Perspectives: Tracing ‘impressions’ of a project in Flanders

Author

Caendia Wijnbelt

↑ Back to top
Abstract

The collection of localities that play an active (and overlooked) or quiescent (yet potent) role in architectural practices are put in question here. The chapter investigates how a project and its site specific geographical setting can contain traces of broader architectural contexts. It asks how architectural collaborative approaches that stem from the encounter of different perspectives can be read in the lived environment through the lens of plurilocality. Distinct yet intermingling perspectives of a contemporary architectural realisation are drawn out through a dive into the meeting and convention centre in Bruges. This is a building designed by two offices based in different architectural environments — the Portuguese practice Souto de Moura Arquitectos alongside the Antwerp-based firm META architectuurbureau. Various perspectives of the same building are set in parallel, exploring place through similarities and differences. From different modes of apprehending the project, concepts of place and architectural intentions set in motion in this instance are unpacked, involving a transversal reading through a broader architectural community of practice. Active instances of getting to know a place through experience can thereby be tacit yet situated: they can be embodied, embedded and enacted. This further explores Maurice Merleau-Ponty’s hint of a depth found in the latent form of impressions, in their ‘caché-révélé’ or hidden-revealed. Expressions of such instances, through interpreting reflexive features of buildings that stem from plurilocal collaborations, become productive insights into the mechanisms of place relation, their transfers and interweaving, and their impact in architectural design practices. Most of all, these parcels of the tacit dimension of place interpretation are put forward as such: aggregates that interfere with- and feed a relation-full practice of living environments.

Figure 6.1: Detail on the Belvedere of the BMCC, photographed February 2022.

This column (Fig. 6.1) is one of twenty-five monumentally vertical presences in front of a glass façade that spans four floors. The photo, taken on site during a field study, depicts the upper level of the Bruges Meeting and Convention Centre (2021) designed by Souto de Moura Arquitectos — a Portuguese practice — in collaboration with a local Belgian office, META Architectuurbureau. 1 META Architectuurbureau, “Bruges Meeting & Convention Centre,” accessed July 2, 2022, https://meta.be/nl/projecten/bruges-meeting-convention-centre; Francesco Dal Co, et al., eds., Souto de Moura. Memory, Projects, Works (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2019). Leaning on transdisciplinary concepts and specific photographical techniques as interpretative tools and lenses, this essay interweaves different perspectives of the BMCC project by encouraging plural perspectives for prehension of place in architectural practices.

Figure 6.2: Focus on the front façade of the BMCC. Photographed December 2022.

The plurilocal as potential

Active instances of getting to know a place often relate to individually experienced situations that enter the realm of tacit knowing. When approaching sites and localities, architectural practitioners seek to grasp the surroundings they are dealing with. This can involve an array of activities and tools, from the more obvious site-visiting, sketching, or modelling, to active recalling of past experiences, knowledges, and affinities. Collaborations between several offices, as instances where such site explorations and involvements take on all the more importance, are one of many forms of collaborative work in architecture. Architectural theorist Dana Cuff, in particular, in her book, Architecture: The Story of Practice (1991), describes the negotiations and mediations that are involved in more collective endeavours, in tension with the idea of architectural qualities stemming from singular or limited authorships. 2 Dana Cuff, Architecture: The Story of Practice (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1991), 73. Suggesting on the contrary many differently weighted voices and perspectives, the multilocal can reference the embeddedness of several localities in a singular place — the interwoven nature of sites when interpreted through collaborations. A multilocal collaboration can be understood as both a collaborative stance having multiple local centres of attention, and as a way of working that stems from several localities with a focus on a single place. In fields such as geography, anthropology, and urban planning, multilocality is increasingly a key concept in socio-spatial research, concerned with movements between places through notions such as mobility or migration. 3 Peter Weichhart, “Multilokalität – Konzepte, Theoriebezüge und Forschungsfragen,” Informationen zur Raumentwicklung 1/2 (2009): 1–14.

In the early 1990s, anthropologist Margaret Critchlow widened this path of understanding in her essay, ‘Empowering Place: Multilocality and Multivocality’ (1992). 4 Margaret Critchlow, “Empowering Place: Multilocality and Multivocality,” American Anthropologist n.s. 94, no. 3 (September 1992): 640–56, esp. 649. She advocates thinking of place through the lens of multilocality. Critchlow proposes a multilocal way of seeing, where dislocation can lead to greater awareness of contrasts between the known and the unknown: ‘seeing a new landscape in terms of a familiar one’. 5 Ibid., 652. At the scale of a single site, multilocality ‘shapes and expresses the polysemic meanings of place for different users’, thereby taking into account the spectrum of different, individual experiences that relate to the site. 6 Ibid. 647. Multilocal as a term is representative of such contexts that deal with a broad spectrum of places, often at a larger scale than what is in focus for architectural conception. Thinking about architectural processes in a similar way may result in a slightly revisited terminology, implying the relation between several sites instead of multitudes. Thereby, plurilocal attitudes could be suggestive of layered and multivalued apprehensions of the localities involved in architecture. They encompass both individual (yet composed of several focuses) and collaborative approaches (thereby relating to various points of view) that further the design process by generating mental and physical matter to work with in documentative, descriptive, or analytical phases.

As a main actor of the BMCC project design that is the focus of this research, the Portuguese architect Eduardo Souto de Moura highlights a topic that often surfaces when practitioners are asked to reflect on their own approaches to plural localities. 7 Tatiana Bilbao, speaking in Louisiana Channel, “Empathy is a superpower in architecture: 10 architects share their advice,” YouTube, June 10, 2021, video, 14:16, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F_5GvFRDgFQ. See also Barbara Begoni and Eduardo Souto de Moura, Learning from History, Designing into History (Matosinhos: AMAG, 2020), 38. As he suggests, lived and travelled places — which feed into individual bodies of knowing and experience — play a role in design processes. He describes his mentor, the architect Fernando Távora, as having taught him the value of varied life experiences as grounding for his architectural approach: ‘the more you live, travel, the more you get to know people, things or materials, the better architecture can be made’. 8 Katharina Francesca Lutz, Haltung. Bewahren: Fernando Távora, Eduardo Souto de Moura und ihr Umgang met Denkmalen (Vienna: TU Wien, 2020), 136. This implies the active use of frames of reference when conceiving projects that moreover grow with encountered situations and are focused through iterative experience, becoming more specific. Through these remarks, plural places are put forward as influential when apprehending new contexts, albeit rarely being discussed. Not tackled however is how places, as influences, are considered and moreover put to use while conceiving and perceiving projects. The French anthropologist Pierre Bourdieu discerns specific approaches that weave together different modes of thought and open up a broader encompassing of such contexts within objects of focus: thinking more relationally may be sparked as an intention, yet does not assume that each relation is intentional or easily pinned down. Instead, it supposes an openness to a wider array of factors and influences, and intentional attitudes towards their expression in different forms. 9 Pierre Bourdieu, “Thinking Relationally,” in An Invitation to Reflexive Sociology, ed. Bourdieu and Loïc Wacquant (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1992), 224–35. See also Margitta Buchert, “Intentions. Intensities,” in Intentions of Reflexive Design, ed. Buchert (Berlin: Jovis 2021), 27. This encourages reflexive modes of research that acknowledge more precise, but also less obvious, layers of understanding that play a role while not being explicit.

Figure 6.3: BMCC, photographed February 2022

Can experiential tools for qualitative, deepened site apprehension be enhanced and made actionable more intentionally in architectural conception and reading processes, bringing into focus reflexive capacities of perceivers? The BMCC (Fig. 6.2–3), combining a convention space on its upper levels with a vast exhibition hall on the ground floor, is a project located on the Beursplein of Western Bruges (Fig. 6.4), realised through a ‘design and build’ competition modality at the request of the city, that is rooted in such influences. 10 Hera Van Sande, “Pragmatisch, puur en poëtisch,” in “Reimagining the Office,” special issue, A+ Architecture in Belgium 295 (April–May 2022): 26. Through its design team constellation, involving parties from several contexts, it can become an opportunity to go beyond common understandings of referencing other locales to find useful, iterated modes of operating in plurilocal processes of making place and reading it by interpretation. What follows is a series of four short interpretative pathways for the Beursplein project, and its relation to plural localities and contexts. The field study involved multiple avenues of research, stemming from a variety of locally-driven experiences:

  • Figure 6.4: Western Bruges from above. The BMCC is situated nearest to the canal. Sketched June 2022.

    Two site visits to the Congresgebouw: one with META architect Pietter Lansens and an editorial member of the fifteenth Flanders Architectural Review, Petrus Kemme (04.02.2022); a second one of several days deepening these initial impressions by different analytical approaches.

  • Participation in a lecture, given by Souto de Moura, in Lisbon at the Autonomous University. 11 Eduardo Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade, por Eduardo Souto de Moura” (lecture, Conferência integrada no Ciclo de conferências do doutoramento em Arquitetura Contemporânea Da/UAL 2022, Autonomous University, Lisbon, April 6, 2022).
  • A transcribed discussion (17.11.22) with the same editorial member, reflecting on the site visit according to our memories of different perspectives, and also approaching the topic of a second lecture given by Souto de Moura to a broader audience in Bruges. 12 Eduardo Souto de Moura, “Echoes of architectural tradition: Eduardo Souto de Moura (P): a passionate life’s work” (lecture, BMCC, Bruges, April 23, 2022).

Engaging various context

The topics of frames of reference, different locally-embedded viewpoints, and plural ways of reading place came up early in these avenues of research, and can begin to be explored through the backgrounds of both firms. Founded in 1992, META architectuurbureau — the local architects in this collaboration — is led by two partners who currently work with a conception team of eleven people. 13 META Architectuurbureau, “Team,” accessed July 2, 2022, www.meta.be/nl/profiel/team. Over the years, the practice has become known for their pragmatic approach using structural repetitions or gridded formal structures, where masonry often becomes the malleable infills they work with. Furthermore, they use materials widely used across the local context of this project.

Figure 6.5: Guided Site visit by Pietter Lansens (META) with Petrus Kemme (VAi) in the context of the Flanders Architectural Review 15, Bruges. Photographed February 2022.

Regarding bricks, for example, the Flanders yearbook editor highlights the expression ‘Belgie is geboren met en backsteen in de maag’ (Belgium is born with a brick in its stomach), meaning that all wish to build their own houses. Highlighting at once both the dilemma of the overpowering number of small-scale projects in a small country, and the fate or legacy of bricks in the Flanders architectural scene, such small rastered materials are intimately linked to individual housing. In most contemporary projects in Flanders, including works by META, the bricks, proportional to the scale of the building, become structuring spatial elements. Challenged through the size of the BMCC, they are additionally associated with a texture. 14 Ethnographic response, Petrus Kemme, Antwerp, Belgium (17.11.22) As communicated during the guided site visit (Fig. 6.5), the façades were no surrender to the context but, rather, an initiative to echo the surrounding neighbourhood while at the same time affording something very different and revised. For META, the shape and almost contradictory materiality to the scale of the project are a play on structure and rhythm often found in their projects. 15 Ethnographic response, Pietter Lansens, Bruges, Belgium (04.02.22)

On the other hand, Eduardo Souto de Moura, lead designer for the Beursplein project, concedes his lack of contact with brick up to that point, a material rarely found in the Portuguese scene. 16 Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade.” Actively realising works in the Portuguese context since the early 1980s with the help of his office collaborators, he instead compares the learning curve of conceiving with bricks for the first time to the knowledge needed for a similarly common material in Portugal: tiles. His metro project in Porto for example, finished in 2005 — one of his major projects among larger scale interventions within a city infrastructure — uses white tiles enveloping most of the Bolhão entrance building’s upper mass. This envelope becomes a way to embed and relate the strong lines and size of the new station within the densely-knit urban fabric. During the Lisbon lecture, he reflected on the difficulties encountered then, and described the BMCC as a chance to study and get to know this way of doing, with the assistance of META and the firms on the ground. This example, for Souto de Moura, represents an adaptation of a way of thinking about locally-embedded approaches, transferring from one context to another, as well as an understanding of the weight of local know-how, often present in the architect’s work. 17 See, for instance, Werner Blaser, Eduardo Souto de Moura: Stein Element Stone (Basel: Birkhäuser, 2003), 17, 27, 39. This can be seen in other areas of the BMCC project, where, for instance, the awareness of working with a parcel of historical, UNESCO World Heritage-driven Bruges is witnessed. The overall form and ground-level porosity of the building to the Beursplein, in contrast to the majority of the smaller, more detailed surroundings, seems thought out as a balance between standing out and shaping continuities with the silhouette of the city, especially through the textured façades that appear almost eroded.

Figure 6.6: View of the historical centre of Bruges from the Belvedere of the BMCC, photographed February 2022.

Anchoring to the locality

Souto de Moura described the difference in context between Portugal and Belgium as being at the root of such an approach, almost as if imposed by the surroundings. Rather than seeking an exterior aspect that would bring more rigidity or uniformity to the building, entitling his talk “Leveza e Gravidade” (lightness and gravity), he described how, in this case, the bricks should look like they have been there forever. 18 Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade.” To do so, he encouraged the opposite of a regularity: ‘pedi para ser a fingir que era antigo queria tijolos de demolições’ (I asked to feint that [the building] was old; I wanted demolition bricks). The reuse of an old material, however, was not feasible due to sheer amount required, availability, and cost. 19 Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade.” The architect compared this with the use of concrete: too planned or too tight, and it becomes pretentious, he suggests. The pseudo-historicity he hoped for the project was in part focused, in the end, on the mode of laying the bricks. The team asked the builders if they could use a more traditional way of laying them in mortar (fully placed in the mortar, ‘met trowel afgestreken en niet meer gevocht’, or ‘spread with a trowel, and left alone’). 20 Liesbeth Verhulst, host, “BMCC Brugge: nieuwe landmark met kleurenpalet van de stad,” Architectura podcast, July 2, 2022, accessed November 11, 2022, www.architectura.be/nl/podcasts/bmcc-brugge-nieuwe-landmark-met-kleurenpalet-van-de-stad/. Through these variations, the kind of ‘gravity’ that Souto de Moura wanted to work with was an imperfect one that could integrate dimensions of time. A reflexive attitude can be read in his approach when he makes obvious the intention of dealing with a certain depth of time: with the characteristics of Bruges as a historic city (Fig. 6.6) with many remainders of its old parcellation. In this courtyard-model medieval city — complete with old bridges, houses, and churches in natural stone — one finds a kind of patina that Souto de Moura wishes to bring into the conception of the project, affecting its relation to this area of the city. Such underlying intentions within the design process, which features multivalent understandings of site and locality while taking in deepened design processes of interpretation, can start to define reflexive moments. 21 Margitta Buchert, Landscape-ness as Architectural Idea (Berlin: Jovis, 2022), 308

Tools and modes of operation

In these different pathways of interpretation, the interest lies beyond singular or collaborative creative authorship, although this could help to question how such collaborations generate a shift between different points of view, design ideas, orientations, and localities. Collaborations involving several places are, like other mediative stances, rooted in back-and-forths, or negotiations,  between people, ideas, and understandings. 22 Klaske Havik, Urban Literacy: Reading and Writing Architecture (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2014), 24 In this regard, such collaborative projects are also plurivocal. Souto de Moura’s utterance in his first meetings with META, as reported in the Flanders Architectural Review — ‘On parle la même langue’ (we speak the same language) — expresses a kind of synchronicity that took place during the collaborative processes behind the Beursplein conception. 23 Hülya Ertas, “Bruges Meeting and Convention Center,” in Flanders Architectural Review 15, ed. Sofie de Caigny, Bijdragen van Livia de Bethune, Maarten Desmet, and Hülya Ertas (Antwerp: Flanders Architecture Institute, 2022), 167. Collaborations are built on dialogue, which META describes as having being very present on-site in the conception phase of the project. Such dialogue may not in first place refer to spoken and written exchanges: the collaborating members relied on exchanging in their non-primary languages, switching between English and French. This further suggests that speech and writing were only a background element of the ‘language’ the architect could be referring to. They may have instead found a guiding thread in the exchange of media, through architectural design processes. From Souto de Moura’s side, sketches became amain means for exploring ideas and guiding concepts within the collaboration, as they would be communicated to META in each discussion. For their part, the team at META worked to a large extent through models, evolving and sharing them with each new exchange between the two offices. 24 Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade.” The internationally configured team was confronted with different modalities for conceiving ideas, which seeped into the gradual construction of their concepts by generating a common ‘language’ — as Souto de Moura hinted at — through different respective tools, attitudes, and ways of working for the project.

Figure 6.7: Analogue double exposures. The BMCC overlayed with the Beursplein neighbourhood, photographed December 2022.

Superimposing as research modus

Overlays, until now of processes, can also be productive visualisation research tools that spark other points of view within the direct surroundings of the Congresgebouw, which can be enhanced through photographic modalities of research. As discussed, in a city like Bruges, where everything is small and structured with a lot of detail and ornament, the BMCC can be felt as a strong urban mass that stands out from its context. This is explored through double exposures (Fig. 6.7) highlighting visual and perceptual contrasts that happen while experiencing the Beursplein: encountered neighbourhood details merge with street-level views of the project and user-driven activities happening on site. The first diptych interweaves views of more intimate-scaled urban moments with the extroverted main square. One can interpret such moments as meeting points that provoke mental comparisons that routinely happen on-site, influencing how the square is visited or passed through. Layering different sculpted rooflines of the neighbourhood with interactive moments around the project (Fig. 6.8) highlights similar contrasts, yet also depicts different urban presences of these small projects in relation to the BMCC. The ancient housing that populates Western Bruges, with its detailed textures and ornaments, showcases how the project takes on a less familiar stance through the vast, partially blind upper mass, and the reflective surfaces on ground level that act as a sounding board to the surrounding street activities.

Figure 6.8: Analogue double exposure. Historical Bruges rooflines meet the BMCC, photographed December 2022.

Figure 6.9: Analogue double exposure. Between tension and harmony, two street scenes meet. Photographed December 2022.

This kind of simultaneous standing out and standing back is reinforced through (Fig. 6.9), where although the depth of the façade and its differentiation from the architectural surroundings is still visible, the images mostly shed light on dwellers and passers-by, something that the building is shaped to promote, enhancing its role as part of the main public buildings of Bruges. In this instance, overlays are used as a modality of place prehension, whereby investing into perceived similarities and differences of a newly encountered local becomes key to sparking reflexive modes of thought: they open more grounds of place perception by deliberate intertwining of different contexts. What unavoidably happens subconsciously when engaging with new environments can then be directed more intentionally. 25 Caendia Wijnbelt, “Double Exposing Place,” in Repository: 49 Methods and Assignments for Writing Urban Places, ed. Carlos Machado e Moura, Dalia Milián Bernal, Esteban Restrepo Restrepo, and Klaske Havik, 62–65. (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2023).   In this sense, each photograph is read as an exploration of impressions, as overlays of place.

Contexts of place interpretation

Contexts that shape horizons of understanding around the Congresgebouw collaboration in Bruges are enactive and layered. They include the backgrounds of respective formations, the cultural realm these actors are immersed in, their past collaborations and experiences, and the specific time in which the project took place. These are not limited to the geographical or national settings the architects would ‘belong’ to. Traces of these contexts can be found in specified or interpreted geographical influences. In these contexts — which can be projected or guessed, but not pinned-down — one thereby finds blurred lines. Through his chapter in the book, Intentions of Reflexive Design (2021), Portuguese architect and professor Ricardo Carvalho suggests that there are crossovers in the architectural realm of intentions and that architectural responses to the built environment are related to broader architecturally-specific understandings, often stemming from lineages of common referential attitudes, common bodies of knowing that are collaboratively built. 26 Ricardo Carvalho, “Uncertainty, Criticism, Architecture,” in Intentions of Reflexive Design, ed. Buchert, 92–94; Buchert, “Intentions. Intensities,” 26; Buchert, “Formation and transformation of place,” in Simply design: Ways of Shaping Architecture, ed. Laura Kienbaum and Buchert (Berlin: Jovis, 2013), 69. In this and other perspectives — such as those put forward through critical regionalism — a balance between global influences and local specificities is discussed: how local attitudes stem from responses to a place regardless of their origin. 27 Kenneth Frampton, “Towards a Critical Regionalism: Six Points for an Architecture of Resistance,” in The Anti-Aesthetic: Essays on Post-Modern Culture, ed. Hal Foster (Washington: Bay Press, 1983), 16–30. As a know-how and ability that feeds off a wide range of influences, site-conceptualisation and apprehension is then rooted in shared (and more or less individually sharpened) attentiveness and sensibilities to existing surroundings. Different views open up sensory qualities of sites to a wider realm of understanding that hints at common modalities and composite, diversified architectural communities of practice, influenced by classical modernity and its revisions. In this setting, the act of shaping interpretations of a locality, as a productive modality in architecture, is at the same time the shaping of a kind of world (or rather plurilocal) discourse relating to place that plays an implicit yet active (and enactive) role. This plurilocal discourse on place interpretation thereby simmers down a much wider and more abstract multilocal one found in other fields. It particularly relates to practices in contemporary architecture in light of experience and interpretation mostly taking place — for the situational contexts of this chapter — in a broader European spectrum. In post-colonial contexts, the plurilocal could open up other perspectives. These lean on repositories of places or place experiences, and act as a lens through which one can fathom a particular place that could be fruitfully triggered in architecture for designing in relation to encountered situations through reflexive moments.

Figure 6.9: ‘Horizons’ and situations of perception. Sketched April 2023.

A palimpsest of perceptual driving forces acts as lens by which one can fathom a particular site, a particular lens out of many. Already at the beginning of the twentieth century, the phenomenologist Edmund Husserl discussed an approach to perception and interpretation that involves preceding experience when he says: ‘[to] every perception there always belongs a horizon of the past, as a potentiality of awakenable recollections; and to every recollection there belongs, as a horizon, the continuous intervening intentionality of possible recollections (to be actualized on my initiative, actively), up to the actual Now of perception’. 28 Edmond Husserl, Cartesian Meditations (The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1962), 40, 44–45. Although Husserl first approaches layers of perception through the lens of unrealised possibilities, he also ties to these possibilities the many past experiences that could be ignited through each active perceptual instance. As a horizon — or as a lens — these overlays can be understood as an added dimension through which perceiving and interpreting situations takes place. If directed back to the sites and localities that are experienced in architectural practices, this highlights an embedded thickness to perception that is useful in the design process. This thickness (Fig. 6.9) can be intentionally explored, and thereby be characterised as reflexive approach. On the other hand, it can also remain unexplored potential, creating a disconnect with what is actively shared and mediated throughout architectural practice. This highlights the need for a different kind of attentiveness and expression in order even to be discussed.

Figure 6.10: ‘Impressions’ and sensations brought to the surface. Sketched April 2023.

Reflexive approaches in reading and creating place can enhance such horizons. The philosopher Maurice Merleau-Ponty, in his Notes de cours (1959–1961), further discusses an idea of depth behind the visible, or behind what is in focus, that can be reconnected to conceptualising tacit knowing in architecture, specifically in the context of perceiving and interpreting place. 29 Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Notes de cours 1959–1961 (Paris: Gallimard, 1996), 167–68. Depth, and its usefulness for stating the entangled relations between the visible world and lived experience, are at the core of this work, as well as his other posthumously published manuscript, The Visible and the Invisible (1964). In the former, he relates to what J. Gasquet has written about Cezanne’s work, describing depth as something that is brought into the world by sensations, but that goes beyond them, to their root, as the hidden revealed. 30 Ibid., 167. Sensations, in his French use of the word, are also understood beyond the stimulated senses to describe the ‘impressions’ that play a role in recognising and asserting the lived environment. These traces, as he suggests, can be in the fold of the visible. 31 Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Le Visible et l’Invisible (Paris: Gallimard, 1964), 222, 244, 270–77. Rather than expressing subjective perspectives, ‘impressions’ designate some perceptions that go beyond the underlying, that are brought to the surface — into focus — thereby receiving a more noticeable form of thought (Fig. 6.10). Through his approach to perceptions and lived experience, Merleau-Ponty highlights a latency that takes the shape of marks — or traces — left behind on our sensations. 32 Ibid., 167. This could characterise knowledges that are implicit by being embodied, embedded, and enacted, and by being active (and overlooked) or quiescent (yet potent) in architectural prehension of place.

These become productive in interpretative situations, and influence the depth of experiences of, and relations to, place. Research and design with reflexive dimensions could promote ways of doing and attitudes that emphasise awareness of traveling perspectives, and find new approaches to make these perspectival travels more intentional and productive. Mindful travels in the conception phases of architecture are not literal displacements and emplacements, but reflexive approaches that help to shape new ideas. Through the reception and experience of architecture, they act as invested and intentionally ‘tinted’ ways of perceiving and interpreting the built environment, with more breadth and awareness of plural perspectives, also features of reflexive approaches. Displacing and emplacing stances are active in underpinning ways when generating impressions and shaping perspectives. Reflexive shifts — shaped by dynamic mediating attitudes in design actions that encompass manyfold, versatile modes of thought — play a role in bringing these movements to a productive surface. 33 Margitta Buchert, preface to Reflexive Design, 10–12.

Figure 6.11: The auditorium curtain-wall referencing Mies van der Rohe. Guided Site visit by Pietter Lansens (META) with Petrus Kemme (VAi) in the context of the Flanders Architectural Review 15. Bruges, photographed February 2022.

Back in Lisbon, as Souto de Moura approached the end of his lecture segment on the Bruges Congresgebouw, he displayed a photograph of the giant curtain-wall (Fig. 6.11) that divides the auditorium from the entrance terrace with a view of the city. As he unveiled the image, he stated: ‘These frames: I was “desperate” so I made a citation — not a reference. I went to Mies[van der Rohe], those [window frames from the house he designed] in 1933: and “pumba”! Identical; you can [go and] see for yourself’. 34 Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade”: ‘E depois isto abre para um terraço. Estes caixilhos — estava desesperado então é uma citação, não é homenagem, fui ao Mies [van der Rohe], tais da ‘33, e “pumba!”. Igualzinho. Podes mostrar.’ Translation by Eren Gazioglu, emphasis my own. NB ‘Pumba’ could be read as ‘and voilà’. What he describes makes obvious the presence of a spectrum of ways in which apprehending place also stems from perceived impressions of other places. His ‘citation’ is a clear instance of having grounded his approach through another locality. At the same time, through referencing Ludwig Mies van der Rohe, it embeds the blurred lines of a metaphor of the global through common grounds in modern and contemporary architecture and communities of practice, perhaps concerned with a plurilocal discourse of place impressions. Further, in tracing pathways of interpretation through the example of the Beursplein project, the opposite end of the spectrum is suggested: instances where these influences remain underlying yet guiding to the architectural approaches to the site at hand. Then — whether relations between several places can be pin-pointed and understood or only vaguely guessed — a plurilocal way of thinking and working is a dynamically evolving tool, that can be sharpened through qualitative experiences, in the same way that knowledges involved in place-prehension are. The foregoing exercise placing different perspectives of a project hints at a tacit knowledge that is not enclosed, but rather acts as a placeholder to delimit a variety of reflexive opportunities, as instances that promote going beyond existing environments and frames of thought, which can be found within plurilocal modes of thought.

The power of latent knowledges

Experimenting with impressions of place, I wonder how far the notion of tacit knowledge, when taken as such from other fields that lean on social theories, opens up new insights for place related architectural design. 35 See, for instance, Michael Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2009), and Harry Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010). The ideas of tacit or implicit highlight a value (being silent, hidden, displaced, obscured, or invisible to the perceiver), added to the concept of knowledge that is already a complex, non-material one. The prompt of the tacit, to the researcher (–practitioner) seems, in my view, to be the urge for its revealing. Instead, through a reflexive research practice that puts in focus the plurilocal, I find it productive to consider these parcels of knowing as latent. The latent or even imminent — two terms that Merleau-Ponty uses often in his late manuscript to replace his idea of what is simply hidden beneath our awareness — could be a fruitful lens for researching embodied, embedded, and enacted knowing in architecture. 36 Merleau-Ponty, Notes de cours, 167–68; Merleau-Ponty, Le Visible et l’Invisible. With no need to reveal a perceived invisible, the latent anticipates its unfolding, or even more so: it is already progressing towards realisation. Then, the hint would be that a sentient being’s challenge is to enact, take action, activate. 37 Iñaki Ábalos and Juan Herreros, “A New Naturalism (7 micromanifestos),” 2G  22 (May 2003): 26–33. Rather than disengaging by understanding the tacit from a bird’s-eye-view, this would call for attunement to reflexive possibilities. Rather than taking on a fixed form, latent knowledges would be on the move. 38 Margitta Buchert, “Design Knowledges on the Move,” in The Tacit Dimension: Architecture Knowledge and Scientific Research, ed. Lara Schrijver (Leuven:Leuven University Press, 2021), 41–51. Traveling, changing, evolving, and not necessarily placed; they are expectant. In this way, they are helpful shifts in perspective for understanding plurilocal approaches in architecture as resources to be revalued through practice, whether in academic, office-driven, or cultural realms. To conclude with the topic of reflexive shifts in perspective in relation to places: perceptual traces can move between processes, people, and situations, or between the experienced, the known or remembered, and the anticipated. Most of all, they participate in engagements with place that can help shape an increasingly vital form of plurilocal empathy and are there for the taking.

Bibliography

  • Ábalos, Iñaki, and Juan Herreros. “A New Naturalism (7 micromanifestos).” 2G 22 (May 2003): 26–33.
  • Begoni, Barbara, and Eduardo Souto de Moura. Learning from History, Designing into History. Matosinhos: AMAG, 2020.
  • Blaser, Werner. Eduardo Souto de Moura: Stein Element Stone. Basel: Birkhäuser, 2003.
  • Bourdieu, Pierre. “Thinking Relationally.” In An Invitation to Reflexive Sociology, edited by Bourdieu and Loïc Wacquant, 224–35. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1992.
  • Buchert, Margitta. “Design Knowledges on the Move.” In The Tacit Dimension: Architecture Knowledge and Scientific Research, edited by Lara Schrijver, 41–51. Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2021.
  • Buchert, Margitta. “Formation and transformation of place.” In Simply design: Ways of Shaping Architecture, edited by Laura Kienbaum and Buchert, 35–65. Berlin: Jovis, 2013.
  • Buchert, Margitta. “Intentions. Intensities.” In Intentions of Reflexive Design, edited by Buchert, 14–39. Berlin: Jovis 2021.
  • Buchert, Margitta. Landscape-ness as Architectural Idea. Berlin: Jovis, 2022.
  • Carvalho, Ricardo. “Uncertainty, Criticism, Architecture.” In Intentions of Reflexive Design, edited by Margitta Buchert, 92–94. Berlin: Jovis, 2021.
  • Collins, Harry. Tacit & Explicit Knowledge. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.
  • Critchlow, Margaret. “Empowering Place: Multilocality and Multivocality.” American Anthropologist n.s. 94, no. 3 (September 1992): 640–56.
  • Cuff, Dana. Architecture: The Story of Practice. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1991.
  • Dal Co, Francesco, et al., eds. Souto de Moura. Memory, Projects, Works. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2019.
    de Moura, Eduardo Souto. “Echoes of architectural tradition: Eduardo Souto de Moura (P): a passionate life’s work.” Lecture, BMCC, Bruges, April 23, 2022.
    de Moura, Eduardo Souto. “Leveza e gravidade, por Eduardo Souto de Moura.” Lecture, Conferência integrada no Ciclo de conferências do doutoramento em Arquitetura Contemporânea Da/UAL 2022, Autonomous University, Lisbon, April 6, 2022.
  • Ertas, Hülya. “Bruges Meeting and Convention Center.” In Flanders Architectural Review 15, edited by Sofie de Caigny, Bijdragen van Livia de Bethune, Maarten Desmet, and Hülya Ertas, 165–172. Antwerp: Flanders Architecture Institute, 2022.
  • Frampton, Kenneth. “Towards a Critical Regionalism: Six Points for an Architecture of Resistance.” In The Anti-Aesthetic: Essays on Post-Modern Culture, edited by Hal Foster, 16–30. Washington: Bay Press, 1983.
  • Havik, Klaske. Urban Literacy: Reading and Writing Architecture. Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2014.
  • Husserl, Edmond. Cartesian Meditations. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1962.
  • Lutz, Katharina Francesca. Haltung. Bewahren: Fernando Távora, Eduardo Souto de Moura und ihr Umgang met Denkmalen. Vienna: TU Wien, 2020.
  • Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. Le Visible et l’Invisible. Paris: Gallimard, 1964.
  • Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. Notes de cours 1959–1961. Paris: Gallimard, 1996.
  • META Architectuurbureau. “Bruges Meeting & Convention Centre.” Accessed July 2, 2022. https://meta.be/nl/projecten/bruges-meeting-convention-centre.
  • META Architectuurbureau. “Team.” Accessed July 2, 2022. www.meta.be/nl/profiel/team.
  • Polanyi, Michael. The Tacit Dimension. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2009.
  • Van Sande, Hera. “Pragmatisch, puur en poëtisch.” In “Reimagining the Office.” Special issue, A+ Architecture in Belgium 295 (April–May 2022): 26–30.
  • Verhulst, Liesbeth, host. “BMCC Brugge: nieuwe landmark met kleurenpalet van de stad.” Architectura podcast. July 2, 2022. Accessed November 11, 2022. www.architectura.be/nl/podcasts/bmcc-brugge-nieuwe-landmark-met-kleurenpalet-van-de-stad/.
  • Weichhart, Peter. “Multilokalität – Konzepte, Theoriebezüge und Forschungsfragen.” Informationen zur Raumentwicklung 1/2 (2009): 1–14.
  • Wijnbelt, Caendia. “Double Exposing Place.” In Repository: 49 Methods and Assignments for Writing Urban Places, edited by Carlos Machado e Moura, Dalia Milián Bernal, Esteban Restrepo Restrepo, and Klaske Havik, 62–65. Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2023.
  1. META Architectuurbureau, “Bruges Meeting & Convention Centre,” accessed July 2, 2022, https://meta.be/nl/projecten/bruges-meeting-convention-centre; Francesco Dal Co, et al., eds., Souto de Moura. Memory, Projects, Works (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2019).
  2. Dana Cuff, Architecture: The Story of Practice (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1991), 73.
  3. Peter Weichhart, “Multilokalität – Konzepte, Theoriebezüge und Forschungsfragen,” Informationen zur Raumentwicklung 1/2 (2009): 1–14.
  4. Margaret Critchlow, “Empowering Place: Multilocality and Multivocality,” American Anthropologist n.s. 94, no. 3 (September 1992): 640–56, esp. 649.
  5. Ibid., 652.
  6. Ibid. 647.
  7. Tatiana Bilbao, speaking in Louisiana Channel, “Empathy is a superpower in architecture: 10 architects share their advice,” YouTube, June 10, 2021, video, 14:16, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F_5GvFRDgFQ. See also Barbara Begoni and Eduardo Souto de Moura, Learning from History, Designing into History (Matosinhos: AMAG, 2020), 38.
  8. Katharina Francesca Lutz, Haltung. Bewahren: Fernando Távora, Eduardo Souto de Moura und ihr Umgang met Denkmalen (Vienna: TU Wien, 2020), 136.
  9. Pierre Bourdieu, “Thinking Relationally,” in An Invitation to Reflexive Sociology, ed. Bourdieu and Loïc Wacquant (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1992), 224–35. See also Margitta Buchert, “Intentions. Intensities,” in Intentions of Reflexive Design, ed. Buchert (Berlin: Jovis 2021), 27.
  10. Hera Van Sande, “Pragmatisch, puur en poëtisch,” in “Reimagining the Office,” special issue, A+ Architecture in Belgium 295 (April–May 2022): 26.
  11. Eduardo Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade, por Eduardo Souto de Moura” (lecture, Conferência integrada no Ciclo de conferências do doutoramento em Arquitetura Contemporânea Da/UAL 2022, Autonomous University, Lisbon, April 6, 2022).
  12. Eduardo Souto de Moura, “Echoes of architectural tradition: Eduardo Souto de Moura (P): a passionate life’s work” (lecture, BMCC, Bruges, April 23, 2022).
  13. META Architectuurbureau, “Team,” accessed July 2, 2022, www.meta.be/nl/profiel/team.
  14. Ethnographic response, Petrus Kemme, Antwerp, Belgium (17.11.22)
  15. Ethnographic response, Pietter Lansens, Bruges, Belgium (04.02.22)
  16. Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade.”
  17. See, for instance, Werner Blaser, Eduardo Souto de Moura: Stein Element Stone (Basel: Birkhäuser, 2003), 17, 27, 39.
  18. Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade.”
  19. Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade.”
  20. Liesbeth Verhulst, host, “BMCC Brugge: nieuwe landmark met kleurenpalet van de stad,” Architectura podcast, July 2, 2022, accessed November 11, 2022, www.architectura.be/nl/podcasts/bmcc-brugge-nieuwe-landmark-met-kleurenpalet-van-de-stad/.
  21. Margitta Buchert, Landscape-ness as Architectural Idea (Berlin: Jovis, 2022), 308
  22. Klaske Havik, Urban Literacy: Reading and Writing Architecture (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2014), 24
  23. Hülya Ertas, “Bruges Meeting and Convention Center,” in Flanders Architectural Review 15, ed. Sofie de Caigny, Bijdragen van Livia de Bethune, Maarten Desmet, and Hülya Ertas (Antwerp: Flanders Architecture Institute, 2022), 167.
  24. Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade.”
  25. Caendia Wijnbelt, “Double Exposing Place,” in Repository: 49 Methods and Assignments for Writing Urban Places, ed. Carlos Machado e Moura, Dalia Milián Bernal, Esteban Restrepo Restrepo, and Klaske Havik, 62–65. (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 2023).
  26. Ricardo Carvalho, “Uncertainty, Criticism, Architecture,” in Intentions of Reflexive Design, ed. Buchert, 92–94; Buchert, “Intentions. Intensities,” 26; Buchert, “Formation and transformation of place,” in Simply design: Ways of Shaping Architecture, ed. Laura Kienbaum and Buchert (Berlin: Jovis, 2013), 69.
  27. Kenneth Frampton, “Towards a Critical Regionalism: Six Points for an Architecture of Resistance,” in The Anti-Aesthetic: Essays on Post-Modern Culture, ed. Hal Foster (Washington: Bay Press, 1983), 16–30.
  28. Edmond Husserl, Cartesian Meditations (The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1962), 40, 44–45.
  29. Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Notes de cours 1959–1961 (Paris: Gallimard, 1996), 167–68.
  30. Ibid., 167.
  31. Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Le Visible et l’Invisible (Paris: Gallimard, 1964), 222, 244, 270–77.
  32. Ibid., 167.
  33. Margitta Buchert, preface to Reflexive Design, 10–12.
  34. Souto de Moura, “Leveza e gravidade”: ‘E depois isto abre para um terraço. Estes caixilhos — estava desesperado então é uma citação, não é homenagem, fui ao Mies [van der Rohe], tais da ‘33, e “pumba!”. Igualzinho. Podes mostrar.’ Translation by Eren Gazioglu, emphasis my own. NB ‘Pumba’ could be read as ‘and voilà’.
  35. See, for instance, Michael Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2009), and Harry Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010).
  36. Merleau-Ponty, Notes de cours, 167–68; Merleau-Ponty, Le Visible et l’Invisible.
  37. Iñaki Ábalos and Juan Herreros, “A New Naturalism (7 micromanifestos),” 2G  22 (May 2003): 26–33.
  38. Margitta Buchert, “Design Knowledges on the Move,” in The Tacit Dimension: Architecture Knowledge and Scientific Research, ed. Lara Schrijver (Leuven:Leuven University Press, 2021), 41–51.

Return to archive

title

Forêt DesCartes: Images, fragments, and repertoires in Kieckens’s tacit knowledge

Author

Filippo Cattapan

Abstract

Christian Kieckens' archive at the Flemish Architecture Institute in Antwerp holds a curious object: the Foret DesCartes. It is a prototype of Kaartenstander (postcards display table stand) designed by Kieckens in 1995. The object is extremely simple: an MDF board with maple veneer on which are inserted 16 postcard holders made of bent iron rods arranged in a regular 6x4 cm grid. More than just an odd display of postcards, this small object is an operational tool for producing and transmitting architectural knowledge through the collection of images and their recomposition in space. The same cognitive mode that is represented by the Foret DesCartes can be found reflected within Christian Kieckens' key practices: the architectural trip and its communication within a Belgian and European community of practice, the use of photography as a documentation tool but also as a visual reflection on architecture, the transmission of knowledge through the medium of the illustrated book and of the exhibition, the teaching of architecture by means of examples and references. Currently underway at the Bergische Universität Wuppertal within the framework of the TACK network, the research project, ‘The Pictures on the Wall. The Composite Culture of a Contemporary Flemish Architect’, investigates Kieckens’s role as mediator between the transatlantic architectural culture of the 1980s and the local context of Flanders. The key assumption is that this process of cultural migration happened first of all at the tacit level. Kieckens’s tacit knowledge is primarily found in its fragmentary nature – as a repertoire of themes and images – as well as in its crucial relationship with a number of visual practices and media. This attitude is considered from an interdisciplinary perspective that integrates external viewpoints such as those of cultural studies, anthropology, and iconology. On this basis, Kieckens’s practices have been operatively addressed by means of a hybrid methodology, which combines bibliographic and archival studies with a series of performative approaches such as interviews and immersive ethnographic investigation, pedagogical re-enactment and experimental display, images collection and visual comparison. Within a curatorial secondment at the Flanders Architecture Institute VAi in Antwerp and a collaboration with Hasselt University, these approaches finally resulted in the exhibition, ‘Forêt DesCartes – Christian Kieckens and the Composite Culture of Architecture in Flanders’, which opened at the De Singel Centre in November 2022.

Experience shows that, more often than not, we use an atlas in a way that combines two apparently dissimilar gestures: We open it, first, to look for precise information. But once we find that information, we do not necessarily put the atlas down; rather, we follow different pathways this way and that. We do not close the collection of plates until we have wandered a while, erratically, with no particular intention, through its forest, its labyrinth, its treasure. Until the next time, which will be just as fruitful or useless. Georges Didi-Huberman, Atlas, or the Anxious Gay Science 1 Georges Didi-Huberman, Atlas, or the Anxious Gay Science, trans. Shane Lillis (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2018), 3.

Uscendo dal negozio sono incerto. Dovrei continuare il mio percorso verso l’università, secondo i consigli pertinenti del libraio antiquario, per non parlare della biblioteca comunale. Ma è un momento in cui sento maggiormemente la tentazione di perdermi, di vagare. Forse non c’è un percorso, ma solo un’intermittenza tra la probabilità e l’improbabilità. È come se ogni spostamento lo decidessi lí per lí, per vedere dove porta, e questa scoperta, poi, non fosse altro che l’inizio che cercavo. Vorrei mantenere una certa inerzia, con piccole spinte indispensabili e sufficienti. … Ma quanto posso perdermi? E quanto posso deviare? Daniele Del Giudice, Lo stadio di Wimbledon. 2 ‘Leaving the shop, I am hesitant. I should continue on my way to the university, following the pertinent advice of the antiquarian bookseller, not to mention the municipal library. But it is a moment in which I feel most tempted to get lost, to wander. Perhaps there is no path, only an intermittence between probability and improbability. It is as if I would decide each move there and then, to see where it leads, and this discovery, then, was nothing more than the beginning I was looking for. I would like to maintain a certain inertia, with small pushes that are indispensable and sufficient … But how far can I get lost? And how far can I deviate?’. Daniele Del Giudice, Lo Stadio di Wimbledon (Turin: Giulio Einaudi Editore, 1983), 8–9. English translation my own.

The composite culture of Christian Kieckens

It is far from easy to situate Christian Kieckens’s architectural production and theoretical reflection within the Flemish disciplinary landscape of recent decades. Rigorous and austere as an architect, Kieckens was also a lecturer and scholar with a wide multiplicity of interests. In Stoà, he writes:

The staging of Karl-Ernst Hermann, the theme of inertia in Jan Fabre’s work, the spatial effect in Francesco Borromini’s architecture, the polyphonic music of Perotin, the mythical in Arvo Pärt’s compositions, the mathematical in Stoneborough-Wittgenstein, Les larmes d’acier by Marie-Jo Lafontaine, the melancholy of Venice, the thematic in Pieter De Bruyne’s work, the speed of Milan, the topical in Neville Brody’s graphics, the classics of Rome, the night photography of Manel Esclusa, the structures in Peter Greenaway’s films, the interstices in Japanese Zen gardens, the beauty of Prague, the video clips of Jean-Baptiste Mondino, eternal absence, the illusion of the Baroque, conservationism in the architecture of Adolf Loos, the richness of natural stone, the liveliness of Barcelona, the static nature of café culture in Vienna, the construction of William Forsythe’s ballets, the metamorphosis of Peter Eisenman and Hiromi Fujii, the proportions in Giuseppe Terragni’s work, the bustle of New York, the world of the monochrome, the silence of the past … form a STOA in which we try, at appropriate intervals, to capture our own image. 3 Christian Kieckens, “STOA,” Stichting Architectuurmuseum S/AM Bulletin no. 90 (1990), 10. English translation my own.

Figure 7.1: Christian Kieckens, Postcard composition from the book, Christian Kieckens. The place and the building, Antwerp, 1997.

Rather than as a historian, Kieckens operatively collected and applied this wide body of themes and references as an architect. As in a curatorial approach towards existing materials, Kieckens’s disciplinary position seems to lie more in the selection and collection of his repertoire than in single materials. This aspect of collecting, mainly visual, deeply permeated all Kieckens’s ways of thinking and doing architecture. It is this form of thought, this cognitive modality, that became crucial both from the point of view of Kieckens’s design methodology and of its transmissibility, but also autonomously, for its own epistemological value, in respect to the culture of the time and to its political and philosophical horizons.

In between overt and tacit forms of knowledge

Understanding Kieckens’ architectural knowledge and practices requires first of all comprehending his cultural context, which is not only that of Flanders, but also the much broader and international one he carefully selected and assembled. In his essay, Il formaggio e i vermi (The Cheese and the Worms), 4 Carlo Ginzburg, Il formaggio e i vermi: Il cosmo di un mugnaio del ’500 (Turin: Einaudi, 1976). Carlo Ginzburg investigates how a peculiar mentality, grounded on a series of uncommon religious practices, emerged in a small town in northern Italy towards the end of the sixteenth century. This is precisely the ‘cosmogony of the cheese and the worms’, the metaphorical image used by Domenico Scandella called Menocchio, a farmer and miller from Montereale Valcellina, in order to describe the formation of the cosmos. For these ideas, Menocchio was tried and condemned to the stake by the Sant’Uffizio. Ginzburg based his study mainly on the records of the Inquisition trials. Although they belong to the archives of repression, and thus to sources that are usually deformed or at least highly filtered by the dominant culture, the fidelity with which Menocchio’s confessions were transcribed allowed Ginzburg to access an oral culture that would have been otherwise lost. These documents were crucial for understanding the substance of Menocchio’s ideas and thus for retracing their possible genealogy. Ginzburg analyses the crucial exchange between the codified culture that expresses through explicit language, i.e., that of official historical narratives, and the more elusive and mainly oral one that remains substantially implicit. Questioning the separation of these parallel forms of knowledge, Ginzburg demonstrates how the continuous and reciprocal exchange between them is fundamental to the construction of culture and mentality as a whole. In this regard, the trial records establish a fundamental bridge between the two forms of knowledge, the written and the oral, but also the overt and the tacit.

The resistance encountered when approaching Kieckens’s knowledge seems to be deeply related to the crucial tension between these two dimensions. It does not depend, then, on the lack of linguistic formalisations, but on their very nature, which is grounded in a crucial set of parallel disciplinary practices and which is therefore substantially associative and analogical.

Images and words

Kieckens’s texts are mainly composed of free-standing parts, quotations, and anecdotes, strictly interlinked but still retaining a certain autonomy. Like his repertoire of interests and references, they are in turn constellations of ideas that collectively outline an attitude towards the discipline without resorting to statements or prescriptions.

The thought of the author does not emerge in a direct and general manner, but reveals itself gradually, through the interposed mediation of the examples he addresses. Kieckens may be said to merely evoke the general by means of the specific, according to a kind of abductive process. 5 In relation to the notion of abduction and its epistemological value within scientific method, see Charles Sanders Peirce, “A Neglected Argument for the Reality of God,” in Collected Papers of Charles Sanders Peirce, ed. Charles Hartshorne and Paul Weiss (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1931–35), 6:452–85. See also Karl Popper, Logik der Forschung (Wien: Springer, 1934). The choice and ordering of the references on which Kieckens focuses become therefore crucial, alongside the motivations that drove him to take an interest in one thing instead of something else.

Figure 7.2: Christian Kieckens, Office in Handelskaai 30, Brussels. The main office space on the ground floor, photo by Reiner Lautwein. © Reiner Lautwein.

The nature of Kieckens’s disciplinary repertoire is substantially visual. The repertoire directly corresponds to the images with which he always surrounded himself, the photographs and slides taken during his travels, the clippings and the postcards that he collected, the prints with which he used to work with the students. The assemblage and display of these visual materials in space seems to be the common denominator of Kieckens’s key practices. The compositions on the black panels hanging at his office and at the university in Antwerp reflect the same associative structure of his texts and, more generally, of his knowledge (Fig. 7.1, 7.2).

Kieckens’s approach is, then, substantially based on the reciprocal relationship that is at play between the repertoires of references conveyed by the images, and the words that describe them. The tacit core of Kieckens’s thought lies precisely in this intricate yet fundamental knot between images and language.

The visual agency of the S/AM

In Le geste et la parole (Gesture and Speech), André Leroi-Gourhan reflects on the instrumental nature of images within an anthropological and epistemological perspective, dwelling in particular on the key tacit relationship they establish with language. 6 In respect to the relationship between technique, language, and images, see in particular André Leroi-Gourhan, “Language Symbols,” in Gesture and Speech, trans. Anna Bostock Berger (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1993), 187–219. These are two strongly complementary aspects that, in parallel with developments in technology but also with different forms of collecting, overlap, diverge, and then reunite, at least partially.

Together with speech, Leroi-Gourhan interprets images as cultural tools that allow individuals to actively participate in the collective dimension of the social body of which they are part. 7 In respect to the social role of images, see in particular Leroi-Gourhan, “Introduction to a Paleontology of Symbols,” in Gesture and Speech, 269–81; Leroi-Gourhan, “The Symbols of Society,” in Gesture and Speech, 349–63. Through the sensory, motor, and visual synthesis with these material supports, humans contribute to the construction of their own social and cultural awareness. The very idea of beauty, the aesthetic value we associate with objects and images, thus seems essentially utilitarian, as it makes possible the affective insertion of the individual within his community:

Without language coming into play at all, the color of an individual’s tie will show his position within a human group as precisely as the robin’s red breast in a society of birds. But unlike physiological or technical features, the wearing of a vestimentary distinguishing mark is a symbol that gives rise to several social images at once. As a characteristic of function it lies just inside the technical range; as a portable and conventional badge it comes very close to figurative representation. That is why we have placed social aesthetics at the point of contact between the technical and the figurative spheres … The status of language at each stage of this sequence is interesting. Of all branches of philosophy, aesthetics has always found it most difficult to find expressions in words. When it succeeds, it is by evocation, by relying on the reader’s imagination and experience to supply the sounds, forms, and gestures that words can conjure up but not reconstitute. Language, it seems, is not adequate for expressing the aesthetic. 8 Leroi-Gourhan, Gesture and Speech, 273–74.

Figure 7.3: Christian Kieckens, scenography for the exhibition ‘Architetti (della Fiandra)’, curated by Marc Dubois, Biennale di Architettura di Venezia, 1991. © Flanders Architecture Institute, archive collection Flemish Community, 2022.

This interpretative framework applies equally to both prehistoric wall paintings and the prints and architectural representations that have been so decisive for Kieckens and for the disciplinary developments of recent decades, thus offering a possible alternative or at least complementary interpretation. Substantially based on visual materials, Kieckens’sactivity of disciplinary promotion with the Stichting Architectuurmuseum S/AM foundation perfectly shows the social and cultural horizon of his agency. Founded and directed from 1983 to 1991 together with Marc Dubois, the S/AM played a crucial role in the construction of a shared disciplinary culture in Flanders. This was done through an intense activity of publications, exhibitions, and architectural journeys that rapidly established a new community of practice. The culmination of this experience was the setting of the exhibition, ‘Architetti (della Fiandra)’, at the Belgian pavilion of the Biennale di Venezia in 1991 (Fig. 7.3). The exhibition constituted a moment of international recognition for the community of young Flemish architects, a community that was as varied and fragmented as its underlying architectural culture. 9 The exhibition included works by Luc Deleu & T.O.P. – Office; A.W.G. – bOb Van Reeth; Stéphane Beel; Paul Robbrecht and Hilde Daem; Eugeen Liebaut; Marie José Van Hee; Henk De Smet and Paul Vermeulen; Xaveer De Geyter, Giedo Driesen, Jan Meersman, Jan Thomaes; and a final epilogue by Kieckens himself, who presented his competition proposal, ‘Le ali del leone’.

Forêt DesCartes

The Kieckens archive at the VAi holds a peculiar object that seems to perfectly summarise the conceptual and operative functioning of Kieckens’s visual practices. The Forêt DesCartes is a prototype of Kaartenstander (postcard display) designed by Kieckens in 1995 and part of a larger series of objects entitled Jardin Divers (Fig. 7.4, 7.5). The object is extremely simple: it consists of an MDF panel with maple veneer, on which are inserted sixteen postcard holders made of bent iron rods arranged in a regular 6×4-cm grid.

Figure 7.4: Christian Kieckens, Forêt DesCartes, postcard stand prototype, 1995.

It is quite clear that the object is not about design, but rather a conceptual and artistic operation. The Forêt DesCartes is a spatial metaphor of the overall architectural paradigm of Kieckens, an operative tool for producing and transmitting architectural knowledge through the collection of images and their re-composition in space.

Figure 7.5: Christian Kieckens, Forêt DesCartes, current state of the object.

The play on words of its title – between DesCartes, of cards, and the name of René Descartes – stages again the tension between two different modalities of architectural knowing: on one side, rational knowledge — that is the Cartesian method, the 6×4-cm grid on which the postcards holders are mounted — on the other, imaginative knowledge, or visual knowledge — that is the ‘forest of cards’, or the free complexity of images that can be arranged on the card holders on the basis of the previous grid. Kieckens’s disciplinary attitude seems to lie precisely between the two, as a continuous reflection on their limits and on the possibility of their reciprocal exchange and implementation.

In his chapter, ‘Interferences’, Raymond Balau reflects on the images employed by Kieckens in his various visual practices. He writes:

These postcards are images Christian Kieckens receives from people, like Marc Dubois, who know his preoccupations, and they equally constitute winks in various directions. In the studio he occupied till 1995, next to rows of hundreds of CDs, these postcards covered two walls converging in a corner. This visible abundance is an indication of the pleasure of playing with images, ones that speak of art and of architecture … It is a fragment of an imaginary museum … The landscape of his references can be repeatedly recomposed without losing identity and backed up by a connective potential whose effectiveness is in proportion to a fundamental curiosity towards creation. 10 Raymond Balau, “Interferences,” in Christian Kieckens: The Place and the Building, ed. Christian Kieckens (Antwerp: Internationaal Kunstcentrum de Singel, 1997), 111–29.

Balau further identifies the act of displaying as a key cross-cutting aspect for Kieckens. All the ‘apparently secondary aspects in Christian Kieckens’s work’, such as ‘the postcards, the books, the sketches, the objects, the furniture, the photographs and the exhibition layouts’, seem to ‘demonstrate a central preoccupation: to exhibit’.

The atlas and the museum

There is a structural affinity between Kieckens’s visual compositions and the panels adopted by Aby Warburg for his Atlas Mnemosyne. 11 See Roberto Ohrt and Axel Heil, Aby Warburg: Bilderatlas Mnemosyne – Das Original (Berlin: Haus der Kulturen der Welt (HKW), 2020). Warburg uses this method to visually investigate the permanence and migration of a series of recurring themes across cultural topographies and centuries. Comparison and analogy make it possible to relate even heterogeneous and distant materials. The panel becomes the open field, the physical and conceptual support on which images are freely composed, where visual and formal affinities are simultaneously attempted, verified, and staged.

The tradition of visual studies of Warburg’s iconology also influences Georges Didi-Huberman, the French art historian and curator with whom Kieckens personally worked in Le Fresnoy in 2001. 12 Kieckens designed the layout for the exhibition, ‘Fables du lieu’, curated by Georges Didi-Huberman at Le Fresnoy in Tourcoing in 2001. Within the field of iconology, Didi-Huberman worked precisely on the aspect of visual collection that is present in the Atlas, in particular in relation to contemporary artistic, curatorial, and museographic practices. 13 See, in particular, Didi-Huberman, Atlas, or the Anxious Gay Science. Displayed with a large-scale video projection at Le Fresnoy in 2012, Didi-Huberman’s spatial re-enactment of Warburg’s panel 42 is a meaningful example of operative reflection on this visual approach and on its contemporary legacy.

Kieckens’s interest in Warburg’s and Didi-Huberman’s reflections is also confirmed by ‘Mnemosyne’, his last master open studio at the university of Antwerp,  in which he also precisely addressed the idea of the Musée Imaginaire, following Marcel Broodthaers and André Malraux. 14 The open studio took place in the academic year 2015–2016. A draft collection of the students’ works, never published, is conserved at the Kieckens Kabinet at the Flemish Architecture Institute VAi. For the notion of Musée Imaginaire, see André Malraux, Psychologie de l’art: Le Musée Imaginaire (Geneva: Skira, 1947).

Words and things

Kieckens extensively applied the disciplinary method of the Forêt DesCartes to his teaching within the seminar, ‘Words and Things’, held at the University of Antwerp from 2009 to 2016. The title of the seminar refers directly to Michel Foucault’s Les mots et les choses. 15 Michel Foucault, Les mots et les choses. Une archéologie des sciences humaines (Paris: Gallimard, 1966).

Figure 7.6: Klaartje Kempenaers, Image collection for the seminar, ‘Words and Things’, Prof. Christian Kieckens and Jan Thomaes, Artesis Hogeschool, Antwerp, AY 2011-2012.

The exercise given to the students consisted of collecting and spatially ordering a repertoire of images and quotations with the aim of reflecting on their own position towards the discipline (Fig. 7.6). The reference to Foucault evokes the crucial importance of the selection of ideas, references, and themes, in respect to their correspondence with the epistemological paradigm of their time. In the first introduction to the class, Kieckens quoted Foucault: ‘resemblance, excluded from knowledge since the seventeenth century, still constitutes the outer edge of language: the ring surrounding the domain of that which can be analysed, reduced to order and known. Discourse dissipates this murmur [of resemblance] but without it we could not speak’. 16 Ibid., 67–71.

Resemblance, which is the basic principle of analogy, is the main tool of imagination, in the same way that logical discourse is crucial to rational knowledge. In the exercise proposed by Kieckens, the words and the things are placed side by side according to their visual and conceptual resemblance, in a way that is substantially tacit.

Figure 7.7: Christian Kieckens, Roma Memoria, collage, from S/AM Stichting Architektuurmuseum Bullettin 3, no. 3, Gent, 1986.

Figure 7.8: Paul Robbrecht en Hilde Daem, Klein Openluchtmuseum voor Architektureen, from: S/AM Stichting Architektuurmuseum, Monography 1. Architektuur Musea, Gent, 1983.

The fragmented structural principle which is the basis of the Forêt DesCartes and the ‘Words and Things’ exercise is also significantly mirrored in a series of coeval theoretical representations. Kieckens’s collage, Roma Memoria, published on the cover of S/AM Bulletin 3, is perhaps the most emblematic (Fig. 7.7). 17 Stichting Architektuurmuseum S/AM Bullettin 3, no. 3 (1986). The image consists of a plan collage of several Roman architectures which are assembled on an empty white background. In a different form, it is once again a repertoire of references freely composed on the plain surface of the page. The fragmented and synchronic structure of ancient Rome provides the archetypal model through which this repertoire can be staged as an urban landscape. Rome and Roman architecture are significantly present in the publications of the S/AM from the beginning, from the first S/AM publication of 1983, which enigmatically closed with a plan  of the Villa Adriana. 18 The discovery of the plan’s photocopy in Kieckens’s archive shows his key role in such a decision. In the photocopy, the early-twentieth century survey of the Villa Adriana by the Rome school of Engineers is significantly associated with Giovanni Battista De Rossi’s 1538 plan of the city, one of the urban depictions in which the fragmented nature of the city is rendered more evidently.

Within this first issue, the corresponding composite attitude emerges particularly in the ‘Klein Openluchtmuseum’ project by Paul Robbrecht and Hilde Daem (Fig. 7.8). 19 Together with Kieckens, Marc Dubois, Marie-José Van Hee, Paul Robbrecht, and Hilde Daem are part of ‘generation 74’, so called because they all graduated from the Sint Lucas School of Architecture in Gent in 1974. See Caroline Voet et al., eds., Autonomous Architecture in Flanders (Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2016). As an architectural Forêt DesCartes, the project is constituted by a set of self-standing pavilions freely composed on a squared podium. The association of visual practices, collage representations, and design compositions is crucially important because it establishes a possible direct link between Kieckens’s methodology and the operative dimension of the discipline.

The international communities of Composite Presence

Figure 7.9: Christian Kieckens, Zoeken Denken Bouwen, opening page, Ludion, Gent, 2001.

The identification of the compositional theme of fragmentation further shows how Flanders was closely interconnected with the international and European disciplinary landscape of the 1970s and 1980s. As is clear from his library, Kieckens was carefully looking at the architectural culture of the most active disciplinary centres of the time.

Figure 7.10: Christian Kieckens, Zoeken Denken Bouwen, detail of the page with the collage, City of Composite Presence, by Hans Kolhoff and David Griffin, Ludion, Gent, 2001.

A clear connection with Colin Rowe can be identified first of all in the close similarity of the collage Roma Memoria with the City of Composite Presence by Hans Kollhoff and David Griffin, which was included at the beginning of Colin Rowe and Fred Koetter’s Collage City, published by MIT Press in 1978. 20 Colin Rowe and Fred Koetter, Collage City (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1978). Kieckens significantly positioned the City of Composite Presence at the centre of the composition of open books that we find at the beginning of his monograph, Zoeken, Denken, Bouwen, published in 2001 (Fig. 7.9, 7.10). 21 Christian Kieckens, ed., Christian Kieckens – Zoeken denken bouwen (Gent: Ludion, 2001). The double-page with the books shows once again how the disciplinary reflection by Kieckens was not a univocal theory of architecture, but was made of many parallel fragments coexisting beside one another.

Figure 7.11: Aldo Rossi, ‘Acropoli di Zeebrugge’, competition model for the Zeebrugge Sea Terminal, 1989. © Fondazione Aldo Rossi.

The connection of Kieckens with Rowe further confirms the link with Aby Warburg’s iconology. In fact, before moving to the United States, Colin Rowe did his MA at the Warburg Institute in London under the supervision of Rudolf Wittkower, and was substantially influenced by the methodologies that he studied and applied there. 22 See Katia Mazzucco, “1941 English Art and the Mediterranean: A Photographic Exhibition by the Warburg Institute in London,” Journal of Art Historiography 5 (2011): 1–28. The panels used for the exhibition, ‘English Art and the Mediterranean’, curated by Rudolf Wittkower and Fritz Saxl in 1941, are a very meaningful example of the visual approach of Iconology applied to exhibition display. 23 In relation to the possible correspondence between visual practices and architectural outcomes, i.e., between the composition of the images and the composition of spaces, the panel, ‘The Italianised Architecture of Inigo Jones and his School’, shows a peculiar affinity between the pattern of the images’ arrangement, much more symmetrical and central than the one adopted by Warburg for his Mnemosyne Atlas, and the planimetric layout of the Palladian villas which are presented. The impact of this visual culture on Rowe is significantly present in his book, Collage City, which is structurally  grounded in the comparative use of a wide apparatus of images.

Together with Rowe, another key influence for Kieckens was Aldo Rossi. The consistent collection of materials on and by Rossi that is conserved in the Kieckens Kabinet clearly demonstrates this aspect of Kieckens’s interest. In Aldo Rossi, the relationship between collage practices and design strategies, both at the scale of the city and of architecture, is indeed fundamental. The several Città analoghe as well as the many engravings and drawings of nature morte all share a common fragmented structure with Rossi’s architectural compositions.

Figure 7.12: Pieter De Bruyne, ‘Ruimtelijke Constructie III’, 1983. © Design Museum Gent.

The model for the Zeebrugge terminal competition, the ‘Acropoli di Zeebrugge’, in turn resonating with the much earlier spatial compositions by Pieter De Bruyne, first mentor of Kieckens at the Sint Lucas school of Gent, appears as a meaningful volumetric and spatial translation of the same architectural theme (Fig. 7.11, 7.12).Within this wider transatlantic context, images and artefacts worked as crucial vectors of tacit knowledge, simultaneously conveying formal and conceptual contents between the respective communities of practice.

Tacit methods for addressing tacit knowledge

A key question arises at this stage: which methods should be applied to grasp the specificity of Kieckens’s practices? Following Ginzburg, the fundamental hypothesis assumed by the research was that for an effective understanding of Kieckens’s disciplinary position, it was not possible to limit the research to a logical–rational enquiry based on literary evidence, but necessary to resort to the same tacit knowledge employed in his practices, according to a principle of substantial homogeneity between research object and methods. The traditional bibliographical and archival methods applied in the first stage of the research were therefore combined to a series of laboratory inspired, performative approaches. This allowed for a direct reactivation of tacit knowledge on which it was then possible to attempt a more effective analysis, interpretation, and even translation into an explicit linguistic form.

Figure 7.13: Images collection for ‘Words and Things’ reenactment, Hasselt University, October 2022.

The three main performative approaches attempted have constituted immersive ethnographic research pursued through interviews, the reenactment of the ‘Words and Things’ seminar in the form of a collaborative workshop and exhibition, and the iconological analysis of recurring visual themes by means of comparative visual panels. These methodologies made it possible to respectively address three decisive aspects of the research: the multiple contexts and communities in which Kieckens was embedded, his fragmentary knowledge based on the paradigm of visual collecting, and the persistence and migration of architectural Pathosformeln within twentieth-century disciplinary culture.

The exhibition as an experimental research tool

From the beginning of 2022, on the occasion of an archival and curatorial secondment at the Flanders Architecture Institute in Antwerp, all these forms of active research found their place within the project, ‘Forêt DesCartes – Christian Kieckens and the Composite Culture of Architecture in Flanders’. The project was curated and realised in collaboration with the VAi, the University of Hasselt, and the Z33 House for Contemporary Art, Design & Architecture. Structured as a workshop and an exhibition, it has been a performative laboratory for addressing Kieckens’s tacit knowledge.

Figure 7.14: Filippo Cattapan, Malgorzata Maria Olchowska, and York Bing Oh, Model for the exhibition, ‘Forêt DesCartes. Christian Kieckens and the composite culture of architecture in Flanders’, Flanders Architecture Institute – De Singel Centre, Antwerp, 2022.

The first part of the project, the reenactment workshop, involved three master’s courses at the University of Hasselt, the ‘Genius Loci’ seminar held by Koenraad Van Cleempoel, and the two workshops, ‘Dewgrowth’ and ‘Plaperi’, respectively held by Eef Boeckx and Jo Berben and by Jo Janssen and Guy Cleuren, which deeply integrated the pedagogical methodology of Kieckens within their programmes. The sixty master’s students involved in the project were asked to collect a set of three images and quotes inspired by the main themes addressed in their studios and seminar. The aim was to obtain a visual but also conceptual landscape of their architectural imageries and theoretical thinking, operatively testing and tracing the related processes of selection and association (Fig. 7.13).

Figure 7.15: Filippo Cattapan, Malgorzata Maria Olchowska, and York Bing Oh, Scenography for the exhibition Forêt DesCartes – Christian Kieckens and the composite culture of architecture in Flanders, Flanders Architecture Institute – De Singel Centre, Antwerp, 2022.

The final collection of quotes and images constituted the base material for the final exhibition at the De Singel in Antwerp, whose scenography was curated and arranged together with Malgorzata Maria Olchowska and York Bing Oh. As it was for Kieckens, the exhibition was not only used as a form of communication and transmission of disciplinary knowledge, but also, and above all, as a fundamental tool for its production and understanding. The project of the exhibition was conceived as a reinterpretation of the Forêt DesCartes, scaled and inserted within the architecture of the De Singel centre, on the double ramp of Stephan Beel’s addition which goes from the offices of the VAi and the main expo-plein up to the De Singel reading room. The three pairs of images and quotes of the students — for a total of 150 pairs — were printed double-sided on thick A4 paper and suspended from fifty wooden poles distributed along the path. The red ramp constituted the board of the Forêt DesCartes, while the flags assumed the role of its postcard-holders (Fig. 7.14, 7.15). The conclusive day of the workshop, which took place at the Z33 in Hasselt, was the occasion for a wider discussion on Kieckens’s visual practices and their role within contemporary design culture in Flanders. In particular, Sofie De Caigny guided students through the ‘Composite Presence’ exhibition, and Dirk Somers gave a talk on his visual design methods based on the use of references and repertoires.

In the light of the research, the ‘Composite Presence’ exhibition appeared as the outcome of the same long-lasting disciplinary tradition identified in Rowe, Rossi, but also in Kieckens. The cultural operation attempted by Somers at the Biennale 2021 is in fact similar to the one Kieckens and Dubois tried with the ‘Architetti (della Fiandra)’ in 1991: setting a podium and superimposing to it a set of heterogeneous architectures, all coming from the same community of practice. The scenographic conception was also analogous, with a series of long wooden tables transversally positioned between the rooms (Fig. 7.16). 24 The geometric difference between the two scenographies is, regardless, a meaningful aspect that should not be underestimated, and which could highlight a crucial aspect of the disciplinary positioning of Kieckens and Somers. Indeed, the scenography of the ‘Architetti (della Fiandra)’ appears to be a strictly rational and orthogonal composition, structurally based on a clear attitude towards the central perspective. On the contrary, the ‘Composite Presence’ by Somers radically embraces the compositional idea of fragmentation that is reflected in his fictional urban landscape.

Figure 7.16: Dirk Somers, Bovenbouw Architectuur, Composite Presence exhibition, Biennale di Architettura di Venezia, 2021, photo by Filip Dujardin. © Filip Dujardin.

The formal and spatial structure of the exhibitions is, then, comparable not only to the urban collage by Kollhoff, as the name explicitly suggests, but also to the ‘Kleinopenluchtmuseum’, the ‘Acropolis di Zeebrugge’, the ‘Ruimtelijke Constructie III’ and, finally, to the same Forêt DesCartes.

Key assumptions and future perspectives

Within the overall research, the operative conceptualisation of a wide set of performative activities, representations, exhibitions, and architectural projects according to the same formal and cognitive principle was a crucial step in both understanding Kieckens’s type of tacit knowledge and in identifying the appropriate boundaries of the investigation.

The reading of these practices as cultural tools within an aesthetic and social field has further laid the foundations for addressing a wide range of disciplinary migrations, the trajectories of which have substantially contributed to the construction of a cohesive European and international disciplinary discourse based on a set of shared themes.

The intersection of history and epistemology made it possible to better understand not only the figure of Kieckens, but also the overall landscape of post-war architectural theory, between the long-lasting persistence of modernism and the return to an open and synchronic past. It seems a promising research direction that still needs to be further explored.

Bibliography

  • Del Giudice, Daniele. Lo Stadio di Wimbledon. Turin: Giulio Einaudi Editore, 1983.
  • Didi-Huberman, Georges. Atlas, or the Anxious Gay Science. Translated by Shane Lillis. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2018.
  • Foucault, Michel. Les mots et les choses. Une archéologie des sciences humaines. Paris: Gallimard, 1966.
  • Ginzburg, Carlo. Il formaggio e i vermi: Il cosmo di un mugnaio del ’500. Turin: Einaudi, 1976.
  • Kieckens, Christian. “STOA.” Stichting Architectuurmuseum S/AM Bulletin no. 90 (1990), 10.
  • Kieckens, Christian, ed. Christian Kieckens. The Place and the Building. Antwerp: Internationaal Kunstcentrum de Singel, 1997.
  • Kieckens, Christian, ed. Christian Kieckens – Zoeken denken bouwen. Gent: Ludion, 2001.
  • Leroi-Gourhan, André. Gesture and Speech. Translated by Anna Bostock Berger. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1993.
  • Mazzucco, Katia. “1941 English Art and the Mediterranean. A Photographic Exhibition by the Warburg Institute in London.” Journal of Art Historiography 5 (2011): 1–28.
  • Ohrt, Roberto, and Axel Heil. Aby Warburg: Bilderatlas Mnemosyne – Das Original. Berlin: Haus der Kulturen der Welt (HKW), 2020.
  • Peirce, Charles Sanders. “A Neglected Argument for the Reality of God.” In Collected Papers of Charles Sanders Peirce, edited by Charles Hartshorne and Paul Weiss, vol 6, 452–85. Cambridge,
  • MA: Harvard University Press, 1931–35.
  • Popper, Karl. Logik der Forschung. Wien: Springer, 1934.
  • Rowe, Colin, and Fred Koetter. Collage City. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1978.
  • S/AM Stichting Architektuurmuseum Bullettin 3, no. 3 (1986).
  • Voet, Caroline, Katrien Vandermarliere, Sofie De Caigny, and Lara Schrijver, eds. Autonomous Architecture in Flanders. Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2016.
  1. Georges Didi-Huberman, Atlas, or the Anxious Gay Science, trans. Shane Lillis (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2018), 3.
  2. ‘Leaving the shop, I am hesitant. I should continue on my way to the university, following the pertinent advice of the antiquarian bookseller, not to mention the municipal library. But it is a moment in which I feel most tempted to get lost, to wander. Perhaps there is no path, only an intermittence between probability and improbability. It is as if I would decide each move there and then, to see where it leads, and this discovery, then, was nothing more than the beginning I was looking for. I would like to maintain a certain inertia, with small pushes that are indispensable and sufficient … But how far can I get lost? And how far can I deviate?’. Daniele Del Giudice, Lo Stadio di Wimbledon (Turin: Giulio Einaudi Editore, 1983), 8–9. English translation my own.
  3. Christian Kieckens, “STOA,” Stichting Architectuurmuseum S/AM Bulletin no. 90 (1990), 10. English translation my own.
  4. Carlo Ginzburg, Il formaggio e i vermi: Il cosmo di un mugnaio del ’500 (Turin: Einaudi, 1976).
  5. In relation to the notion of abduction and its epistemological value within scientific method, see Charles Sanders Peirce, “A Neglected Argument for the Reality of God,” in Collected Papers of Charles Sanders Peirce, ed. Charles Hartshorne and Paul Weiss (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1931–35), 6:452–85. See also Karl Popper, Logik der Forschung (Wien: Springer, 1934).
  6. In respect to the relationship between technique, language, and images, see in particular André Leroi-Gourhan, “Language Symbols,” in Gesture and Speech, trans. Anna Bostock Berger (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1993), 187–219.
  7. In respect to the social role of images, see in particular Leroi-Gourhan, “Introduction to a Paleontology of Symbols,” in Gesture and Speech, 269–81; Leroi-Gourhan, “The Symbols of Society,” in Gesture and Speech, 349–63.
  8. Leroi-Gourhan, Gesture and Speech, 273–74.
  9. The exhibition included works by Luc Deleu & T.O.P. – Office; A.W.G. – bOb Van Reeth; Stéphane Beel; Paul Robbrecht and Hilde Daem; Eugeen Liebaut; Marie José Van Hee; Henk De Smet and Paul Vermeulen; Xaveer De Geyter, Giedo Driesen, Jan Meersman, Jan Thomaes; and a final epilogue by Kieckens himself, who presented his competition proposal, ‘Le ali del leone’.
  10. Raymond Balau, “Interferences,” in Christian Kieckens: The Place and the Building, ed. Christian Kieckens (Antwerp: Internationaal Kunstcentrum de Singel, 1997), 111–29.
  11. See Roberto Ohrt and Axel Heil, Aby Warburg: Bilderatlas Mnemosyne – Das Original (Berlin: Haus der Kulturen der Welt (HKW), 2020).
  12. Kieckens designed the layout for the exhibition, ‘Fables du lieu’, curated by Georges Didi-Huberman at Le Fresnoy in Tourcoing in 2001.
  13. See, in particular, Didi-Huberman, Atlas, or the Anxious Gay Science.
  14. The open studio took place in the academic year 2015–2016. A draft collection of the students’ works, never published, is conserved at the Kieckens Kabinet at the Flemish Architecture Institute VAi. For the notion of Musée Imaginaire, see André Malraux, Psychologie de l’art: Le Musée Imaginaire (Geneva: Skira, 1947).
  15. Michel Foucault, Les mots et les choses. Une archéologie des sciences humaines (Paris: Gallimard, 1966).
  16. Ibid., 67–71.
  17. Stichting Architektuurmuseum S/AM Bullettin 3, no. 3 (1986).
  18. The discovery of the plan’s photocopy in Kieckens’s archive shows his key role in such a decision. In the photocopy, the early-twentieth century survey of the Villa Adriana by the Rome school of Engineers is significantly associated with Giovanni Battista De Rossi’s 1538 plan of the city, one of the urban depictions in which the fragmented nature of the city is rendered more evidently.
  19. Together with Kieckens, Marc Dubois, Marie-José Van Hee, Paul Robbrecht, and Hilde Daem are part of ‘generation 74’, so called because they all graduated from the Sint Lucas School of Architecture in Gent in 1974. See Caroline Voet et al., eds., Autonomous Architecture in Flanders (Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2016).
  20. Colin Rowe and Fred Koetter, Collage City (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1978).
  21. Christian Kieckens, ed., Christian Kieckens – Zoeken denken bouwen (Gent: Ludion, 2001).
  22. See Katia Mazzucco, “1941 English Art and the Mediterranean: A Photographic Exhibition by the Warburg Institute in London,” Journal of Art Historiography 5 (2011): 1–28.
  23. In relation to the possible correspondence between visual practices and architectural outcomes, i.e., between the composition of the images and the composition of spaces, the panel, ‘The Italianised Architecture of Inigo Jones and his School’, shows a peculiar affinity between the pattern of the images’ arrangement, much more symmetrical and central than the one adopted by Warburg for his Mnemosyne Atlas, and the planimetric layout of the Palladian villas which are presented.
  24. The geometric difference between the two scenographies is, regardless, a meaningful aspect that should not be underestimated, and which could highlight a crucial aspect of the disciplinary positioning of Kieckens and Somers. Indeed, the scenography of the ‘Architetti (della Fiandra)’ appears to be a strictly rational and orthogonal composition, structurally based on a clear attitude towards the central perspective. On the contrary, the ‘Composite Presence’ by Somers radically embraces the compositional idea of fragmentation that is reflected in his fictional urban landscape.

Return to archive

title

SECTION 3: SITUATIONS

Return to archive

title

Latent Continuities: Architectural knowledge and the heuristic tension of Indwelling

Author

Ionas Sklavounos

↑ Back to top
November 1, 2022
Abstract

In his theory of Tacit Knowledge Michael Polanyi introduced the concept of Indwelling, to explain the role of habit and skill in practice-based knowledge, but also to describe a heuristic tension that underlies all forms of knowing. Such a tension, Polanyi tells us, unfolds from the ‘depths’ of our biological being to the ‘heights’ of ideas and cultural values. The premise of this essay is that the spatial (and temporal) metaphor of Indwelling is hardly an accident: human consciousness is opened to knowledge primarily through our physical engagement with the world, marked by both space and time. The hypothesis is thus formed of architecture as a discipline studying precisely such tacit processes of (In)dwelling, in search of correspondences between ‘thick’ levels of bodily disposition and ‘thinner’ levels of intellect and imagination. To pursue this hypothesis, I turn to the example of a two-month apprenticeship in traditional stonemasonry, that took place in 2019 in Greece, entailing the reconstruction of a particular type of dry-stone cobbled pathway, called kalderimi.

Prelude

It’s Sunday, and yet the construction site is packed with people. In the centre are the musicians, surrounded by a ring of dancers, around whom a rather peculiar feast is unfolding. Some are diving into the goat stew prepared by the locals, others are trying their hand at splitting rocks, and yet others have devoted themselves to the pleasures of artistic stone cutting: beneath the beating drum and the clarinet, chisels resound as they needle their way into stones to bring out figures of all sorts: an ornamental motif, a sycamore leaf, an arched bridge. Wandering about, it’s hard to resist the idea that such seemingly disparate activities – or are they aspects of life? – have always played a role in craft knowledge; a knowledge that, as craftspeople say, cannot really be taught but rather needs to be stolen.

A knowledge of latency

In The Tacit Dimension (1966), Michael Polanyi suggested that not all kinds of knowledge can be encoded in theories or formulas, valid as they may be. Building on Gilbert Ryle’s distinction between ‘knowing-that’ and ‘knowing-how’, Polanyi explained that many forms of practice-based knowledge are not amenable to full verbal expression; furthermore, to some extent, this is true for all kinds of knowing. In this book, Polanyi also introduced the notion of indwelling as a key concept for discussing how knowledge operates. In a nutshell, this term emphasised the importance of habituation and skill in cognitive processes, of engaging with a subject in practice, in many ways beyond its cerebral examination: ‘it is not by looking at things but by dwelling in them, that we understand their joint meaning’. 1 Michael Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1967; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2013), 18. In the fields of architecture and design, this emphasis on habit, skill, and experience has often been seen to offer a valuable lens for approaching the particular, performative knowledge of practitioners. However, less attention seems to have been given to the way in which Polanyi further elaborated this concept by referring to a heuristic tension developing between what he called ‘lower’ levels of pre-conceptual kinaesthetic experiences and ‘higher’ levels of meaningfulness.

In the history of architectural thought, the idea that buildings establish such a communication between ‘lower’ strata of reality and ‘higher’ levels of ideality seems to go way back; philosopher Karsten Harries points to the biblical story of Jacob’s Ladder, connecting earth and heaven, as one of the preeminent allegories that inspired builders and architects. 2 Karsten Harries, The Ethical Function of Architecture (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1997). From a similar perspective, one of the few architectural theorists to refer to Michael Polanyi and his stratified understanding of consciousness was Dalibor Vesely, who argued that it is precisely this tension between embodied perception and imaginative articulation that is key to understanding the capacity of architectural works to act as catalysts of meaning. 3 Dalibor Vesely, Architecture in the Age of Divided Representation: The Question of Creativity in the Shadow of Production (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2006). Drawing from developments in cognitive sciences, Alberto Pérez-Gómez recast this idea by describing architectural works as sites of attunement, as places that help human beings partake in a communicative movement from pre-reflective awareness to reflective wonder. 4 Alberto Pérez-Gómez, Attunement: Architectural Meaning after the Crisis of Modern Science (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2016).

The question I ask in this essay is how can architectural knowledge move deeper into this mediating ability of the built environment, in theory and in practice? The assumption behind such a question is that there are discrepancies between the theorising of architects and their actual practice that impede this knowledge of mediations. Moreover, there is a hypothesis that, under certain conditions, practitioners employ this knowledge in tacit ways, an awareness of which may hold insights for both practice and theory.

An apprenticeship

The case study I propose for such an enquiry is an apprenticeship in traditional stone masonry, which was organised by ‘Boulouki – Itinerant Workshop on Traditional Building Techniques’ 5 In Greek, boulouki means ‘gaggle’, ‘travelling group’; a word evoking the journeying companies of stonemasons and craftspeople. in autumn 2019. As a member of the organising team, I followed closely the implementation of this programme aiming to reintroduce Greek and Balkan craftspeople to the almost forgotten building technique of kalderimi – a particular type of drystone cobbled pathway, built for hoofed traffic. To this end, the apprenticeship undertook the reconstruction of the kalderimi that leads to the historic Bridge of Plaka (Epirus, Greece), which at the time was also being reconstructed following its collapse in February 2015.

My reading of this project develops in two interlacing threads. The main thread presents three Patterns of Activity that run through the apprenticeship: starting from the routines of daily labour, passing through the hours of concentrated work, and reaching what could be described as moments of concerted action. 6 Evidently, here I draw on the thought of Hannah Arendt and her distinction of Vita Activa into three fundamental categories: the perpetual Labourrequired to sustain life as biological existence, the Work of erecting a shared durable world, and the Actions that set in motion chains of events with unforeseeable ends. Hannah Arendt, The Human Condition (Chicago: Chicago University Press, 1958). Following Paul Ricoeur, I read these concepts less in terms of political science and more in the light of a ‘philosophical anthropology’ aimed at identifying historically enduring features of the human condition. Paul Ricoeur, “Action, Story and History: On Re-Reading the Human Condition,” Salmagundi 60 (1983): 60–72. The aim here is to trace how such activities play complementary roles in constituting the tacit knowledge of builders, especially around the ability of the built environment to mediate between physical dispositions and discursive or imaginary dimensions. Thus, a second, more detailed thread weaves in and out of the fabric of the work, seeking how the latter comes to encompass or anticipate such mediations.

Figure 8.1: Keeping watch at the Bridge of Plaka c. 1900.

Labour and the establishment of an ‘extended body’

or Forming a chain

The morning by the river is chilly, the fog thick until the sun rises a little. Tucked into his jacket and covered by his jockey hat, apprentice Nikos T. sits by the door of the warehouse and smokes. When he sees me arrive, he smiles playfully and teases me, suggesting I am late: ‘you’re a hard man to wake up, aren’t you?’ I unlock the door and we enter the storeroom, while more come to pick up their tools: shovels, pickaxes and hoes, crowbars, chisels and hammers, lifting buckets and wheelbarrows, as well as a few pieces of kermes oak, an unrivalled tool if you want to strike a stone hard without breaking it, to wedge it in between others. Around that time, one may also hear the rumbling sound of 6 cubic metres of river stone as it spills out of the truck bed.

Warming up, getting to know

The stone we use for the kalderimi is collected by the municipality’s bulldozer from the nearby tributary of the Arachthos River. The worksite road that was opened to accommodate the big restoration project of the Bridge of Plaka also allows our truck to reach us and bring building materials. Still, the reconstruction of the old pathway presents the fundamental difficulty of non-accessibility by vehicles. Either because it is narrow and steep, or because heavy machinery would destroy the surviving parts of the dry-stone structure, in most places the transport has to be done by ourselves. Hence, the municipal truck empties the stone at the pathway’s accessible edges, and every morning the group starts by transporting them – hand over hand – to the spots where the crews will be working. Someone takes a position next to the pile, and the others spread out along the path.

This process helps the bodies to wake up and the mind to orient itself to work, while providing the ground for the first exploratory talks of the day, allowing us to wind each other up. Someone woke up feeling wary, while someone else might be overly cheerful. Together with kinetic coordination, the socialisation carried out in this collective performance helps to establish what might be described as an extended body: ‘a new dynamical whole emerges through bodily interaction and interbodily resonance’. 7 Such a more-than-verbal communication is discussed by C. Tewes et al., focusing on how emotions are ‘intentionally directed toward other persons but are also simultaneously expressed by internal bodily reactions … and body postures, gestures and facial expressions that are directly perceivable in social interactions and lead to interbodily resonance’. Christian Tewes, Christoph Durt, and Thomas Fuchs, “Introduction: The Interplay of Embodiment, Enaction and Culture,” in Embodiment, Enaction, and Culture: Investigating the Constitution of the Shared World, ed. Durt, Fuchs, and Tewes (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2017), 4. And indeed, the emergence of an ‘interaffective space’ seems to take place more actively here, in the coordinated carrying of stones than, say, in the hours of concentrated work. Ιt is this ‘mere’ labour that provides a first locus of immersion in gesture and language, situating all participants (every body) in the same register of embodied communication, through which craft knowledge is already shared.

Figure 8.2: Lifting and carrying the stone, feeling its weight and shape, talking about (and around) it. The material is never in isolation.

The one who bends down to pick up the stones and pass them on to the next is under the greatest strain, but also bears the responsibility of selecting the most suitable pieces from the pile. As the chain unfolds, comments are made about whether the material is good enough. Craftsmen may keep a stone aside because it seems to fit the spot they are currently working on; other pieces may be discarded before they reach the end, since it’s obvious they are no good; then the comment may be heard loud enough to reach the first and draw their attention. ‘Oi! What are you having us carry?’ One thus notices how this manual transport is also a process of sorting, in which the available material is filtered and sorted by many hands. Equally important, however, is that this quality control also constitutes a demonstration of knowledge, first by the leading craftsmen and then by the apprentices. Thus knowledge is simultaneously activated, calibrated, and passed on, while it is shared by many without becoming explicit through texts, diagrams, or numbers. And this is possible precisely because the sorting is carried out in plain sight; 8 For a critical rediscovery of the importance of vision in processes of embodied and local knowledge see Cristina Grasseni, ed., Skilled Visions: Between Apprenticeship and Standards (New York: Berghahn Books, 2010). because all are involved in the same task, at the same time, even as they hold different status and position in the work.

Work and the pursuit of discernment

or Breaking in Groups

‘All right, that will do!’ echoes from the end of the chain, and this means that a large pile of stones has now gathered at the location that had run out. Movement begins to wane, the chain breaks, and the boulouki splits into crews working at different heights of the path, each under the guidance of an experienced stonemason. Yet some do not follow the others, but find some shade near the pile and arrange their tools there, among which are chisels of all kinds and ‘masons’ squares’ to cut stones regularly. These are the chisellers. Their task is to ‘read’ the rough stones and decide which are fit for what purpose, in terms of size and shape, but also of their condition (e.g., whether they bear signs of a vulnerability). Thus, slowly but surely, worked stones are piled in different groups, to be used for the different structural parts of the kalderimi: cornerstones that delineate the sides, thick boards that serve as ‘brakes’ for the sloping sections – the so called ‘selvages’ – and, of course, the infill that provides the main floor of the path.

Discernment in Craft and Architecture

As chisellers deliver individual elements, master-masons set the structural frames and apprentices fill them, they are all called upon to interpret – and that means to rework – the material, according to a range of concerns: for example, stones need to go deep into the ground, but in a way that brings their flat faces up to form the surface of the floor; the latter should not present any potholes or bumps, while providing the right slope for rainwater drainage; and the whole needs to be woven densely together. This layered complementarity is probably what leads instructors and apprentices to describe the building of the kalderimi as a ‘puzzle’. But it is a puzzle of which the pieces are not yet complete, thus calling for an inventiveness that moves between combining the available pieces and reworking them to fit together appropriately. 9 Such processes of thinking-through-making, where ‘the conduct of thought goes along with, and continually answers to, the fluxes and flows of the materials with which we work’, have been systematically explored by anthropologist Tim Ingold. Tim Ingold, Making: Anthropology, Archaeology, Art and Architecture (London: Routledge, 2013), 6.

In this I recognise a mentality that is essentially oriented to harvesting the potential of ‘given’ conditions, starting from the properties of matter and extending to the natural and cultural context. The enduring effectiveness of this attitude may be felt by recalling how Michelangelo claimed to identify sculptural forms latent in raw blocks of marble in Carrara, or how Leon Battista Alberti traced the very origins of sculpture in recognitions of formal features in yet untouched mater. 10 Julius Henrik Lange and Karl Johns, “Michelangelo and Marble (Copenhagen Gads, 1876),” Journal of Art Historiography 1 (2021): 1–27. Such ideas point to the notion of discernment, which emerged in Early Modern Europe to describe ‘the ability of perceiving the secrets of nature and art’, encompassing meanings of judgment, ingenuity, and taste. 11 Sven Dupré and Christine Göttler, eds., Knowledge and Discernment in the Early Modern Arts (New York: Routledge, 2017). Stretching across artisanal and scholarly cultures – from Italian art literature on discerzione as ‘judgment of the eye’ to religious discourses on good and evil spirits, discretio spirituum – this concept appears suitable to illuminate the entanglements between material and intellectual speculation, practical and theoretical modes of interpreting the world.

By the same token, it allows me to move deeper into a related architectural skill of perceiving how particular conditions invite certain structural and formal responses. Indeed, over the course of the apprenticeship, discernment expanded from the technical aspects of the kalderimi to how it can form part of wider formal structures and thus be more effectively integrated into the cultural landscape. Interestingly, this movement from a narrow technical view to a broader architectural perspective was driven by attempts to respond to problems that initially seemed ‘secondary’ as they appeared to be either ‘too practical’ or ‘merely aesthetic’ in nature.

The steps (and the hackberry tree)

One such case was where the path meets the rural settlement of Plaka, taking the form of a linear staircase flanked with lateral walls, and where, about halfway up the slope, a side wall had collapsed from the growth of a hackberry tree. If attention was initially focused on material and technical specifics, a secondary question also arose, which was how to deal with the tree’s intrusive presence. Drawing on his experience in other projects, craftsman Dimitris F. suggested interrupting the wall in order to allow for the tree to grow, and thus also frame it ‘as décor … as we do in gardens’. This idea was further developed when the loose parts of the wall were removed, revealing the large roots that had brought it down.

Figure 8.3: The steps before the reconstruction. The collapsed wall can be seen on the right and the ruined house at the top.

The particular shape the root system had taken inspired the building of a small bench around it, letting its lower part pass through (Fig. 8.4). The building of a bench seemed apt as we were, after all, in the middle of the staircase – and half way to the bridge – where one often wants to rest. Also, from this point, one has the opportunity to observe the ruins of the first house of the settlement, revealing itself at the top of the steps. I suggest that such framings of the tree, the roots, and the house led the team of builders to gradually identify this part of the path as a ‘ritual ascent’ to the settlement of Plaka. In its turn, this sense of arriving at a focal point marked by human presence was further enhanced by embedding a carved stone depicting a human face – a symbol traditionally standing for the builders themselves 12 Ronald Walkey, “A Lesson in Continuity: The Legacy of the Builder’s Guild in Northern Greece,” in Dwelling, Seeing, and Designing: Toward a Phenomenological Ecology, ed. David Seamon (Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1993), 129–57. – on the penultimate step of the staircase, next to the house.

Figure 8.4: Pursuing discernment.

In this sequence of gestures, one may see how the builders came to discern an underlying web of relations between different dimensions of the landscape, and how they worked with it to weave connections across inorganic and animate matter, practical uses and visual transitions, symbolic images and cultural narratives. The sculptural form seems significant in this respect: the horizontal placement of the human face and its embedding in the floor tend to evoke associations of sleep, burial, and descent to the ground. Such a sense of presence in absentia fits with the main meaning of this symbol, pointing to the travelling companies that would leave a place once their work was done. But it also conveys a sense of unearthing. As the sculpted figure gestures equally in the directions of immersion and emergence, it resonates with the kinaesthetic experience of ascent and descent, intrinsic to the formal structure of the staircase. At the same time, it also acts in concert with the rising and deepening presence of the tree, with the sitting body and its rising gaze, the house becoming a ruin and yet still standing. 13 For an in-depth analysis of the ways in which ‘natural symbols’ such as horizontals and verticals are impregnated by ‘conventional symbols’ which in turn connect to fundamental texts or narratives of a community or culture, see Karsten Harries, “Representation and Re-Presentation,” in The Ethical Function of Architecture, 118–33; Harries, “The Voices of Space,” in ibid, 180–200.

Figure 8.5: The builder’s face sculpted by Theodoros Papagiannis.

Action and the emergence of stories

or Gathering in circles

The idea of installing carved stones on the path to the bridge was borrowed from another landmark of Epirus, which we visited on one of our daytrips. Specifically, it came from the nearby thirteenth-century monastery of Tsouka, where in the floor of its courtyard we met two reliefs, bringing together two archetypal rivals: a snake and a scorpion. 14 Μαρία Τσούπη, “Εκκλησιαστικά Και Κοσμικά Λιθόγλυπτα Στην Ήπειρο. Τέλη 18ου-20ου Αιώνα. (Πανεπιστήμιο Ιωαννίνων, 2004). Having this in mind, we asked a renowned Greek sculptor, who comes from the area and has studied its building tradition, to carve a few stones of this kind to be embedded in the kalderimi. The stones we received were indeed carved with motifs used by the folk builders of Epirus: a human face, a bird on a cypress tree, a cross between the sun and the moon, and a snake similar to the one in the monastery.

The placement of these reliefs along the path prompted the team to identify focal points that could be associated with the sculpted figures. This process was informed by activities and experiences that were not overtly related to the building project: talks, hikes, feasts, and the stories that come with them encouraged builders to perceive the landscape as an assembly of multifarious events, and attend to its individual aspects as parts of a latent plot. As this narrative sensibility merges with technical knowledge, it reveals to the builder the possibilities of a more encompassing interpretation of the work at hand. And in this, the role of iconography proves to be pivotal. As we saw in the case of the steps framed as a ‘ritual ascent’, so too in other parts of the path these figures helped individual elements of the site to be seen in the light of narrative and thus to ‘come under one roof’ to form a scene. Nevertheless, the potency of figurative representation can be observed – perhaps even more clearly – in the shaping of that part of the path where the gifts of the sculptor were notused, but instead the stone mason took over.

A perilous passage

It was the most uncomfortable part of the path. No traces of the old kalderimi were anywhere to be seen, only paving from the 1990s, now in disrepair: thin slabs had been roughly applied with cement over the soil, while below, the slope had been eaten away by the rain, causing part of the floor to collapse. The broad lines of our approach here were clear from the start: tear up the slabs, build a retaining wall on which the new structure can safely stand, and apply the paradigmatic type of kalderimi. A seemingly minor question that arose was how to handle the free side of the reconstructed pathway, whose highest distance from the ground exceeded three metres. Extending the retaining wall upwards to form a parapet was always an option, but it would mean that much material and several days of work would be spent on the wall, while our main task was the floor.

Figure 8.6: The ‘perilous passage’ before and after the reconstruction.

The answer was provided by craftsman Kostas T., who suggested placing arkades: the upright stones traditionally used in Balkan stone bridges to mark their lateral boundaries (Fig. 8.1).  Interestingly, this ‘scenic’ conception seemed to tie in several concerns: first, it set a rudimentary boundary that, if anything, pointed out the dangerous height. Second, it allowed us to demarcate the pathway without building another four cubic metres of wall. Third, as this was the path leading to the Bridge of Plaka, the appearance of arkades referred to the landmark and in a way anticipated it. What’s more, this insight sparked technical investigations as to how the arkades could be fixed without the use of binder mortar. The carving of the stones in an ‘L’ shape (Fig. 8.7) is an innovative detail manifesting the interplay between narrative and technical imagination. Finally, the carved forms were emphasised by the placement of a rough rock (originally located just beyond) at the lower end of the slope, also allowing to further guide movement to the safe side.

Figure 8.7: The emergence of stories.

From scenes to acts

Through the above, one can observe the decisive role of narrative in establishing interplay between ‘thick’ levels of materiality, bodily movement, and practical use towards increasingly ‘thinner’ levels of symbolic understanding and imagination. In terms of construction, the insight of a scene serves as a catalyst by encouraging a comprehensive interpretation of the site, which then feeds back to it. In terms of reception, it provides the work with a potency that goes beyond the intentions of its makers, as it opens it up to wider webs of relations. Thus, the point would not be to seek the content of a single story or plot, but rather to appreciate how a narrative sensibility and a tendency towards figuration enables builders to endow space with a certain disposition or agency. 15 On figurativeness and the ‘animation’ of architectural work in the nineteenth century, and particularly in Gottfried Semper, see Caroline A Van Eck, “Figuration, Tectonics and Animism in Semper’s Der Stil,” Journal of Architecture 14, no. 3 (2009): 325–37. In the case of this apprenticeship, this appears to have happened in two main ways. First, through the apprehension and treatment of the work as a set of scenes that recall human action. Second, by understanding and presenting the work itself as a ‘living’ and, in a sense, acting presence. As a narrative sensibility permeates individual aspects of the work, it animates it as a whole: floors open up to reveal the faces of builders, and walls make room for trees; benches let roots pass through while inviting the passerby to sit and catch their breath; rocks transform into protective pillars to attend them as they cross a perilous passage.

Building Insights between the practical and the symbolic

The question tended to be raised among apprentices as to whether the carrying of stones should be part of training for craftspeople, or whether chores of this kind should be taken up by ‘someone else’. As organisers, we invoked the history of customary practices of mutual aid, through which the mountain communities of Epirus shared the burdens of subsistence and of building in particular. Of course, while such examples of communal cooperation may inspire a modern participatory ethos, they also raise questions about the nature of such participation within the fixed hierarchies of so-called traditional societies where, indeed, the assumption of drudgery would often reveal who was (not) qualified as a craftsperson. 16 On gender identities, production processes, and social institutions in pre-industrial societies, see Martha C. Howell, Women, Production, and Patriarchy in Late Medieval Cities (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1986). However, one should not fail to note that in the modern context, especially from the nineteenth century onwards, strong – albeit different – tendencies developed to separate ‘mere’ labour from the wider cultural life. In architectural debates, the fierceness with which architects such as Adolf Loos preached the strict separation of the private domain of the house from the public realm of the city may be seen to reflect a deeper and more general tendency to radicalise the tension between practical and symbolic engagements with the world.

Highly revealing in this regard is the contrast between two prominent streams of architectural thought that developed in the passage from the nineteenth to the twentieth century: one centring on the study of human behaviour and everyday practices, and the other on sensorial perception and the importance of vision. 17 Following Tom Avermaete, one may want to frame these strands of architectural thinking as the epistemes of ‘praxeology’ and ‘phenomenology’. Tom Avermaete, “A Black Box? Architecture and Its Epistemes,” in The Tacit Dimension. Architecture Knowledge and Scientific Research, ed. Lara Schrijver (Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2021), 69–82. Inclined to take the subject of architecture as either a user or an observer, such frames of thought tend to be seen in opposition. Yet common blind spots become evident once we note how they both assume a subject moving on standard trajectories: whether it is about changing vistas or ergonomics, the world is thereby framed as a (rather lonely) milieu to navigate or to use, but not to be disturbed. In stark contrast to such static movement, the dynamic stasis of the human chain provides an essentially engaged way of being in the world – one that is inextricably tied to the tasks of its formation. What comes to the fore when we look more closely to the chain of people is the collective fundaments of world building. And indeed, it is between ‘praxeological’ emphases on everyday practices and ‘phenomenological’ studies of multisensory experience that architectural attitudes arose, time and again, with a keen interest in contexts where the making, use, and perception of the built environment are enacted by the same groups or people: from so called bidonvilles, to vernacular settlements, to reclaimed urban spaces.

In similar ways, antagonism between frames of thought that adhere to the generalising function of Type and those that insist on the irreducible particularities of Place often restricts architectural knowledge between taxonomic understandings of typology and a countervailing emphasis on the special features of place resisting classification. 18 José Rafael Moneo, “On Typology,” Oppositions 13 (1978): 23–46. However, as the steps and the hackberry tree testify, one may look for a more nuanced understanding of the interplay between Type and Locus, one that moves beyond ‘rationalist’ accounts of architectural knowledge and ‘romantic’ defences of place to discern the potency of contexts. In this, the role of figurative representation (bildliche Darstellung) is key, as it helps to unlock the communicative and affective power of the built environment. Yet again, such possibilities are often hampered by the ongoing radicalising of tensions, which in the twentieth century also yielded the conflict between modernist recuperations of Tectonics and post-modern ‘semiological’ or ‘scenographic’ approaches. 19 Kenneth Frampton, “Rappel À l’ordre: The Case for the Tectonic,” in Labour, Work and Architecture (London: Phaidon Press, 2002), 91–103 The builders’ impulse to treat their work both as a scene of human action and as an acting presence beckons towards overcoming this impasse.

Figure 8.8: The snake and the pathway.

Overcoming the antagonisms in which architectural thought so often finds itself presupposes a willingness to discern continuities between its different schools, but also a certain belief that behind what the different architectural ‘epistemes’ reveal to us, lies a larger latent world. 20 Dalibor Vesely, The Latent World of Architecture: Selected Essays, ed. Alexandra Stara and Peter Carl (New York: Routledge, 2023). In such an attempt one might be assisted by earlier understandings of architecture as driven by a ‘primordial urge to strike a beat, to string a necklace, to decorate “lawfully”’. 21 Gottfried Semper, The Four Elements of Architecture and Other Writings, trans. Harry Francis Mallgrave and Wolfgang Herrmann (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010), 33. Coming from the ambivalent nineteenth century, such a conception retains an idea of the architectural project as a privileged site for the merging of different rhythms of human life and different pulses of the more-than-human world, thus inviting builders and architects to listen to such different voices and practice their attunement.

Bibliography

  • Arendt, Hannah. The Human Condition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1958.
  • Avermaete, Tom. “A Black Box? Architecture and Its Epistemes.” In The Tacit Dimension. Architecture Knowledge and Scientific Research, edited by Lara Schrijver, 69–82. Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2021.
  • Dupré, Sven, and Christine Göttler, eds. Knowledge and Discernment in the Early Modern Arts. New York: Routledge, 2017.
  • Frampton, Kenneth. “Rappel À l’ordre: The Case for the Tectonic.” In Labour, Work and Architecture, 91–103. London: Phaidon Press, 2002.
  • Grasseni, Cristina, ed. Skilled Visions: Between Apprenticeship and Standards. New York: Berghahn Books, 2010.
  • Harries, Karsten. The Ethical Function of Architecture. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1997.
  • Howell, Martha C. Women, Production, and Patriarchy in Late Medieval Cities. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1986.
  • Ingold, Tim. Making: Anthropology, Archaeology, Art and Architecture. London: Routledge, 2013.
  • Lange, Julius Henrik, and Karl Johns. “Michelangelo and Marble (Copenhagen Gads, 1876).” Journal of Art Historiography 1 (2021): 1–27.
  • Moneo, José Rafael. “On Typology.” Oppositions 13 (1978): 23–46.
  • Pérez-Gómez, Alberto. Attunement. Architectural Meaning after the Crisis of Modern Science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2016.
  • Polanyi, Michael. The Tacit Dimension. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1967; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2013.
  • Ricoeur, Paul. “Action, Story and History: On Re-Reading the Human Condition.” Salmagundi 60 (1983): 60–72.
  • Semper, Gottfried. The Four Elements of Architecture and Other Writings. Translated by Harry Francis Mallgrave and Wolfgang Herrmann. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010.
  • Tewes, Christian, Christoph Durt, and Thomas Fuchs, eds. Embodiment, Enaction, and Culture: Investigating the Constitution of the Shared World. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2017.
  • Van Eck, Caroline A. “Figuration, Tectonics and Animism in Semper’s Der Stil.” Journal of Architecture 14, no. 3 (2009): 325–37.
  • Vesely, Dalibor. Architecture in the Age of Divided Representation: The Question of Creativity in the Shadow of Production. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2006.
  • Vesely, Dalibor. The Latent World of Architecture: Selected Essays. Edited by Alexandra Stara and Peter Carl. New York: Routledge, 2023.
  • Walkey, Ronald. “A Lesson in Continuity: The Legacy of the Builder’s Guild in Northern Greece.” In Dwelling, Seeing, and Designing: Toward a Phenomenological Ecology, edited by David Seamon, 129–57. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1993.
  • Τσούπη, Μαρία. “Εκκλησιαστικά Και Κοσμικά Λιθόγλυπτα Στην Ήπειρο (Τέλη 18ου-20ου Αιώνα): ΣυμβολήΣτην Μορφολογική Παρουσίαση – Ερμηνευτική Προσέγγιση Της Ηπειρωτικής Λιθογλυπτικής Τέχνης: Το Παράδειγμα Του Ζαγοριού.” Πανεπιστήμιο Ιωαννίνων, 2004.
  1. Michael Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1967; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2013), 18.
  2. Karsten Harries, The Ethical Function of Architecture (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1997).
  3. Dalibor Vesely, Architecture in the Age of Divided Representation: The Question of Creativity in the Shadow of Production (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2006).
  4. Alberto Pérez-Gómez, Attunement: Architectural Meaning after the Crisis of Modern Science (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2016).
  5. In Greek, boulouki means ‘gaggle’, ‘travelling group’; a word evoking the journeying companies of stonemasons and craftspeople.
  6. Evidently, here I draw on the thought of Hannah Arendt and her distinction of Vita Activa into three fundamental categories: the perpetual Labourrequired to sustain life as biological existence, the Work of erecting a shared durable world, and the Actions that set in motion chains of events with unforeseeable ends. Hannah Arendt, The Human Condition (Chicago: Chicago University Press, 1958). Following Paul Ricoeur, I read these concepts less in terms of political science and more in the light of a ‘philosophical anthropology’ aimed at identifying historically enduring features of the human condition. Paul Ricoeur, “Action, Story and History: On Re-Reading the Human Condition,” Salmagundi 60 (1983): 60–72.
  7. Such a more-than-verbal communication is discussed by C. Tewes et al., focusing on how emotions are ‘intentionally directed toward other persons but are also simultaneously expressed by internal bodily reactions … and body postures, gestures and facial expressions that are directly perceivable in social interactions and lead to interbodily resonance’. Christian Tewes, Christoph Durt, and Thomas Fuchs, “Introduction: The Interplay of Embodiment, Enaction and Culture,” in Embodiment, Enaction, and Culture: Investigating the Constitution of the Shared World, ed. Durt, Fuchs, and Tewes (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2017), 4.
  8. For a critical rediscovery of the importance of vision in processes of embodied and local knowledge see Cristina Grasseni, ed., Skilled Visions: Between Apprenticeship and Standards (New York: Berghahn Books, 2010).
  9. Such processes of thinking-through-making, where ‘the conduct of thought goes along with, and continually answers to, the fluxes and flows of the materials with which we work’, have been systematically explored by anthropologist Tim Ingold. Tim Ingold, Making: Anthropology, Archaeology, Art and Architecture (London: Routledge, 2013), 6.
  10. Julius Henrik Lange and Karl Johns, “Michelangelo and Marble (Copenhagen Gads, 1876),” Journal of Art Historiography 1 (2021): 1–27.
  11. Sven Dupré and Christine Göttler, eds., Knowledge and Discernment in the Early Modern Arts (New York: Routledge, 2017).
  12. Ronald Walkey, “A Lesson in Continuity: The Legacy of the Builder’s Guild in Northern Greece,” in Dwelling, Seeing, and Designing: Toward a Phenomenological Ecology, ed. David Seamon (Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1993), 129–57.
  13. For an in-depth analysis of the ways in which ‘natural symbols’ such as horizontals and verticals are impregnated by ‘conventional symbols’ which in turn connect to fundamental texts or narratives of a community or culture, see Karsten Harries, “Representation and Re-Presentation,” in The Ethical Function of Architecture, 118–33; Harries, “The Voices of Space,” in ibid, 180–200.
  14. Μαρία Τσούπη, “Εκκλησιαστικά Και Κοσμικά Λιθόγλυπτα Στην Ήπειρο. Τέλη 18ου-20ου Αιώνα. (Πανεπιστήμιο Ιωαννίνων, 2004).
  15. On figurativeness and the ‘animation’ of architectural work in the nineteenth century, and particularly in Gottfried Semper, see Caroline A Van Eck, “Figuration, Tectonics and Animism in Semper’s Der Stil,” Journal of Architecture 14, no. 3 (2009): 325–37.
  16. On gender identities, production processes, and social institutions in pre-industrial societies, see Martha C. Howell, Women, Production, and Patriarchy in Late Medieval Cities (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1986).
  17. Following Tom Avermaete, one may want to frame these strands of architectural thinking as the epistemes of ‘praxeology’ and ‘phenomenology’. Tom Avermaete, “A Black Box? Architecture and Its Epistemes,” in The Tacit Dimension. Architecture Knowledge and Scientific Research, ed. Lara Schrijver (Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2021), 69–82.
  18. José Rafael Moneo, “On Typology,” Oppositions 13 (1978): 23–46.
  19. Kenneth Frampton, “Rappel À l’ordre: The Case for the Tectonic,” in Labour, Work and Architecture (London: Phaidon Press, 2002), 91–103
  20. Dalibor Vesely, The Latent World of Architecture: Selected Essays, ed. Alexandra Stara and Peter Carl (New York: Routledge, 2023).
  21. Gottfried Semper, The Four Elements of Architecture and Other Writings, trans. Harry Francis Mallgrave and Wolfgang Herrmann (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010), 33.

Return to archive

title

A Post-Post Positional Praxis: Locating ideas of repair in a Southern city

Author

Jhono Bennett

Abstract

Abstract The legally implemented South African Apartheid city model of the 20th Century very specifically separated urban inhabitants along strict racial spatial definitions as set out by city practitioners and mandated by the national government on top of the existing colonial state model of segregation. These societal logics and legal systems have had a wide-scale systemic phyco-spatial effect on the many generations of urban dwellers who have no reference to patterns of living and space-making outside of this city-model. More specifically, the laws and regulations that carried these ideologies have instilled largely prejudiced tacit forms of understanding of self and ‘other’ that remain deeply entrenched in the spatial practitioners who are trusted to design and make within this context. For this reason, a critically proactive engagement with these harmfully biased tacit knowledge systems is a crucial endeavour across the built-environment practice – especially so in the architectural and the related spatial design disciplines. Such a deeply interpersonal recognition of such dynamics within spatial-design practice call for approaches, methods, and techniques that operate through considered and inclusive forms of practice that are often difficult to frame within the current ‘northern’ framings of the architect or the designer. Instead, other conceptual frameworks such as Southern Urbanism offer a more situated armature to locate these questions and begin an other-wisely based inquiry through these challenges. By thinking about an architectural - or more appropriately: a spatial design practice - through values and actions that are true to the locus of the site from which they exist, on the situated terms of the context that produce them, and through the languages – spoken, gestured and visual – that they are actioned through; the research holds an the potential to reveal other forms of more connective tacit knowledge that exist in these ways of making and maintaining urban spaces. Such an inquiry holds the potential to guide these practices both within the disciplines of the architect and support those engaging with these dynamics to expand their understandings of practice and the ‘Imaginative Geographies’ of separation and difference that continue to shape the post-Apartheid and post-Colonial cities of South Africa.

Locating a Tacit Collective Socio-Spatial Bias

A Tacitly Biased Socio-Spatial System

The twentieth-century South African Apartheid city model very specifically separated people socio-spatially along legally-justified racial categories, 1 Alan Mabin and Dan Smit, “Reconstructing South Africa’s Cities? The Making of Urban Planning 1900–2000,” Planning Perspectives 12, no. 2 (1997): 193–223; Leonard Thompson and Lynn Berat, A History of South Africa (Cape Town: Jonathan Ball, 2014). 56 -125 confining grossly unjust spatial access to the country’s resources to a White South African minority ruling class. Underpinned by the social ideologies of ‘separateness’ under the Apartheid state, these actions were implemented by practitioners through very explicit built infrastructures, overseen by officials at a city scale, and mandated by the national government policy frameworks that effectively continued the systems set in place by the preceding centuries of colonial control. These tacitly embedded socio-spatial logics have greatly contributed to the development of an interrelated entanglement of spatial injustices through racially unequal, economically stratified, and tacitly biased practices of spatial production. 2 Edgar Pieterse, “Post-Apartheid Geographies in South Africa: Why Are Urban Divides so Persistent?,” lecture, “Interdisciplinary Debates on Development and Cultures: Cities in Development – Spaces, Conflicts and Agency,” University of Leuven, 2009. It is widely understood that the generational effects of these socio-spatial systems of segregation have had deep psycho-spatial consequences throughout the built-environment, 3 Nqobile Malaza, “Black Urban, Black Research: Why Understanding Space and Identity in South Africa Still Matters,” in Changing Space, Changing City: Johannesburg after Apartheid, ed. Philip Harrison et al. (Johannesburg: Wits University Press, 2014), 553–67. and will most likely continue to do so for generations to come.

While the nature of these tacitly biased forms of built-environment production are hard to quantify, the embodied feelings of distrust expressed between various ‘others’, 4 Teresa Dirsuweit, “The Fear of Others: Responses to Crime and Urban Transformation in Johannesburg,” in Changing Space, Changing City, ed. Harrison et al., 546. the over-control and securitisation of shared spaces, and an endemically uneven distribution of crucial spatial resources demonstrate how these systems are tacitly reinforced in South African cities. 5 Vanessa Watson, “Deep Difference: Diversity, Planning and Ethics,” Planning Theory 5, no. 1 (March 2006): 31–50. In support of this, Doreen Massey emphasises the importance of acknowledging the lived aspects of spatiality and the importance this acknowledgement plays in the shared lives of people: ‘the way we think about space matters. It influences our understandings of the world, our attitudes to others, our politics’. 6 Doreen Massey, Space, Place, and Gender (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1994), 1.

Figure 9.1: The Apartheid City Model (Davies, 1983).

More specifically, the layers of unequally distributed infrastructure and prejudiced industry standards, combined with spatially embodied consumer-driven demand, have deeply entrenched these tacit biases within the spatial professions and disciplines – which are also products of these systems – entrusted to guide the design and development of the urban form. The individuals who make up this broader collection of practitioners are not faceless victims of their context, but real people with their own interrelated relationships to people and built form. As one such spatial practitioner, the author of this chapter, highlights, this reality is not an external critique of an ‘otherly’ location, but an equally complicit part of this system deeply situated within the milieu of living and practising in South African cities.

In Support of a Southern Feminist Approach

Recognising these interrelationships between the embedded tacit biases of the city-form and the embodied socio-spatial practices of a context such as South Africa leads to an important question around what can be done, and how to address this complex set of issues through the disciplinary framings and tools available. Traditional urban scholarship guides one towards global ideals of ‘best’ urban practice or form, but many contemporary scholars warn us of where these values are framed 7 Sujata Patel, “Is There a ‘South’ Perspective to Urban Studies?,” in The Routledge Handbook on Cities of the Global South, ed. Susan Parnell and Sophie Oldfield (New York: Routledge, 2014), 37–48. and how they are operationalised across vastly different contexts. This warning underlines an ongoing critical discussion around the forms of spatial knowledge that shape and guide contemporary urban research, and the need for more contextualised, indigenously-based, and localised values of internalising and theorising from place. 8 Ananya Roy, “Worlding the South: Towards a Post Colonial Urban Theory,” in The Routledge Handbook on Cities of the Global South, ed. Parnell and Oldfield, 9–20. These discussions centre around calls for more contextually responsible readings of space that are true to the locations where they exist, valued through the situated terms of the context that produce them, and actionable through the languages – spoken, gestured, and visual – that they are located in.

Such calls require approaches, methods, and techniques that operate through frameworks of practice that are often difficult to articulate outside of ‘Southern’ 9 Raewyn Connell, “Using Southern Theory: Decolonizing Social Thought in Theory, Research and Application,” Planning Theory 13, no. 2 (May 2014): 210–23. framings of contemporary research. Instead, emerging conceptual frameworks such as ‘Southern Urbanism’ 10 Abdou Maliq Simone, New Urban Worlds: Inhabiting Dissonant Times (Cambridge: Polity, 2017). are available, and in the larger dissertation, being employed by the author as a more situated and contextually responsive armature to support the project’s research aims. This has been carried out to locate such intentions of addressing South African spatial injustices and initiate an enquiry that works through the challenges of practising within a post-colonial and post-Apartheid South African city.

Figure 9.2: Developmental Gestures (Bennett, 2020)

When considering what a responsive architectural practice or, more appropriately, a spatial-design practice 11 An inclusive and transdisciplinary framing of design practices that works outside of professional and disciplinary boundaries that effect a social or Cartesian framing of ‘space’. could be in the face of such a complex set of local and global challenges, the locationally sensitive work being conducted through Southern Urban scholarship offers a Situated 12 Donna J. Haraway, “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective,” in Simians, Cyborgs, and Women: The Reinvention of Nature (London: Routledge, 1991), 183–202. means to initially house such a methodological enquiry around how this can be done, while feminist readings on theoretical concepts of ‘Positionality’ 13 Wendy E. Rowe, “Positionality,” in The SAGE Encyclopedia of Action Research, ed. David Coghlan and Mary Brydon-Miller (London: SAGE Publications, 2014), 628 and ‘Praxis’ 14 Katherine R. Allen, “Feminist Theory, Method, and Praxis: Toward a Critical Consciousness for Family and Close Relationship Scholars,” Journal of Social and Personal Relationships 40, no. 3 (2023): 899–936; bell hooks, Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope (New York: Routledge, 2003). are suggested in this chapter as a means of developing more actionable principles that speak to the positional and socio-spatial complexity of practising spatial-design in a ‘Southern’ city.

Urban scholar Vanessa Watson writes in support of such a Southern perspective on spatial practice. 15 Vanessa Watson, “The Case for a Southern Perspective in Planning Theory,” International Journal of E-Planning Research 3, no. 1 (2014): 23–37. Her work speaks to the relational recontextualisation of academic knowledge bases that has taken place across the humanities, recognised as the Southern Turn. 16 Connell, “Using Southern Theory.” Regarding urban studies, these are part of a collection of efforts that makes the case for the development of alternative theoretical resources against an existing dominant urban discourse. These sentiments are shared by scholars who, 17 Most commonly referenced is Ananya Roy’s offering of the term subaltern urbanism as a possibility for a different disposition towards Southern Theory.  Jennifer Robinson, Ordinary Cities: Between Modernity and Development (New York: Routledge, 2013). in the face of neo-liberal and postcolonial discourses on cities, state that urban theoretical insights cannot be based on the experiences of a small selection of globally wealthy cities.  In terms of the literature on Southern theories, these applied concepts are deeply concerned with practices of working ‘locationally’ 18 Teresa P. R. Caldeira, “Peripheral Urbanization: Autoconstruction, Transversal Logics, and Politics in Cities of the Global South,” Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 35, no. 1 (2017): 3–20. from place and operating from the ‘periphery’, 19 Simone’s concept of the periphery is multivalent, and includes ideas of entanglements, spaces-in-between, and the concept of possibility. Simone, New Urban Worlds. and seek to exist beyond the epistemic hegemonies of relational ‘norths’. 20 Not a geographical north, but a relational hegemonic counterpoint. Ananya Roy, “Slumdog Cities: Rethinking Subaltern Urbanism,” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 35, no. 2 (2011): 223–38. On this point of epistemic hegemony, it is important to articulate the author’s rationale for framing the larger dissertation through Southern principles as a positionally ethical 21 In reflection on Smith’s code of conduct for research. Linda Tuhiwai Smith, Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples (London: Zed Books, 1999). means of acknowledging the ‘incommensurable limits’ 22 Wayne Yang and Eve Tuck, “Decolonization Is Not a Metaphor,” Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education, & Society 1, no. 1 (2012): 1–40. of someone of their positionality to conduct critical decolonial academic work. 23 For this reason, the author acknowledges, but refrains from citing, texts by other decolonial scholars whose work is directed towards and in support of voices other than the author’s demographic position. This point is made to carefully acknowledge the distinction between decoloniality and decolonisation. Walter Mignolo and Catherine E. Walsh, “Decoloniality in / as Praxis Part One,” in On Decoloniality: Concepts, Analytics, Praxis (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2018). The important link that has been identified between Southern and Decolonial literature is an acknowledgement of displaced communities of knowledge and the efforts required in rearticulating these knowledges through critical actions in addition to the conceptual displacement of localised academic vocabularies. In support of this, Gautam Bhan describes the ‘south’ as a relational condition. 24 Gautam Bhan, “Notes on a Southern Urban Practice,” Environment and Urbanization 31, no. 2 (January 2019): 639–54. Bhan carefully explains how it should not be seen as a geographical location, but as a set of moving peripheries in response to a more normative ‘northern’ hegemony on understanding the urban. 25 Bhan refers to the concept of ex-loci. Jean Comaroff and John L. Comaroff, Theory from the South: Or, How Euro-America Is Evolving Toward Africa (New York: Routledge, 2016).

Framing a Practice Orientated Design-Based Enquiry

Drawing from concerns of location and responsive action in Southern theories, Positionality 26 Gillian Rose, “Situating Knowledges: Positionality, Reflexivities and Other Tactics,” Progress in Human Geography 21, no. 3 (1997): 305–20. as a concept for research practice grounds much of the larger dissertation that this chapter supports.  The author’s concerns and framing of their own positionality within the larger study were deeply engaged with in earlier work, 27 Jhono Bennett, “Navigating the What-What: Spirit of the Order,” in “Species of Theses and Other Pieces,” ed. Meike Schalk, Torsten Lange, Elena Markus, Andreas Putz, and Tijana Stevanovic, special issue, Dimensions. Journal of Architectural Knowledge 2, no. 3 (April 2022): 229–45. but an important acknowledgement should be noted in a need for more situated 28 Haraway, “Situated Knowledges.” and positionally critical forms of knowledge production in post-colonial academic contexts. This is further expanded by the feminist operationalisations of Praxis, which call for a ‘translation of theory into action by working for social change locally, nationally, and globally’. 29 Allen, “Feminist Theory, Method, and Praxis,” 3. Similarly aligned scholars have expanded on these concepts and bring to this field more critically interpretative, actionable, and multi-locational concerns on situated knowledges in response to concerns of race, identity, and global power in the twenty-first century. In this regard, Lynette Hunter 30 Lynette Hunter, “Situated Knowledge,” in Mapping Landscapes for Performance as Research: Scholarly Acts and Creative Cartographies, ed. Shannon Rose Riley and Hunter (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009), 151–53. Hunter makes reference to the contribution of Patricia Collins in the latter’s article, “Learning from the Outsider Within: The Sociological Significance of Black Feminist Thought,” Social Problems 33, supplement 6 (1886): s14–s32. explains how such situated knowledge simultaneously refers to more tacit forms of understanding that exist both textually – what – and in action – how.

Building on the polymath Michael Polanyi’s work, 31 Michael Polanyi uses the example of tacitly recognising a face in a crowd by knowing the features of the face. He suggests that one can tacitly know something more comprehensive by focusing on the particulars of the facts, which enables one to ‘know more than we can tell’. See Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1967; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2013). the sociologist Harry Collins offers a framing of three different forms of tacit knowledge: the weak, ‘Relational Tacit Knowledges’; the medium, ‘Somatic Tacit Knowledges’; and the strong, ‘Collective Tacit Knowledges’. 32 Harry Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010). These collectively biased knowledge practices manifest in the built environment in contextually specific ways that only a handful of spatial disciplines are equipped to engage with, namely those concerned with the actioned subjectivities of design and making. This systemic aspect of spatial ‘knowledge-how’ in the built environment carries implications that reach beyond that of a single building’s scope, as these individual interventions ultimately add up to larger shared collective system of space that form the South African towns and cities. The different articulations of practice and theory are an important lens for this study, as acknowledged by Polanyi, who describes the importance of recognising the varied aspects of tacit knowledge at different levels of society, but points out that the individual body remains the ultimate instrument of external knowledge, whether practical or intellectual. 33 Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension. It is these themes of Collective Tacit Knowledges that this study draws most strongly from, specifically the forms of knowledge that are considered more collectively biased or prejudiced through the production of shared urban spaces, in this case South African cities.

In outlining the possible modalities for engaging with such forms of tacit knowledge, the definition of what constitutes design – or even practice – used by the author differs slightly from contemporary writing on design research. 34 Nigel Cross, “Designerly Ways of Knowing: Design Discipline versus Design Science,” Design Issues 17, no. 3 (Summer (2001): 49–55; Linda N. Groat and David Wang, Architectural Research Methods (Hoboken: Wiley, 2013). Instead, they align more closely with built-environment practitioner and scholar Donald Schön’s critique of the positivist aspects of traditional ideas of design 35 Donald A. Schön, The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action (New York: Basic Books, 2013). towards more iterative and transformative concerns on iterative engagement through the idea of repair and maintenance. While traditional design-led research can be understood as a knowledge-focused methodology that integrates design practices and processes to examine what can be learned through practitioner action, 36 Simon Grand and Wolfgang Jonas, eds., Mapping Design Research: Positions and Perspectives (Basel: Birkhäuser, 2012); Abel, Design Research. design researcher Amollo Ambole 37 Amollo Ambole, “Rethinking Design Making and Design Thinking in Africa,” Design and Culture 12, no. 3 (2020): 331–50. makes an important case for decentring the way we understand design from a ‘northern’ perspective.

In this regard, Schön’s own work on such reflective approaches to practice makes an important distinction between research and practice, but offers iterative reflection as a means of interpreting practice and extracting the more explicit forms of what he classifies as research. In this regard, a practice-orientated approach is considered to involve an enquiry into methods, systems, programmes, and policies of professional practice, with the ultimate aim to employ research knowledge towards bettering the implementation of practice. 38 Nick J. Fox, “Practice-Based Evidence: Towards Collaborative and Transgressive Research,” Sociology 37, no. 1 (2003): 81–102. Towards this goal, the larger dissertation frames the research enquiry as practice-oriented, but design-based.

Locating Practice Values in a Southern City

The Post-Post City

Johannesburg is a city that was never meant to be. Its locational origins were determined by the randtjieslaagte, a small section of un-surveyed land, 39 The name given to the uitvolgrond – left over land – between surveys. and was built so rapidly and in response to such extractive industrial forces that to this day we do not know which Johannes the name of the city refers to. 40 Clive M. Chipkin, Johannesburg Transition: Architecture and Society from 1950 (Johannesburg: STE Publishers, 2008). Joburg is not located near any natural water resources, 41 Joburg draws its major water via a dam that is supplied by South Africa’s neighbouring country, Lesotho. and the urban form that most directly influenced the city was shaped by the inverted splash of a meteor that struck this part of the earth 2 billion years ago. This cosmic impact forced the gold seam closer to the surface, which was discovered in the mid-nineteenth century and played a key role in the British invasion of the independent Boer Republic, the Transvaal, decades later. The East/West axis of the meteorologically informed geology of the ‘mining belt’ – a strip of industrial infrastructure built in response to the gold – originally split Joburg across a clear northern (affluent) and southern (labour force) divide. The human capital that shaped the spatial formation of Joburg reflects the multitude of national, ethnic, and cultural bodies and voices that each played their part in producing a 120-year-old city that today is one of the most unequal metropolises in the world. 42 South African Cities Network SACN, State of Cities Reports – SA Cities (4th Edition), Knowledge Hub, 2016.

In 1994, the first democratic elections in South Africa were held, ushering in the beginning of the ‘new South Africa’ under what Archbishop Desmond Tutu termed the Rainbow Nation. 43 Thompson and Berat, A History of South Africa. The newly revoked pass laws 44 Apartheid-era laws that controlled and curtailed the movement of non-White South Africans. and the dismantling of the Apartheid State saw a mass-influx of people to urban centres among a host of internal migrations from various groupings of South Africa. As the largest city in South Africa, Joburg became a centre for this urban influx and continued its role as the promised ‘city of gold’. Joburg was again a focal point of political shifts as the leaders of the #FeesMustFall movement guided the protesting students through the streets of the city to the seat of government in the nation’s capital, Pretoria, to demand their right to the country’s resources – through access to higher education 45 Rekgotsofetse Chikane, Breaking a Rainbow, Building a Nation: The Politics Behind #MustFall Movements (Johannesburg: Picador Africa, 2018). –against increasing socio-economic disparity, racial inequality, and the call for a decolonised education system.

Figure 9.3: Times Magazine Cover (Times, 2019)

This period saw the end of the rhetoric of Rainbowism 46 The colloquial term for the disregard or sugar-coating of race-related issues around the mantra of the Rainbow Nation. Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh, “The Game’s the Same: ‘MustFall’ moves to Euro-America,” in Fees Must Fall: Student revolt, decolonisation and governance in South Africa, ed. Susan Booysen (Johannesburg: Wits University Press, 2016), 74–86. and brought to the fore a more critical discourse on social justice that championed the importance of a truly decolonial reconfiguration of post-Apartheid academia, society, and South Africa more broadly. It appears that the country is currently in a phase of renegotiating their framed epoch as, at the time of writing, there is not a ‘new’ framing concept in use by any part of South African society. For now, the author has borrowed from the colloquial conceptualisation of time that describes Now as this very moment, Just-Now as an indefinite period between a few hours and few days, and Now-Now as a time that is coming, but may never come: the Post-Post Apartheid city.

Southern Revisitations

Although Johannesburg was built before the Group Areas Act 47 The Group Areas Act was the legal policy that required people of different government-classified race groups to live in different government-defined areas in either Townships or rural Homelands known as Bantustans, located hundreds of kilometres from urban centres. was put in force in the 1950s, the separative patterns of labour, industry, and housing put in place by both the Traansvaal government 48 The Traansvaal was the independent Boer Republic that preceded the colonial Union of South Africa, formed in 1911. Thompson and Berat, A History of South Africa. and, later, British colonial forces preceded an urban structure that was later entrenched through the control of labour between the city centre, the townships, 49 Townships were the areas designated for non-White South Africans. During Apartheid, Black South Africans were legally denied access to ‘White South Africa’. Today, the word is used interchangeably with poor, non-White areas. and the rural homelands through the larger Apartheid system. The twentieth-century Apartheid city model, implemented by law, very specifically separated inhabitants and users along strict zoning and racial definitions as set out by city planners and mandated by the national government. Each adopted an internal core – a Central Business District (CBD) – that acted as a hub between industrial areas, outlying white neighbourhoods, and non-white townships, and severely controlled access times, modes, and users. 50 R. J. Davies, “The Spatial Formation of the South African City,” GeoJournal 2, supplement 2 (1981): s59–s72.

The model employed various natural and manmade ‘buffers’ to separate these areas that included industrial zones, rivers, mountains and, in the case of Johannesburg, the unusable extracted ore from mining known locally as the ‘mine dumps’.

Figure 9.4: The Apartheid National Segregation (Davies, 1983)

Apartheid-era townships were placed at the edges of these urban centres and operated as dormitory towns to which homeland residents with families would be allocated by the government; as a result, they were severely underserviced. In addition to the township housing, several multi-storeyed ‘hostel’ housing options were allocated to those looking for work near cities. These systems allowed single men or women from homeland areas to apply for state-controlled housing in the form of multi-storey hostels in order to work in the mines and industry of the city and surrounding areas. 51 Thompson and Berat, A History of South Africa. These hostels were typically divided ‘culturally’ along South Africa’s larger tribal groupings and further separated by gender.

Beyond the technical challenges inherent in this work, these efforts continue to be mired by detrimental, tacitly-embedded stigmas and embodied perceptions which undermine much of the work undertaken in this sector. This observation was more broadly captured in the larger dissertation during a series of reflective ‘revisitations’ by the author through their own practice work undertaken with a Zulu men’s hostel, Denver, from within their role within a small practice collective. 52 Aformal Terrain – AT – was a collaborative and collective architecture/urbanism/landscape group that closely engaged with complex urban conditions. This collaboration worked for many years with the leadership of Denver, providing socio-technical support towards the ‘upgrading’ of the informal settlement through the governmental programmes in place. These experiences were revisited through the Site-Writing 53 Jane Rendell, “Critical Spatial Practice: A Feminist Sketch of some Modes and what Matters,” in Feminist Practices, ed. Lori Brown (Farnham: Ashgate, 2012), 17–55. methods developed in the larger dissertation, captured in a series of visual exercises entitled ‘Re-Returning to the Mining Belt’ (see Fig. 9.4–8), which additionally drew from a decade of work in similar contexts across South Africa.

Figure 9.5: Mining Belt Revisitations 1 (Bennett, 2021)

Figure 9.6: Mining Belt Revisitations 2 (Bennett, 2021)

Figure 9.7: Mining Belt Revisitations 3 (Bennett, 2021)

Figure 9.8: Mining Belt Revisitations 4 (Bennett, 2021)

Figure 9.9: Mining Belt Revisitations 5 (Bennett, 2021)

Sites such as Denver actively blur already tacitly-biased categories by being both an ‘informal settlement’ as well as in the ‘occupied building’ category. The socially collective, physically supportive, and contextually incremental means of managing people and built infrastructure employed by Denver residents that were revealed by this revisit to Denver demonstrate what ideas of both social and physical repair and contextualised concepts of maintenance could mean outside of the ‘formalised/northern’ readings of infrastructure and built form. Typically, they provide more affordable and socially cohesive living opportunities for those who cannot afford safer options, but at a potentially high risk of danger and precarious living conditions. This observation is in direct contradiction to how top-down upgrading efforts tend to ignore the existing leadership and social maintenance structures, side-line existing social patterns, and impose contextually-sensitive systems in place of what is currently at work: implementing physical ‘solutions’ that often quickly fall into physical disrepair shortly after being imposed upon a partly willing group of people. This sentiment is not intended to romanticise the living conditions of informal settlements, but rather to point out that the values that underpin their continued existence and growth remain unengaged with, largely due to what is considered ‘best global’ practice by local governmental actors for an urban practice such as ‘informal settlement’ upgrading. Such ‘northern’ values are often superimposed upon local conditions through governmental and professional practitioners’ top-down approaches. 54 Nabeel Hamdi, Small Change: About the Art of Practice and the Limits of Planning in Cities (London: Earthscan, 2013).

Locating a Post-Post Positional Praxis

Towards a Reparative Praxis

In response to these embedded tacit systems of socio-spatial bias in the built form, embodied through city-practitioners, the author has seen in their Site-Writing investigations how such systems manifest in anti-poor, anti-foreign national, and anti-‘informality’ undertows that are deeply present in this sector of urban spatial practice. 55 Marie Huchzermeyer, Cities with ‘Slums’: From informal settlement eradication to a right to the city in Africa (Claremont, SA: UCT Press, 2011). As there is no technical or legal definition of ‘informality’ in South Africa – as engaged with in the ‘Spirit of the Order’ 56 Bennett, “Spirit of the Order: Navigating the What-What.” revisitation in the larger dissertation – these tacitly biased readings are a strong example of how Collective Tacit Knowledge in socio-spatial systems shapes the understandings of what is acceptable within a city, and what is undesired. Such readings draw much basis from localised ‘northern’ internalisations of ‘good’ urbanity and who has the right to the resources of the post-post South African city. Such contradictory understandings and actions towards what are termed ‘upgrading’, as revealed in the larger dissertation, betray these prejudices, and often perpetuate the very inhumane living conditions through actions such as eviction or sabotage of people’s homes to encourage their departure from an area. These misreadings allude to a very present cognitive dissonance and reading of the people and city that the author feels is best explained by Edward Said’s term, imaginative geographies, 57 Edward W. Said, Orientalism (London: Vintage, 1979) 97. a concept that speaks to the collective biases of those outside of a particular spatial reality and the perpetuating factors of societal power that continue to support a prejudiced view of a place.

Figure 9.10: Constellation’s of Spatial Practice (Bennett, 2022)

There is an acknowledged, seemingly contradictory approach that is being outlined in this chapter. On the one hand, the author asks the reader to recognise the cross-positional complexities of being situated within an embedded system and the embodied tacit bias of being situated in a fundamentally unjust socio-spatial system. On the other hand, the reader is also asked to take seriously the nuance and located values of urban paradigms outside of a ‘northern’ framing of the city towards a more contextually attuned modality of practice within a post-post city, such as Johannesburg. It is at the intersection of these contradictions that the author highlights why the importance of a critically-situated, creative, and design-based approach is such a crucial means for interrogating these conditions and responsibly proposing ways of staying with 58 Donna Haraway, Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2016). these complexities. This approach requires one to work through these challenges by means of a considered and iterative Praxis, based on the feminist application of actioning theory towards social change as a means of tying such theoretical intent back into context.

Among the various concepts that are recognised in the growing field of Southern Urbanism, ideas of ‘Repair’ 59 Bhan, “Notes on a Southern Urban Practice,” 7. within Southern cities which hold to more collective forms of both physical and social maintenance have emerged as an imperative line of propositional framing. In support of this development, more social-justice concepts of ‘Reparative Practices’ 60 Vanesa Caston Broto, Linda Westman, and Ping Huang, “Reparative Innovation for Urban Climate Adaptation,” Journal of the British Academy 9, supplement 9 (October 2021): s205–s18. have found their way into the emerging model of Praxis 61 As understood as a link of action to reflection in the work of bell hooks and Paulo Freire: bell hooks, Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope; Paulo Freire, Pedagogy of the Oppressed, trans. Myra Bergman Ramos (London: Penguin, 2017). being developed by the author, and are framed in the larger dissertation as a means of navigating the complexities of being part of a location’s endemic issues and drawing theoretical basis from within. This is further supported by the initial findings from the field work of the larger dissertation, ‘Constellations of Spatial Practice’, where interviewed spatial-design practitioners described how they iteratively and reflexively ask themselves how they should frame the project between their partners and the different agents of change – i.e., government, private sector, and support NGOs – to channel and scaffold the support they have been providing. These findings have been initially interpreted through a praxis tool, ‘A Spatial Practice Phrase Book’ 62 This tool has been structured as a ‘Phrase Book’ to allow for multiple situated interpretations of local concepts and terms, guided by Southern principle of location and place. (Fig. 9.11). These practitioners shape their actions to respond on the grass-roots human scale while speaking to the higher order principles of sustainable city-making in a Southern African urban context. These actions were seen to be carried out over many years, and required a relationship to Repair that went beyond simple physical maintenance and spoke to the socio-spatial values of social repair through iterative social engagement and constant re-evaluation through checking in.

Regarding the case offered in this study, the author believes that the daily proximities of such inequality in a context like South Africa over generations – and generations to come – requires such an iterative and simultaneous layered approach of understanding and proactive action towards a spatial-design praxis of both reflection and action. Although the study focuses on post-post South Africa and similar Southern cities, the positionally critical and systemically complex approaches needed to both understand and work through such a tacitly biased system of spatial injustice are not limited to this context. This investigation reveals not only the relevance of such an enquiry to South Africa, but offers a methodological means of interrogating other embedded and embodied forms of spatial inequality and biased Collective Tacit Knowledge across the world. The larger arc of the dissertation’s research holds the potential to reveal forms of more connective tacit knowledges – in the face of prejudiced built forms – that exist through ways of making and maintaining spaces through ideas of social and physical repair across a rapidly urbanising world.

Figure 9.11: A Spatial Phrase Book (Bennett, 2021)

Bibliography

  • Abel, Chris. 2011. Design Research. CTBUH Journal.
  • Allen, Katherine R. “Feminist Theory, Method, and Praxis: Toward a Critical Consciousness for Family and Close Relationship Scholars.” Journal of Social and Personal Relationships 40, no. 3 (2023): 899–936.
  • Ambole, Amollo. “Rethinking Design Making and Design Thinking in Africa.” Design and Culture 12, no. 3 (2020): 331–50.
  • bell hooks. Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope. New York: Routledge, 2003.
  • Bennett, Jhono. “Navigating the What-What: Spirit of the Order.” In “Species of Theses and Other Pieces,” ed. Meike Schalk, Torsten Lange, Elena Markus, Andreas Putz, and Tijana Stevanovic.
  • Special issue, Dimensions. Journal of Architectural Knowledge 2, no. 3 (April 2022): 229–45.
  • Bhan, Gautam. “Notes on a Southern Urban Practice.” Environment and Urbanization 31, no. 2 (January 2019): 639–54.
  • Broto, Vanesa Caston, Linda Westman, and Ping Huang. “Reparative Innovation for Urban Climate Adaptation.” Journal of the British Academy 9, supplement 9 (October 2021): s205–s18.
  • Caldeira, Teresa P. R. “Peripheral Urbanization: Autoconstruction, Transversal Logics, and Politics in Cities of the Global South.” Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 35, no. 1 (2017): 3–20.
  • Chikane, Rekgotsofetse. Breaking a Rainbow, Building a Nation: The Politics Behind #MustFall Movements. Johannesburg: Picador Africa, 2018.
  • Chipkin, Clive M. Johannesburg Transition: Architecture and Society from 1950. Johannesburg: STE Publishers, 2008.
  • Collins, Patricia. “Learning from the Outsider Within: The Sociological Significance of Black Feminist Thought.” Social Problems 33, supplement 6 (1886): s14–s32
  • Comaroff, Jean, and John L. Comaroff. Theory from the South: Or, How Euro-America Is Evolving Toward Africa. New York: Routledge, 2016.
  • Connell, Raewyn. “Using Southern Theory: Decolonizing Social Thought in Theory, Research and Application.” Planning Theory 13, no. 2 (May 2014): 210–23.
  • Cross, Nigel. “Designerly Ways of Knowing: Design Discipline versus Design Science.” Design Issues 17, no. 3 (Summer (2001): 49–55.
  • Davies, R. J. “The Spatial Formation of the South African City.” GeoJournal 2, supplement 2 (1981): s59–s72.
  • Dirsuweit, Teresa. “The Fear Of Others: Responses To Crime And Urban Transformation In Johannesburg.” In Changing Space, Changing City: Johannesburg after Apartheid, edited by Philip
  • Harrison et al., 546–52. Johannesburg: Wits University Press, 2014.
  • Fox, Nick J. “Practice-Based Evidence: Towards Collaborative and Transgressive Research.” Sociology 37, no. 1 (2003): 81–102.
  • Freire, Paulo. Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Translated by Myra Bergman Ramos. London: Penguin, 2017.
  • Grand, Simon, and Wolfgang Jonas, eds. Mapping Design Research: Positions and Perspectives. Basel: Birkhäuser, 2012.
  • Groat, Linda N., and David Wang. Architectural Research Methods. Hoboken: Wiley, 2013.
  • Hamdi, Nabeel. Small Change: About the Art of Practice and the Limits of Planning in Cities. London: Earthscan, 2013.
  • Haraway, Donna J. “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective.” In Simians, Cyborgs, and Women: The Reinvention of Nature, 183–202.
  • London: Routledge, 1991.
  • Haraway, Donna J. Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2016.
  • Huchzermeyer, Marie. Cities with ‘Slums’: From informal settlement eradication to a right to the city in Africa. Claremont, SA: UCT Press, 2011.
  • Hunter, Lynette. “Situated Knowledge.” In Mapping Landscapes for Performance as Research: Scholarly Acts and Creative Cartographies, edited by Shannon Rose Riley and Hunter, 151–53. London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.
  • Mabin, Alan, and Dan Smit. “Reconstructing South Africa’s Cities? The Making of Urban Planning 1900–2000.” Planning Perspectives 12, no. 2 (1997): 193–223.
  • Malaza, Nqobile. “Black Urban, Black Research: Why Understanding Space and Identity in South Africa Still Matters.” In Changing Space, Changing City: Johannesburg after Apartheid, edited by
  • Philip Harrison et al., 553–67. Johannesburg: Wits University Press, 2014.
  • Massey, Doreen. Space, Place, and Gender. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1994.
  • Mignolo, Walter, and Catherine E. Walsh. “Decoloniality in / as Praxis Part One.” In On Decoloniality: Concepts, Analytics, Praxis, 1–14. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2018.
  • Mpofu-Walsh, Sizwe. “The Game’s the Same: ‘MustFall’ moves to Euro-America.” In Fees Must Fall: Student revolt, decolonisation and governance in South Africa, edited by Susan Booysen, 74–86. Johannesburg: Wits University Press, 2016.
  • Patel, Sujata. “Is There a ‘South’ Perspective to Urban Studies?” In The Routledge Handbook on Cities of the Global South, edited by Susan Parnell and Sophie Oldfield, 37–48. New York: Routledge, 2014.
  • Pieterse, Edgar. “Post-Apartheid Geographies in South Africa: Why Are Urban Divides so Persistent?” Lecture, “Interdisciplinary Debates on Development and Cultures: Cities in Development – Spaces, Conflicts and Agency,” University of Leuven, 2009.
  • Rendell, Jane. “Critical Spatial Practice: A Feminist Sketch of some Modes and what Matters.’ In Feminist Practices, edited by Lori Brown, 17–55. Farnham: Ashgate, 2012.
  • Robinson, Jennifer. Ordinary Cities: Between Modernity and Development. New York: Routledge, 2013.
  • Rose, Gillian. “Situating Knowledges: Positionality, Reflexivities and Other Tactics.” Progress in Human Geography 21, no. 3 (1997): 305–20.
  • Rowe, Wendy E. “Positionality.” In The SAGE Encyclopedia of Action Research, edited by David Coghlan and Mary Brydon-Miller. London: SAGE Publications, 2014. 15-19
  • Roy, Ananya. “Slumdog Cities: Rethinking Subaltern Urbanism.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research35, no. 2 (2011): 223–38.
  • Roy, Ananya. “Worlding the South: Towards a Post Colonial Urban Theory.” In The Routledge Handbook on Cities of the Global South, edited by Susan Parnell and Sophie Oldfield, 9–20. New York: Routledge, 2014.
  • SACN, South African Cities Network. 2016. State of South African Cities Report, ’16. Edited by Kristina Davidson and Geci Karuri-Sebina. Johannesburg, South Africa: e South African Cities Network. http://www.sacities.net/the-state-of-south-african-cities-report-2016.
  • Said, Edward W. Orientalism. London: Vintage, 1979.
  • Schön, Donald A. The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action. New York: Basic Books, 2013.
  • Simone, Abdou Maliq. New Urban Worlds: Inhabiting Dissonant Times. Cambridge: Polity, 2017.
  • Smith, Linda Tuhiwai. Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples. London: Zed Books, 1999.
  • Thompson, Leonard, and Lynn Berat. A History of South Africa. Cape Town: Jonathan Ball, 2014.
  • Watson, Vanessa. “The Case for a Southern Perspective in Planning Theory.” International Journal of E-Planning Research 3, no. 1 (2014): 23–37.
  • Watson, Vanessa. “Deep Difference: Diversity, Planning and Ethics.” Planning Theory 5, no. 1 (March 2006): 31–50.
  • Yang, Wayne, and Eve Tuck. “Decolonization Is Not a Metaphor.” Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education, & Society 1, no. 1 (2012): 1–40.
  1. Alan Mabin and Dan Smit, “Reconstructing South Africa’s Cities? The Making of Urban Planning 1900–2000,” Planning Perspectives 12, no. 2 (1997): 193–223; Leonard Thompson and Lynn Berat, A History of South Africa (Cape Town: Jonathan Ball, 2014). 56 -125
  2. Edgar Pieterse, “Post-Apartheid Geographies in South Africa: Why Are Urban Divides so Persistent?,” lecture, “Interdisciplinary Debates on Development and Cultures: Cities in Development – Spaces, Conflicts and Agency,” University of Leuven, 2009.
  3. Nqobile Malaza, “Black Urban, Black Research: Why Understanding Space and Identity in South Africa Still Matters,” in Changing Space, Changing City: Johannesburg after Apartheid, ed. Philip Harrison et al. (Johannesburg: Wits University Press, 2014), 553–67.
  4. Teresa Dirsuweit, “The Fear of Others: Responses to Crime and Urban Transformation in Johannesburg,” in Changing Space, Changing City, ed. Harrison et al., 546.
  5. Vanessa Watson, “Deep Difference: Diversity, Planning and Ethics,” Planning Theory 5, no. 1 (March 2006): 31–50.
  6. Doreen Massey, Space, Place, and Gender (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1994), 1.
  7. Sujata Patel, “Is There a ‘South’ Perspective to Urban Studies?,” in The Routledge Handbook on Cities of the Global South, ed. Susan Parnell and Sophie Oldfield (New York: Routledge, 2014), 37–48.
  8. Ananya Roy, “Worlding the South: Towards a Post Colonial Urban Theory,” in The Routledge Handbook on Cities of the Global South, ed. Parnell and Oldfield, 9–20.
  9. Raewyn Connell, “Using Southern Theory: Decolonizing Social Thought in Theory, Research and Application,” Planning Theory 13, no. 2 (May 2014): 210–23.
  10. Abdou Maliq Simone, New Urban Worlds: Inhabiting Dissonant Times (Cambridge: Polity, 2017).
  11. An inclusive and transdisciplinary framing of design practices that works outside of professional and disciplinary boundaries that effect a social or Cartesian framing of ‘space’.
  12. Donna J. Haraway, “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective,” in Simians, Cyborgs, and Women: The Reinvention of Nature (London: Routledge, 1991), 183–202.
  13. Wendy E. Rowe, “Positionality,” in The SAGE Encyclopedia of Action Research, ed. David Coghlan and Mary Brydon-Miller (London: SAGE Publications, 2014), 628
  14. Katherine R. Allen, “Feminist Theory, Method, and Praxis: Toward a Critical Consciousness for Family and Close Relationship Scholars,” Journal of Social and Personal Relationships 40, no. 3 (2023): 899–936; bell hooks, Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope (New York: Routledge, 2003).
  15. Vanessa Watson, “The Case for a Southern Perspective in Planning Theory,” International Journal of E-Planning Research 3, no. 1 (2014): 23–37.
  16. Connell, “Using Southern Theory.”
  17. Most commonly referenced is Ananya Roy’s offering of the term subaltern urbanism as a possibility for a different disposition towards Southern Theory.  Jennifer Robinson, Ordinary Cities: Between Modernity and Development (New York: Routledge, 2013).
  18. Teresa P. R. Caldeira, “Peripheral Urbanization: Autoconstruction, Transversal Logics, and Politics in Cities of the Global South,” Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 35, no. 1 (2017): 3–20.
  19. Simone’s concept of the periphery is multivalent, and includes ideas of entanglements, spaces-in-between, and the concept of possibility. Simone, New Urban Worlds.
  20. Not a geographical north, but a relational hegemonic counterpoint. Ananya Roy, “Slumdog Cities: Rethinking Subaltern Urbanism,” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 35, no. 2 (2011): 223–38.
  21. In reflection on Smith’s code of conduct for research. Linda Tuhiwai Smith, Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples (London: Zed Books, 1999).
  22. Wayne Yang and Eve Tuck, “Decolonization Is Not a Metaphor,” Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education, & Society 1, no. 1 (2012): 1–40.
  23. For this reason, the author acknowledges, but refrains from citing, texts by other decolonial scholars whose work is directed towards and in support of voices other than the author’s demographic position. This point is made to carefully acknowledge the distinction between decoloniality and decolonisation. Walter Mignolo and Catherine E. Walsh, “Decoloniality in / as Praxis Part One,” in On Decoloniality: Concepts, Analytics, Praxis (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2018).
  24. Gautam Bhan, “Notes on a Southern Urban Practice,” Environment and Urbanization 31, no. 2 (January 2019): 639–54.
  25. Bhan refers to the concept of ex-loci. Jean Comaroff and John L. Comaroff, Theory from the South: Or, How Euro-America Is Evolving Toward Africa (New York: Routledge, 2016).
  26. Gillian Rose, “Situating Knowledges: Positionality, Reflexivities and Other Tactics,” Progress in Human Geography 21, no. 3 (1997): 305–20.
  27. Jhono Bennett, “Navigating the What-What: Spirit of the Order,” in “Species of Theses and Other Pieces,” ed. Meike Schalk, Torsten Lange, Elena Markus, Andreas Putz, and Tijana Stevanovic, special issue, Dimensions. Journal of Architectural Knowledge 2, no. 3 (April 2022): 229–45.
  28. Haraway, “Situated Knowledges.”
  29. Allen, “Feminist Theory, Method, and Praxis,” 3.
  30. Lynette Hunter, “Situated Knowledge,” in Mapping Landscapes for Performance as Research: Scholarly Acts and Creative Cartographies, ed. Shannon Rose Riley and Hunter (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009), 151–53. Hunter makes reference to the contribution of Patricia Collins in the latter’s article, “Learning from the Outsider Within: The Sociological Significance of Black Feminist Thought,” Social Problems 33, supplement 6 (1886): s14–s32.
  31. Michael Polanyi uses the example of tacitly recognising a face in a crowd by knowing the features of the face. He suggests that one can tacitly know something more comprehensive by focusing on the particulars of the facts, which enables one to ‘know more than we can tell’. See Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1967; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2013).
  32. Harry Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010).
  33. Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension.
  34. Nigel Cross, “Designerly Ways of Knowing: Design Discipline versus Design Science,” Design Issues 17, no. 3 (Summer (2001): 49–55; Linda N. Groat and David Wang, Architectural Research Methods (Hoboken: Wiley, 2013).
  35. Donald A. Schön, The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action (New York: Basic Books, 2013).
  36. Simon Grand and Wolfgang Jonas, eds., Mapping Design Research: Positions and Perspectives (Basel: Birkhäuser, 2012); Abel, Design Research.
  37. Amollo Ambole, “Rethinking Design Making and Design Thinking in Africa,” Design and Culture 12, no. 3 (2020): 331–50.
  38. Nick J. Fox, “Practice-Based Evidence: Towards Collaborative and Transgressive Research,” Sociology 37, no. 1 (2003): 81–102.
  39. The name given to the uitvolgrond – left over land – between surveys.
  40. Clive M. Chipkin, Johannesburg Transition: Architecture and Society from 1950 (Johannesburg: STE Publishers, 2008).
  41. Joburg draws its major water via a dam that is supplied by South Africa’s neighbouring country, Lesotho.
  42. South African Cities Network SACN, State of Cities Reports – SA Cities (4th Edition), Knowledge Hub, 2016.
  43. Thompson and Berat, A History of South Africa.
  44. Apartheid-era laws that controlled and curtailed the movement of non-White South Africans.
  45. Rekgotsofetse Chikane, Breaking a Rainbow, Building a Nation: The Politics Behind #MustFall Movements (Johannesburg: Picador Africa, 2018).
  46. The colloquial term for the disregard or sugar-coating of race-related issues around the mantra of the Rainbow Nation. Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh, “The Game’s the Same: ‘MustFall’ moves to Euro-America,” in Fees Must Fall: Student revolt, decolonisation and governance in South Africa, ed. Susan Booysen (Johannesburg: Wits University Press, 2016), 74–86.
  47. The Group Areas Act was the legal policy that required people of different government-classified race groups to live in different government-defined areas in either Townships or rural Homelands known as Bantustans, located hundreds of kilometres from urban centres.
  48. The Traansvaal was the independent Boer Republic that preceded the colonial Union of South Africa, formed in 1911. Thompson and Berat, A History of South Africa.
  49. Townships were the areas designated for non-White South Africans. During Apartheid, Black South Africans were legally denied access to ‘White South Africa’. Today, the word is used interchangeably with poor, non-White areas.
  50. R. J. Davies, “The Spatial Formation of the South African City,” GeoJournal 2, supplement 2 (1981): s59–s72.
  51. Thompson and Berat, A History of South Africa.
  52. Aformal Terrain – AT – was a collaborative and collective architecture/urbanism/landscape group that closely engaged with complex urban conditions.
  53. Jane Rendell, “Critical Spatial Practice: A Feminist Sketch of some Modes and what Matters,” in Feminist Practices, ed. Lori Brown (Farnham: Ashgate, 2012), 17–55.
  54. Nabeel Hamdi, Small Change: About the Art of Practice and the Limits of Planning in Cities (London: Earthscan, 2013).
  55. Marie Huchzermeyer, Cities with ‘Slums’: From informal settlement eradication to a right to the city in Africa (Claremont, SA: UCT Press, 2011).
  56. Bennett, “Spirit of the Order: Navigating the What-What.”
  57. Edward W. Said, Orientalism (London: Vintage, 1979) 97.
  58. Donna Haraway, Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2016).
  59. Bhan, “Notes on a Southern Urban Practice,” 7.
  60. Vanesa Caston Broto, Linda Westman, and Ping Huang, “Reparative Innovation for Urban Climate Adaptation,” Journal of the British Academy 9, supplement 9 (October 2021): s205–s18.
  61. As understood as a link of action to reflection in the work of bell hooks and Paulo Freire: bell hooks, Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope; Paulo Freire, Pedagogy of the Oppressed, trans. Myra Bergman Ramos (London: Penguin, 2017).
  62. This tool has been structured as a ‘Phrase Book’ to allow for multiple situated interpretations of local concepts and terms, guided by Southern principle of location and place.

Return to archive

title

Hunting Tacit Knowledge: Encounters in architectural education at ILAUD and ETH

Author

Hamish Lonergan

Abstract

Tacit knowledge in architectural education is slippery. It encompasses a broad range of unconscious, embodied, social and otherwise hidden forms of knowing. On one hand, this means that it manifests in different ways depending on the pedagogical format or context. On the other, it resists explanation through the traditional, and largely explicit, tools of academic writing. Therefore, rather than seeking to define it, this paper proposes three approaches for locating and describing it. First, forms of tacit knowing—which we rely on, often without thinking, in our studio, school, or regional culture—become more visible in “moments of encounter” between communities. Second, discussions and negotiations of tacit knowledge often occur through architectural materials: drawings, models, texts, buildings. Third, “moments of tacit encounter” require more evocative and speculative methods of writing and representation, with different evidentiary standards. To test these approaches, this paper narrates two “moments of encounter” as case studies, encompassing different pedagogical formats, actors, writing methods, and revealing different forms of tacit knowledge.   In 2020, I arrived at ETH Zurich, where I began an autoethnographic study of tacit knowledge in discussions between critics across design studios. I was drawn to the realistic models of Studio Caruso, which I first encountered in my architectural studies in Australia. There, they represented a hitherto unimaginable departure from model abstraction. In Zurich, though, some critics were less dazzled, questioning the labor they required. Elsewhere, realistic models had been at the center of right-wing outrage over a kiosk designed by Caruso’s office in Escher-Wyss Platz in 2007. Around these models, the tacit architectural expectations of various groups seemed to reveal itself.   In 2021, I organized a summer school in Rotterdam on summer schools. Over five days, we re-enacted a charette exercise originally set for the 1986 edition of the International Laboratory of Architecture and Urban Design (ILAUD): the summer workshops founded by Giancarlo de Carlo in Urbino. Summer schools are ephemeral in nature—intense, productive, social, life-changing, but only for a few weeks—leaving little evidence of their tacit dimension for us to study today. Re-enacting it ourselves, coming from different educational backgrounds, we started to understand something of what it must have felt like in 1986. We experienced the clashes and arguments, and overcome them through drawings or by discussing images, by talking in those informal moments on the staircase or over lunch.

When I presented an early version of my research on tacit knowledge in the design studio, the architectural historian Mark Jarzombek compared it to tracking a snark. In Lewis Carroll’s poem, The Hunting of the Snark (1876), the crew ‘sought it with thimbles, they sought it with care; / They pursued it with forks and hope’, only for it to slip away, extinguishing one of them in the escape. Meaning is so loosely tied to the written word that Henry Holiday, the first edition’s illustrator, drew Care and Hope as the eleventh and twelfth crew members. Despite listing five characteristics of the beast — among them ‘its habit of getting up late’, and ‘its fondness for bathing-machines’ — there is no illustration of the snark itself at all.

I wondered what Jarzombek meant. Was tacit knowledge really as dangerous, as elusive, as this nonsensical creature? Michael Polanyi, the scientist–philosopher who first named tacit knowledge, located it in designing a ‘harmonious … architectural composition’, without being able to articulate precisely why its geometry is appealing, or how the distribution of solid and void makes us experience awe over another emotion, such as comfort. There remained ‘a personal component, inarticulate and passionate’. 1 Michael Polanyi, Personal Knowledge: Towards a Post-Critical Philosophy (London: Routledge, 1958), 206. We often know where this ‘component’ is, without knowing what it is.

Approach it directly — try to pin it down, define it, tell it — and it wriggles away from us again. 2 As Polanyi writes, ‘we can know more than we can tell’. Michael Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1966), 4. While Polanyi did attempt to articulate the precise nature of tacit knowledge elsewhere in his writing, 3 See, especially, Michael Polanyi and Harry Prosch, Meaning (Chicago: University of Chicago Press 1977). the sociologist Harry Collins still thought he went too far in emphasising its individual, ‘mystical and inspirational’ qualities. 4 Harry Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010), 148. Collins argued it was more straightforward. Only ‘collective’ knowledge was truly tacit because it was context-specific, dependent on a web of changing reference points within a community. Meanwhile, in architectural education, Polanyi’s term has been cited for phenomena from the intuition of designing and the role of our body in drawing to the way studios socialise students into architectural culture. 5 See, for example, Sabine Ammon, “Transforming Tacit Knowledge: The Example of Architectural Drawings,” in Architecture in the Age of Empire (Weimar: Bauhaus University Press, 2010), 598–609; Donald A. Schön, “The Architectural Studio as an Exemplar of Education for Reflection-in-Action,” Journal of Architectural Education 38, no. 1 (September 22, 1984): 2–9; Jan Silberberger, ed., Against and for Method: Revisiting Architectural Design as Research (Zurich: gta Verlag, 2021). These positions are not all contradictory, but merely hint at the spread of the term.

Now I see Jarzombek’s comment as a warning. Like the snark, in this sense at least, tacit knowledge is mercurial: variously social, embodied, intimate, and emotional; often unconscious or unspoken; entangling individuals and collectives. Ultimately, the philosopher Marjorie Grene thought that, irrespective of these epistemological debates, in practice tacit knowledge is so natural we hardly notice it, except in ‘the boundary situation: confrontation with frameworks basically different from our own’. 6 Marjorie Grene, The Knower and the Known (Washington: University Press of America, 1984), 159. Rather than defining the nature of tacit knowledge, then, better to work out how to pursue it without losing ourselves chasing shadows. Everything can seem like tacit knowledge when you start looking for it.

This essay recounts two hunts for tacit knowledge, in those ‘boundary situations’ where tacit knowledge is articulated and negotiated. In one, I found myself drawn to the realistic models in Studio Caruso at ETH Zurich, untangling their various receptions through autoethnography. In the other, I struggled to understand a design charette set for a summer workshop in 1986, the International Laboratory of Architecture and Urban Design (ILAUD), until we reenacted it in 2021. Students became part of a studio over an entire semester, and their encounters with outsiders, like myself or a guest critic, were hardly the same as the month-long encounter between schools at an intensive workshop. Moreover, these are admittedly partial accounts, focused on tacit knowledge specifically, rather than complete histories. Despite these disclaimers, observing tacit knowledge across these diverging circumstances might help us grasp its mechanics and qualities in other encounters in architectural education.

The crew had thimbles and forks; I need tools of my own. After all, histories of architectural education, focused on published documents, have often struggled with the embodied and unwritten: to bridge the boundaries of tacit knowledge between researchers and the communities they study. 7 Catherine Burke, “Containing the School Child: Architectures and Pedagogies,” Paedagogica Historica 41, no. 4–5 (2005): 489–94; Elke Couchez, Rajesh Heynickx, and Hilde Heynen, “Tracing the Avant-Texte of Architectural Theory: The Paul Felix Case,” History of Intellectual Culture 11, no. 1 (2016): 2–27. For this reason, I turned to autoethnography, acknowledging how I saw Caruso’s models through my architectural training in Australia. Meanwhile, separated by temporality as much as culture, reenactment allowed us to experience ILAUD as participants might have in 1986.  Like this by-now belaboured metaphor of chasing the snark, these tools beat a path towards the untellable.

ETH Autoethnography

The models we assembled at the University of Queensland (UQ) were nothing like those made famous by Adam Caruso’s studio at ETH, or by Caruso St. John, the office he founded with Peter St John. Ours were abstract, stripped back to a few materials: balsa wood, grey card, tree twigs, little else. We were told to limit colour and never represent the pattern of individual tiles. This was considered tacky, a sign of the amateur; suitable for model train enthusiasts, not budding architects.

We were hardly alone in thinking this way. Models have been characterised by material abstraction since the Renaissance. Ever since, architects have tended to follow Alberti’s advice: ‘better that the models are not accurately finished, refined, and highly decorated, but plain and simple, so they demonstrate the ingenuity of him who conceived the idea, and not the skill of one who fabricated the model’. 8 Leon Battista Alberti, On the Art of Building in Ten Books, trans. Joseph Rykwert (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1988), 35. When a model becomes too gaudy, craft outshines the architectural intent.

So, it was shocking to see photographs of Caruso St John’s models. My first serious boyfriend, notorious for flouting the conventions of the school, had proffered a copy of El Croquis, disintegrating at the edges from overuse, as if inducting me into a cult. And the realism of these images was a revelation. A glimpse of the interior model for the Veemgebouw in Eindhoven — marbled floor tiles so gleaming they reflected the foyer’s blue columns (Fig. 10.1) — was enough to reveal that our models at UQ were not neutral, as they had seemed, but a deliberately constructed architectural orientation. They suited a mode of regional modernism, indebted to Queensland’s timber-and-tin vernacular. 9 In the influential ‘Placemakers’ exhibition, models were made of balsa wood and card. Miranda Wallace and Sarah Stutchbury, eds., Place Makers: Contemporary Queensland Architects (Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 2008).

At first, their appeal was inextricable from my ex, but they intrigued me even after we broke up. Months later, I still found myself poring over Pinterest, which returns an astonishing number of images when you search ‘Caruso + ETH’. Part of our fascination, I think, was that we could not imagine how to make such delicate models. Even if we overcame our drilled-in suspicion of tile patterns, we lacked the skill to make them shine the right way.

Such intimacy is important for autoethnography, and for writing tacit knowledge. Autoethnography can test theories of tacit knowledge against a researcher’s embodied and social perspective, which remains elusive when relying on explicit testimony from others. 10 Alexander Antony, “Tacit Knowledge and Analytic Autoethnography,” in Revealing Tacit Knowledge: Embodiment and Explication, ed. Frank Adloff, Katharina Gerund, and David Kaldewey (Balefeld: transcript verlag, 2015), 139–68. There is an ideological dimension in positioning ‘the particular experiences of individuals in tension with dominant expressions of discursive power’, 11 Mark Neumann, “Collecting Ourselves at the End of the Century,” in Composing Ethnography: Alternative Forms of Qualitative Writing, ed. Carolyn Ellis and Arthur Bochner (London: Altamira, 1996), 189; Arthur Bochner and Carolyn Ellis, Evocative Autoethnography: Writing Lives and Telling Stories (Walnut Creek: Left Coast Press, 2016). similar to Grene’s account of how we judge, tacitly. When she wonders why she reacts so strongly to a red geranium, she remembers her ‘mother’s dislike of that red in children’s clothing, [and] my surprise when she herself appeared in … the forbidden colour’. 12 Grene, The Knower and the Known, 167. Moving from one community, UQ, to another, ETH, my tacit knowledge is also my own.

The photographs of Caruso St John’s models are composed to test design as much as represent it. They explore atmospheres, simulating lighting conditions, staking a polemical position in favour of surface and material. Caruso has argued they come closer to human vision than the singular perspective of renderings. 13 Adam Caruso, Job Floris, and Hans Teerds, “On Models and Images,” OASE 84 (2011): 128–32. In other details they are abstract, intentionally caught between life-size and miniature. 14 Adam Caruso, “Caruso St John Architects: Cultural and Tourist Centre,” Drawing Matter, January 18, 2017, https://drawingmatter.org/caruso-st-john-architects/. Against those immaculate tiles, the cut-out figure in the Veemgebouw model is incongruously crude. This play of scales has become a calling card for the firm, and for Studio Caruso at ETH.

Figure 10.1: Model Photograph of the Veemgebouw, Eindhoven, 2007. Reproduced with the permission of Caruso St John Architects.

Caruso’s is one of the ETH’s best-known studios. I asked students why they chose it, and they often told me something related to this reputation. I wondered how they learned to make their models; they said there were no classes teaching the technique. They worked it out by consulting the online studio archive, asking friends how they did the fiddly bits. One student I talked to in 2020, who transferred for his master’s, was doubly disappointed: with COVID forcing the studioonline, he struggled with his model. Without it, he wondered, only half-joking, how friends in Germany would know he had attended the studio at all.

These models did not flourish at ETH without precedent: their pedigree dates to an older tradition there. Caruso has written of his interest in the ‘Analogue Architecture’ that emerged from the school in the 1970s: a design process combining references, or analogies, from architectural history and popular culture alike, indebted to Venturi Scott Brown and Aldo Rossi, who was guest professor in 1972–74 and 1977–78. In the studio of Fabio Reinhardt, assisted by Miroslav Šik, students laboured over enormous, atmospheric perspectives. 15 Šik later became professor in 1999. Miroslav Šik, Eva Willenegger, and Lukas Imhof, Analogue Oldnew Architecture (Luzern: Quart Luzern, 2019). For Caruso, they were ‘magnificent … precisely executed in Jaxon pastels and containing more than a hint of Hopper, De Chirico and even Marvel comics’. 16 Adam Caruso, “Whatever Happened to Analogue Architecture?” AA Files 59 (2009): 74–75.

Caruso and St John were among a group of London architects — alongside Tony Fretton and Jonathan Sergison — who, in the 1990s, had looked back to this Swiss lineage, even as some Swiss architects had begun to drift away from it. 17 Maria Conen, Oliver Lütjens, Adam Caruso, and Peter St John, “A Critical Interrogation,” El Croquis 166 (2013): 285. When Caruso arrived at ETH in 2007, he brought an admiration for these Analogue perspectives and their approach to reference and context, nurtured and distorted abroad. At the same time, he and St John worried it had become less convincing in an age of ubiquitous digital renders. 18 Adam Caruso, “The Fallacy of Modernism” (lecture, KRUH, Prague, October 2, 2014), https://slideslive.com/38892148/the-fallacy-of-modernism.

They turned to model photography as an alternative. What is less well-known is that, in the early years of Studio Reinhardt, students also constructed ‘models with detailed interiors like dollhouses’, 19 Martin Bressani, “Interview with Miroslav Šik,” Journal of Architectural Education 73, no. 1 (January 2, 2019): 77–82. photographed from the eye-level of a would-be visitor. Cladding panels were individually modelled and coloured; one student constructed a model in concrete, claiming this was the only way to represent its texture. 20 Christian Kerez, interviewed in Sik, Willenegger, and Imhof, Analogue Oldnew Architecture, 372. Though their careful treatment of light and surface was strikingly similar, in this sense they differed from Studio Caruso, where models are made from paper treated to resemble only a material. Their constructions in card are not only used to produce images, but act as form of intuitive design research: modelling precedent projects, translating their qualities into their own designs without explicit explanation. 21 Adam Caruso and Jan Silberberger, “Teaching from the Head Rather Than from the Belly,” in Against and for Method: Revisiting Architectural Design as Research, ed. Jan Silberberger (Zurich: gta Verlag, 2021), 270.

Nevertheless, the models found fertile ground in the school where their effect, if not their process, was not unknown. There are artists to add to this loose genealogy, too, particularly Thomas Demand, who photographs full-size paper models of disorderly offices and other sites of human activity. I could speculate that looking outside architecture, or to idiosyncratic moments in its past, helped Caruso St John overcome disciplinary conventions of material abstraction.

In a 2020 Studio Caruso crit, one guest was less dazzled. ‘I know the studio loves its models to follow Demand et cetera, but there have been moments in looking at models, and I think, is this a good use of these people’s time, to make tiny hangers and clothes?’ 22 For a description of this studio, see: Studio Caruso, “Making Plans for Living,” ETH Zurich, 2020, https://caruso.arch.ethz.ch/programme/hs-2020/studio. With these hangers, suspended along a corridor, would someone steal the coats, she asked, or did the project assume a fantasy where this did not happen? Another critic wondered whether a room really reminded him of an empty stage set — in the provisional way new buildings often seem poised for future action — or whether it was a quality of the model alone. With all this labour, the critics implied, students had not always spent enough time considering the world they were creating: echoing Alberti, the models perhaps outpaced their maker’s intentions.

Caruso replied, ‘there’s no pressure to do it. You know, I mean, some people do’. The reputation of these models has grown so great that Caruso has questioned whether they have become their own orthodoxy. 23 Caruso, “The Fallacy of Modernism.” Still, the culture of a studio can be hard to change. Sociologists might call this a self-reinforcing path dependence: ‘an institutional pattern [that] delivers increasing benefits with its continued adoption, and thus over time it becomes more and more difficult to transform the pattern … even if these alternative options would have been more “efficient”’. 24 James Mahoney, “Path Dependence in Historical Sociology,” Theory and Society 29, no. 4 (November 14, 2000): 508. In Studio Caruso, students and assistants continue to expect these models, irrespective of how much work they require, to possess momentum beyond the control of anyone, Caruso added.

Conflicts have flared around these models outside the studio too. In 2007, Caruso St John collaborated with Thomas Demand on a competition for a restaurant and toilet to enliven the underpass at Escher Wyss Platz in Zurich. They proposed a replica of a so-called Nail House photographed in Chongquing, left stranded amidst a construction site when its owners refused to sell. As we might expect, the model was in brightly coloured paper, complete with lanterns and tiny chairs. The difference this time was that the building would retain some of these qualities: its finished walls dimpled and painted like cardboard, as if this full-sized building were a scale model of the Chinese original.

The Swiss People’s Party (SVP) were incensed, coordinating a ballot initiative to block this use of public funds. Where one critic thought it succeeded on this difficult site ‘by insisting, despite all its functionality, on its character as a foreign body … through its unusual wooden architecture with amateurish painting’, 25 Edith Krebs, “Dieses Haus steht im Auge des Hurrikans,” WOZ Die Wochenzeitung, September 16, 2010, https://www.woz.ch/1037/kunst-im-oeffentlichen-raum/dieses-haus-steht-im-auge-des-hurrikans. another dubbed it a ‘dreary hut’. 26 Janine Hosp, “‘Das Nagelhaus ist keine triste Hütte’ – ‘Schön ist sie also schon gar nicht!’” Tages-Anzeiger 4 (September 2010), https://www.tagesanzeiger.ch/das-nagelhaus-ist-keine-triste-huette-schoen-ist-sie-also-schon-gar-nicht-224197728840. An SVP poster proclaimed it ‘5.9 million for a shithouse’, leveraging its indexical qualities — replicating a real building, one material mimicking another — to characterise the project as both banal and expensively artistic, rather than as essential infrastructure. Reversing the office’s usual models, where something small looks large, its scale and surface seemed to confound Zurich voters. The ballot succeeded, and Escher Wyss Platz remains empty today.

In a final twist, the Nagelhaus reappeared at the 2010 Venice Biennale. Here, it was viewed by practitioners, academics, critics, and an engaged public already familiar with the work of Caruso St John and Demand and a history of exhibiting 1:1 building fragments. 27 See, for example, Ellie Stathaki, “Venice Architecture Biennale 2010,” Wallpaper, September 3, 2010, https://www.wallpaper.com/gallery/architecture/venice-architecture-biennale-2010. In this new context, before another community, the project was read as daring and intriguing — as those student models had seemed to me — not profligate.

Of course, a temporary installation, public artwork, and student model differ. Still, it seems to me, their wildly diverging receptions relate to a common ambiguity of realism and scale, running against Albertian norms. They carry within them histories, ideologies, and skills, many of them unarticulated. In Studio Caruso, they are routine; when we encounter them outside this community, as part of another like mine at UQ, their unusualness exposes our expectations for all models. We might not even realise we have these tacit expectations until we see them confirmed or challenged.

Reenacting ILAUD

From the first workshop in 1976, ILAUD was an experiment in cross-institutional education and cooperation. It brought together students and teachers from several European and North American schools to work on design projects in sunny Italian cities — first in Urbino, later Sienna, San Marino, and Venice — alongside site visits and guest lectures from luminaries including Gae Aulenti and Peter Smithson. In this, it resembled the ‘carefree holiday and travel atmosphere’ of other summer schools. 28 Giancarlo De Carlo, “Report,” in 1st Residential Course: Urbino 1976 (Milan: Gammaoffset, 1977), 9. Yet, as its founder Giancarlo De Carlo wrote, ILAUD distinguished itself as a ‘laboratory’ of architectural and urban design research, where new methods and theories could be tested. Its programme extended beyond the semester break through intermediate seminars and the ‘permanent activities’, prepared in advance by each school on a given theme, with all projects and discussions consolidated in the annual reports. It attempted to do all this without traditional educational hierarchies, ‘the only distinction being that some would be senior, others junior researchers’. 29 Ibid., 6.

Participants from each school arrived with their own attitudes to design; one of the recurring challenges was stabilising a shared ILAUD ‘platform’. 30 Marcel Smets et. al. “First Draft of the Platform,” in 1st Residential Course: Urbino 1976, 58–60. In the early years, differences between the schools — particularly a long-running debate over competing theories of user participation 31 Lode Janssens, “In Order to Discuss ILAUD,” in Architecture, Multiple and Complex: ILAUD Annual Report Urbino 1984 (Florence: Sansoni, 1985), 166. — sometimes exploded into dramatic scenes. De Carlo recalled reviews becoming ‘tense, often angry or at least frustrated, and to develop a discussion projected towards the future proves to be almost impossible’. 32 Letter from Giancarlo de Carlo to Lode Janssens, July 2, 1984, ILAUD Archive, Polletti Library, Modena. Box: Correspondenza. Nevertheless, over time, the organisation developed a common understanding of its host cities and increasingly nuanced definitions of its recurring themes. By 1986, De Carlo declared that ILAUD was ‘running rather smoothly … with remarkable competence’. 33 Giancarlo De Carlo, “A Diary,” in Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986 (Milan: Sagep, 1987), 12.

1986 is also where my bewilderment begins, with the introduction of two novelties. The workshop tested a three-day charette exercise as the first step in a renovation of the Santa Maria della Scala hospital in Sienna. It was guided by a new design method communicated through a ‘cartesian grid whose ordinates describe a system of conceptual issues, and whose abscissae describe a system of places’. 34 Giancarlo De Carlo, “The Design Method,” in Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986, 90. This grid was crossed with diagonal axes, labelled with the two conceptual themes of the workshop that year: ‘multiplicity of language’ and ‘process of transformation’. The diagram and accompanying explanation were intended to codify what ILAUD participants had learnt over the preceding three years and communicate them to incoming students, unfamiliar with the site or ILAUD itself.

The only charette project described in any detail in the 1986 annual report was an installation from the Oslo School of Architecture (AHO). A grainy photograph depicts a diaphanous curtain hung in a lightwell, one of the ‘places’ named on the abscissae, to emphasise the qualities of light in the space, one of the ordinate ‘issues’. Writing about the results when the charette was repeated the following year, the Norwegian architect Per Olaf Fjeld suggested that ‘a charette is personal. Each country assumes an identity, a method of work, a persuasion, an ideology’. With little time for conscious reflection, this instinctual, fast-paced process might reflect each school’s culture — AHO’s emphasis on phenomenology, for instance, indebted to their teacher Christian Norberg-Schulz — but Fjeld admits that ‘these first marks [are] sometimes difficult to read’. 35 Per Olaf Fjeld, “The Charette,” in Interpretations: ILAUD 1987 (Milan: Sagep, 1988), 98–99.

Adding to my confusion, De Carlo devoted considerable space in his report introduction to a group of ‘five dissenting students’ who refused to work with a staff mentor. He claimed that these students — from Norway, France, and Belgium — ‘predictably enough produced nothing of interest’, and that schools should better familiarise their students with the precepts of ILAUD through the reports: ‘it’s no good students coming to the Course and wanting to study … along lines they’ve invented’. 36 De Carlo, “A Diary,” 5. I found it difficult to reconcile this public castigation of students with ILAUD’s professed pedagogical equality, especially given that De Carlo had advocated less-institutional, more collaborative forms of education throughout his career. 37 Giancarlo De Carlo, “Why/How to Build School Buildings,” Harvard Educational Review 39, no. 4 (1969): 12–35; Giancarlo De Carlo, La Piramide Rovesciata, Dissensi 8 (Bari: De Donato, 1968).

This dissonance might be attributed, charitably, to different educational expectations. In 1983, students from Norway had complained that ‘the system as it is now tends to function … antidemocratically … based on deeper cultural differences between the Italian and Norwegian way of running things’. 38 Letter to Giancarlo De Carlo from Anne Guri et. al., January 1983, ILAUD Archive, Polletti Library, Modena. Box: Correspondenza. Their independence, encouraged at home, was received differently in Sienna; ILAUD might have been less formal than the Italian norm while still being more formal than Oslo. In a similar way, my own interpretation of De Carlo’s reaction has, perhaps, been tinged by my education in Australia, which was likewise less hierarchical than the ‘Italian way of running things’.

On the other hand, when I first encountered the grid, like these students I had not read the annual reports carefully. I found its mathematical language confusing — ordinates and abscissae — because I did not know its referents. In 1982, for instance, ILAUD had discussed ‘Multiplicity of Language’ as a pluralistic alternative to postmodern eclecticism: the appropriate expression for users and place, rather than quotation. 39 Giancarlo De Carlo, “Multiplicity of Language vs. Eclecticism,” in 1982 Year Book: Multiplicity of Language vs. Eclecticism (Florence: Sansoni, 1983), 121–24. Although De Carlo wrote that the grid, alongside the charette, had accelerated the early phase of group work, this was only true of those already familiar with ILAUD’s approach. 40 De Carlo, “A Diary,” 7. For others, it remained imprecise and, unlike the charette, it was not repeated the following year. If my perplexity is any evidence, it required such intimate familiarity with ILAUD’s ‘platform’ that only De Carlo, and a handful of returning teachers, knew it well enough to guide students through it.

Using my own experience as evidence risks anachronism; it is also a kind of reenactment. For the philosopher R. G. Collingwood, ‘the historian must re-enact the past in his own mind … think it again for himself’. 41 R. G. Collingwood, The Idea of History (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1946), 282–83. Quoted in Paul Pickering, “Evidence,” in The Routledge Handbook of Reenactment Studies: Key Terms in the Field, ed. Vanessa Agnew, Jonathan Lamb, and Julianne Tomann (London: Routledge, 2019), 57–62. Collingwood was interested in reconstructing historical thoughts, not actions, but historian Andrew Pickering suggests it is not incompatible with physical reenactment either: by repeating past actions, it becomes a form of affective evidence, approaching how historical figures felt and experienced. In architectural education, Angelika Schnell, Eva Sommeregger, Waltraud Indrist, and their students at the Academy of Fine Arts Vienna pioneered reenactment as a way to investigate the somatic forms of tacit knowledge that produced particular drawings or designs. 42 Eva Sommeregger, Angelika Schnell, and Waltraud Indrist, Entwerfen Erforschen – Der ‘performative Turn’ Im Architekturstudium (Basel: Birkhäuser, 2013). In this sense, reenactment might unlock the emotional and embodied tacit knowledge of archival documents.

In 2021, I organised a reenactment of the charette, transposed from Sienna to Rotterdam. Over the same three-day period, we followed a modified version of the Cartesian Grid (Fig. 10.2) for a project for a new site — the Lijnbaan pedestrian street — designing ‘in character’ as one of the ILAUD schools of 1986. I surprised myself when I fell into the role of De Carlo, urging the group playing AHO, Mara Trübenbach and Emanuele De Angelis, to recreate that single installation photograph. I felt a flash of annoyance when they insisted the curtain itself was less important than its installation and effects.

In Sienna, the Norwegians had scrubbed the shaft and sought out this translucent fabric, exploring the city as they went. Trübenbach and De Angelis mirrored these experiences. First, they recorded themselves walking along the Lijnbaan, counter to the right–left flow of foot traffic, the imposition heightening their sense of the sights and sounds of the city around them. Then, in their own intervention, they bought a rope to be strung out along the Lijnbaan (‘rope walk’ in Dutch) to modify how people walked. Their final performance counterposed what AHO participants saw in 1986 with their observations in 2021. In this doubling, I could recognise the way that, for the audience in both, ‘his path was the same, he stopped … and glanced. The first transformation … was a reality’. 43 “The Charette,” in Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986, 93.

Figure 10.2: Modified ‘Cartesian Grid,’ 2021. Original published in Giancarlo de Carlo, “The Design Method,” in Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986 (Milan: Sagep Editrice for ILAUD, 1987), 90–91.

Other groups found the grid as perplexing as I had. Reenacting its axes and diagonals just sent us back to the reports, scrambling to understand what De Carlo meant by the ‘process of transformation’, and how this made sense within ILAUD. One group criticised the complexity of the task I had given them: combining this grid, with the imitation of a school, with an altogether new city and site. The number of shifting parameters, they complained, made the task so complicated that all they could do was try to satisfy them, with no room left for their own project.

I could have agreed that I found the grid confusing too. Instead, I again grew increasingly frustrated. I worried that, without the framework I had spent so long formulating, we would never uncover the kind of affective evidence I expected. It was only later that I realised De Carlo might have felt this way in 1986. How he might have planned an open and non-hierarchical workshop — after all, this had been my intention too — only to discover that, in all his enthusiasm, he could not bear for anyone to meddle with it. What had seemed so perplexing was, perhaps, simply a very human encounter with other humans.

We know that in 1986 participants were tasked with transforming Santa Maria della Scala; we can study their solutions, like the curtain, however badly photocopied. Between these two points, the brief and the results, things grow murkier, and more tacit. The reenactment was one attempt to peer through the gloom. So was the grid itself. It broke what ILAUD had learnt in the years before into small, explicit pieces. De Carlo thought this would speed up the messy initiation of new students, from over a month to only a few days. But read through its abstract description alone — without the experience of discussing its concepts, testing ideas, learning from each other, executing bodily skills, the emotions felt in the process, whether in Sienna or Rotterdam — the fragments could never cohere.

The Snark Redux

The snark had five characteristics; in the end, I could venture another five for tacit knowledge. One, we find tacit knowledge at the boundary between communities because a community’s boundaries are partly defined by shared tacit knowledge: what separates one studio, school, or public from another. Two, boundaries of tacit knowledge are often intangible until they coalesce around tangible objects. These objects, three, can help surmount our boundaries — becoming a common reference point — but not if they rely on explicit instructions. There is a paradox in intuiting tacit knowledge through a model or curtain, mute and open-ended, while the detailed grid left us more confused. This does not mean, four, that objects overcome all boundaries for all communities: the SVP lacked context for the Nagelhaus model, and any inclination to understand it. Boundaries of tacit knowledge exclude as readily as they define. Finally, five, tacit knowledge bounds communities but it is also personal knowledge, inseparable from the person who knows it. ILAUD and Studio Caruso are not reducible to their founders — the model persists despite Caruso’s ambivalence — but De Carlo’s emotions did affect ILAUD. This is why my methods have so emphasised my position. They underscore the way we always view the tacit knowledge of others in terms of our own.

Though I cannot claim to have seen the snark well enough to say any of this with certainty. The most we can hope for, I think, are stories like these two hunts, offering glimpses of our encounters with tacit knowledge.

Bibliography

  • Alberti, Leon Battista. On the Art of Building in Ten Books. Translated by Joseph Rykwert. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1988.
  • Ammon, Sabine. “Transforming Tacit Knowledge: The Example of Architectural Drawings.” In Architecture in the Age of Empire, 598–609. Weimar: Bauhaus University Press, 2010.
  • Antony, Alexander. “Tacit Knowledge and Analytic Autoethnography.” In Revealing Tacit Knowledge: Embodiment and Explication, edited by Frank Adloff, Katharina Gerund, and David Kaldewey, 139–68. Balefeld: transcript verlag, 2015.
  • Bochner, Arthur, and Carolyn Ellis. Evocative Autoethnography: Writing Lives and Telling Stories. Walnut Creek: Left Coast Press, 2016.
  • Bressani, Martin. “Interview with Miroslav Šik.” Journal of Architectural Education 73, no. 1 (January 2, 2019): 77–82.
  • Burke, Catherine. “Containing the School Child: Architectures and Pedagogies.” Paedagogica Historica 41, no. 4–5 (2005): 489–94.
  • Caruso, Adam. “Caruso St John Architects: Cultural and Tourist Centre.” Drawing Matter. January 18, 2017. https://drawingmatter.org/caruso-st-john-architects/.
  • Caruso, Adam. “The Fallacy of Modernism.” Lecture, KRUH, Prague, October 2, 2014. https://slideslive.com/38892148/the-fallacy-of-modernism.
  • Caruso, Adam. “Whatever Happened to Analogue Architecture?” AA Files 59 (2009): 74–75.
  • Caruso, Adam, and Jan Silberberger. “Teaching from the Head Rather Than from the Belly.” In Against and for Method: Revisiting Architectural Design as Research, ed. Jan Silberberger, 262-271. Zurich: gta Verlag, 2021.
  • Caruso, Adam, Job Floris, and Hans Teerds. “On Models and Images.” OASE 84 (2011): 128–32.
  • “The Charette.” In Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986, 98-103. Milan: Sagep, 1987.
  • Collins, Harry. Tacit and & Explicit Knowledge. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.
  • Conen, Maria, Oliver Lütjens, Adam Caruso, and Peter St John. “A Critical Interrogation.” El Croquis 166 (2013): 284-299.
  • Couchez, Elke, Rajesh Heynickx, and Hilde Heynen. “Tracing the Avant-Texte of Architectural Theory: The Paul Felix Case.” History of Intellectual Culture 11, no. 1 (2016): 2–27.
  • De Carlo, Giancarlo. “The Design Method.” In Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986, 90-91. Milan: Sagep, 1987.
  • De Carlo, Giancarlo. “A Diary.” In Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986, 4-12. Milan: Sagep, 1987.
  • De Carlo, Giancarlo. “Multiplicity of Language vs. Eclecticism.” In 1982 Year Book: Multiplicity of Language vs. Eclecticism, 121–24. Florence: Sansoni, 1983.
  • De Carlo, Giancarlo. La Piramide Rovesciata. Dissensi 8. Bari: De Donato, 1968.
  • De Carlo, Giancarlo. “Report.” In 1st Residential Course: Urbino 1976, 5–77. Milan: Gammaoffset, 1977.
  • De Carlo, Giancarlo. “Why/How to Build School Buildings.” Harvard Educational Review 39, no. 4 (1969): 12–35.
  • Fjeld, Per Olaf. “The Charette.” In Interpretations: ILAUD 1987, 92-93. Milan: Sagep, 1988.
  • Grene, Marjorie. The Knower and the Known. Washington: University Press of America, 1984.
  • Hosp, Janine. “‘Das Nagelhaus ist keine triste Hütte’ – ‘Schön ist sie also schon gar nicht!’” Tages-Anzeiger 4. September 2010. https://www.tagesanzeiger.ch/das-nagelhaus-ist-keine-triste-huette-schoen-ist-sie-also-schon-gar-nicht-224197728840.
  • Janssens, Lode. “In Order to Discuss ILAUD.” In Architecture, Multiple and Complex: ILAUD Annual Report Urbino 1984, 164-72. Florence: Sansoni, 1985.
  • Krebs, Edith. “Dieses Haus steht im Auge des Hurrikans.” WOZ Die Wochenzeitung. September 16, 2010. https://www.woz.ch/1037/kunst-im-oeffentlichen-raum/dieses-haus-steht-im-auge-des-hurrikans.
  • Letter from Giancarlo de Carlo to Lode Janssens. July 2, 1984. ILAUD Archive, Polletti Library, Modena. Box: Correspondenza.
  • Letter to Giancarlo de Carlo from Anne Guri et. al. January 1983, ILAUD Archive, Polletti Library, Modena. Box: Correspondenza.
  • Mahoney, James. “Path Dependence in Historical Sociology.” Theory and Society 29, no. 4 (November 14, 2000): 507–48.
  • Neumann, Mark. “Collecting Ourselves at the End of the Century.” In Composing Ethnography: Alternative Forms of Qualitative Writing, edited by Carolyn Ellis and Arthur Bochner, 172–97. London: Altamira, 1996.
  • Pickering, Paul. “Evidence.” In The Routledge Handbook of Reenactment Studies: Key Terms in the Field, edited by Vanessa Agnew, Jonathan Lamb and Julianne Tomann, 57–-62. London: Routledge, 2019.
  • Polanyi, Michael. Personal Knowledge: Towards a Post-Critical Philosophy. London: Routledge, 1958.
  • Polanyi, Michael. The Tacit Dimension. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1966.
  • Polanyi, Michael, and Harry Prosch. Meaning. Chicago: University of Chicago Press 1977.
  • Schön, Donald A. “The Architectural Studio as an Exemplar of Education for Reflection-in-Action.” Journal of Architectural Education 38, no. 1 (September 22, 1984): 2–9.
  • Šik, Miroslav, Eva Willenegger, and Lukas Imhof. Analogue Oldnew Architecture. Luzern: Quart Luzern, 2019.
  • Silberberger, Jan, ed. Against and for Method: Revisiting Architectural Design as Research. Zurich: gta Verlag, 2021.
  • Smets, Marcel, et. al. “First Draft of the Platform.” In 1st Residential Course: Urbino 1976, 58-60. Milan: Gammaoffset, 1977.
  • Sommeregger, Eva, Angelika Schnell, and Waltraud Indrist. Entwerfen Erforschen – Der ‘performative Turn’ Im Architekturstudium. Basel: Birkhäuser, 2013.
  • Stathaki, Ellie. “Venice Architecture Biennale 2010.” Wallpaper. September 3, 2010. https://www.wallpaper.com/gallery/architecture/venice-architecture-biennale-2010.
  • Studio Caruso. “Making Plans for Living.” ETH Zurich, 2020. https://caruso.arch.ethz.ch/programme/hs-2020/studio.
  • Wallace, Miranda, and Sarah Stutchbury, eds. Place Makers: Contemporary Queensland Architects. Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 2008.
  1. Michael Polanyi, Personal Knowledge: Towards a Post-Critical Philosophy (London: Routledge, 1958), 206.
  2. As Polanyi writes, ‘we can know more than we can tell’. Michael Polanyi, The Tacit Dimension (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1966), 4.
  3. See, especially, Michael Polanyi and Harry Prosch, Meaning (Chicago: University of Chicago Press 1977).
  4. Harry Collins, Tacit & Explicit Knowledge (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010), 148.
  5. See, for example, Sabine Ammon, “Transforming Tacit Knowledge: The Example of Architectural Drawings,” in Architecture in the Age of Empire (Weimar: Bauhaus University Press, 2010), 598–609; Donald A. Schön, “The Architectural Studio as an Exemplar of Education for Reflection-in-Action,” Journal of Architectural Education 38, no. 1 (September 22, 1984): 2–9; Jan Silberberger, ed., Against and for Method: Revisiting Architectural Design as Research (Zurich: gta Verlag, 2021).
  6. Marjorie Grene, The Knower and the Known (Washington: University Press of America, 1984), 159.
  7. Catherine Burke, “Containing the School Child: Architectures and Pedagogies,” Paedagogica Historica 41, no. 4–5 (2005): 489–94; Elke Couchez, Rajesh Heynickx, and Hilde Heynen, “Tracing the Avant-Texte of Architectural Theory: The Paul Felix Case,” History of Intellectual Culture 11, no. 1 (2016): 2–27.
  8. Leon Battista Alberti, On the Art of Building in Ten Books, trans. Joseph Rykwert (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1988), 35.
  9. In the influential ‘Placemakers’ exhibition, models were made of balsa wood and card. Miranda Wallace and Sarah Stutchbury, eds., Place Makers: Contemporary Queensland Architects (Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 2008).
  10. Alexander Antony, “Tacit Knowledge and Analytic Autoethnography,” in Revealing Tacit Knowledge: Embodiment and Explication, ed. Frank Adloff, Katharina Gerund, and David Kaldewey (Balefeld: transcript verlag, 2015), 139–68.
  11. Mark Neumann, “Collecting Ourselves at the End of the Century,” in Composing Ethnography: Alternative Forms of Qualitative Writing, ed. Carolyn Ellis and Arthur Bochner (London: Altamira, 1996), 189; Arthur Bochner and Carolyn Ellis, Evocative Autoethnography: Writing Lives and Telling Stories (Walnut Creek: Left Coast Press, 2016).
  12. Grene, The Knower and the Known, 167.
  13. Adam Caruso, Job Floris, and Hans Teerds, “On Models and Images,” OASE 84 (2011): 128–32.
  14. Adam Caruso, “Caruso St John Architects: Cultural and Tourist Centre,” Drawing Matter, January 18, 2017, https://drawingmatter.org/caruso-st-john-architects/.
  15. Šik later became professor in 1999. Miroslav Šik, Eva Willenegger, and Lukas Imhof, Analogue Oldnew Architecture (Luzern: Quart Luzern, 2019).
  16. Adam Caruso, “Whatever Happened to Analogue Architecture?” AA Files 59 (2009): 74–75.
  17. Maria Conen, Oliver Lütjens, Adam Caruso, and Peter St John, “A Critical Interrogation,” El Croquis 166 (2013): 285.
  18. Adam Caruso, “The Fallacy of Modernism” (lecture, KRUH, Prague, October 2, 2014), https://slideslive.com/38892148/the-fallacy-of-modernism.
  19. Martin Bressani, “Interview with Miroslav Šik,” Journal of Architectural Education 73, no. 1 (January 2, 2019): 77–82.
  20. Christian Kerez, interviewed in Sik, Willenegger, and Imhof, Analogue Oldnew Architecture, 372.
  21. Adam Caruso and Jan Silberberger, “Teaching from the Head Rather Than from the Belly,” in Against and for Method: Revisiting Architectural Design as Research, ed. Jan Silberberger (Zurich: gta Verlag, 2021), 270.
  22. For a description of this studio, see: Studio Caruso, “Making Plans for Living,” ETH Zurich, 2020, https://caruso.arch.ethz.ch/programme/hs-2020/studio.
  23. Caruso, “The Fallacy of Modernism.”
  24. James Mahoney, “Path Dependence in Historical Sociology,” Theory and Society 29, no. 4 (November 14, 2000): 508.
  25. Edith Krebs, “Dieses Haus steht im Auge des Hurrikans,” WOZ Die Wochenzeitung, September 16, 2010, https://www.woz.ch/1037/kunst-im-oeffentlichen-raum/dieses-haus-steht-im-auge-des-hurrikans.
  26. Janine Hosp, “‘Das Nagelhaus ist keine triste Hütte’ – ‘Schön ist sie also schon gar nicht!’” Tages-Anzeiger 4 (September 2010), https://www.tagesanzeiger.ch/das-nagelhaus-ist-keine-triste-huette-schoen-ist-sie-also-schon-gar-nicht-224197728840.
  27. See, for example, Ellie Stathaki, “Venice Architecture Biennale 2010,” Wallpaper, September 3, 2010, https://www.wallpaper.com/gallery/architecture/venice-architecture-biennale-2010.
  28. Giancarlo De Carlo, “Report,” in 1st Residential Course: Urbino 1976 (Milan: Gammaoffset, 1977), 9.
  29. Ibid., 6.
  30. Marcel Smets et. al. “First Draft of the Platform,” in 1st Residential Course: Urbino 1976, 58–60.
  31. Lode Janssens, “In Order to Discuss ILAUD,” in Architecture, Multiple and Complex: ILAUD Annual Report Urbino 1984 (Florence: Sansoni, 1985), 166.
  32. Letter from Giancarlo de Carlo to Lode Janssens, July 2, 1984, ILAUD Archive, Polletti Library, Modena. Box: Correspondenza.
  33. Giancarlo De Carlo, “A Diary,” in Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986 (Milan: Sagep, 1987), 12.
  34. Giancarlo De Carlo, “The Design Method,” in Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986, 90.
  35. Per Olaf Fjeld, “The Charette,” in Interpretations: ILAUD 1987 (Milan: Sagep, 1988), 98–99.
  36. De Carlo, “A Diary,” 5.
  37. Giancarlo De Carlo, “Why/How to Build School Buildings,” Harvard Educational Review 39, no. 4 (1969): 12–35; Giancarlo De Carlo, La Piramide Rovesciata, Dissensi 8 (Bari: De Donato, 1968).
  38. Letter to Giancarlo De Carlo from Anne Guri et. al., January 1983, ILAUD Archive, Polletti Library, Modena. Box: Correspondenza.
  39. Giancarlo De Carlo, “Multiplicity of Language vs. Eclecticism,” in 1982 Year Book: Multiplicity of Language vs. Eclecticism (Florence: Sansoni, 1983), 121–24.
  40. De Carlo, “A Diary,” 7.
  41. R. G. Collingwood, The Idea of History (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1946), 282–83. Quoted in Paul Pickering, “Evidence,” in The Routledge Handbook of Reenactment Studies: Key Terms in the Field, ed. Vanessa Agnew, Jonathan Lamb, and Julianne Tomann (London: Routledge, 2019), 57–62.
  42. Eva Sommeregger, Angelika Schnell, and Waltraud Indrist, Entwerfen Erforschen – Der ‘performative Turn’ Im Architekturstudium (Basel: Birkhäuser, 2013).
  43. “The Charette,” in Where, Why and How: Sienna 1986, 93.

Return to archive

title

CODA

↑ Back to top

Return to archive

title

Learning from the unspoken: tacit knowledges engaged.

Authors

Christoph Grafe Lara Schrijver

↑ Back to top

Introduction

The research of this network has been an adventure for most of us, researchers and supervisors alike. When we put out the call for applicants, we were overwhelmed by the interest we received; this showed us that our network, formed to dig into knowledges less easily codified, was on target. Indeed, for many of the researchers who applied to be part of the programme, the network filled a gap between traditional academic research and the sustained in-depth enquiry of a reflective practice.

Is it then even possible to arrive at a conclusion, a coda, for a research project aiming to open up new horizons? Especially a project that involves ten universities in different places, belonging to different academic traditions and architecture cultures? The form chosen here, a compilation of material with a multitude of authors, reflects the many perspectives inherent in such a project, and emphasises the continual development inherent in research. Research is never complete. Everything is in flux: both the individual research projects and the publications that may yet emerge. What is presented now can only be an intermediate report of provisional conclusions, providing a foundation for further research. Therefore, this is a kaleidoscopic picture of positions, interests, and preoccupations, inherent in the project from the outset. Even the initial concept of tacit knowledge, i.e., that knowledge which is located behind, under, over, and outside of the authored, disciplinary knowledge engraved in language, holds so many different horizons that its examination must necessarily appear confusing.

In a conglomerate of social practices as represented by architecture, the role of tacit knowledge is complex and often contradictory. The unspoken is necessary for functioning in society; both for those who represent power and prevailing interests, and for the strategies that oppose or attempt to resist those interests. Tacit knowledge can be disruptive, providing quiet resistance to systems of control, but it can also be a means to consolidate power, with invisible boundaries set to exclude the disenfranchised. Either way, it contributes to a modus operandi that sees itself as pragmatic and professional.

Research questions pertaining to tacit knowledge arise from the horizons of action between the justification of architecture and the processes of conception, realisation, and reception. In a discipline that also sees itself as a profession and locates itself between technical–scientific problem-solving narratives and artistic speculative action, and that is, essentially, a cultural practice, the methodological contexts themselves are multi-layered. Every quantified calculation accommodates and conceals unspoken assumptions that can presumably be traced and described only with precise knowledge of the respective methods of data collection. An investigation of forms of representation requires the decoding of the art historical traditions which were effective in their invention. When it comes to the tacit knowledge operating in socially embedded planning, the focus shifts to the insights of the social sciences of sociology and cultural anthropology, or towards literary forms of cognition and generating knowledge.

Lessons

So, what have we learned, and which discoveries were most provocative or unexpected? Our group of researchers is diverse, with topics including the examination of Aby Warburg’s Mnemosyne for its methods of establishing connections across centuries and cultural landscapes between images and cultural phenomena by means of association (Cattapan), the exploration of the virtual world and augmented reality (Strunden), and the close study of local policy documents in relation to housing developments (Vørsel). Along the way, the researchers and supervisors have constantly (re)calibrated their research assumptions and explicated their methods and approaches. For example, what started out as a project to examine the effects of the rediscovery and reinvention of representational techniques (the collage and the capriccio) in Europe and North America in the 1960s and 1970s employing Warburg’s methods, acquired a new topicality following acquaintance with the archive of the Belgian architect Christian Kieckens. In this case, the mobility implied by the secondments in the cultural institutions (here the Flanders Architecture Institute/ VAi) paid off. The encounter with the archive material substantially changed the research, its focus shifting from the examination of an episode in the transatlantic interferences in architectural theory to the effect of these cross-disseminations on a local European context, contributing to the creation of an embedded and vital architectural culture supported by public policy. As similar shifts in attention have occurred in other projects, the trajectories represent rich and rewarding processes of redefining parameters of architectural knowledge, and of rethinking how these forms of knowledge are constructed. Throughout, we became increasingly aware of the contextual conventions that also define how architecture is taught, practised, and researched.

Thinking beyond problem-solving

The motivation for studying tacit knowledge in architecture initially had several motivations. On the one hand, it can be understood as an attempt to contribute to the corpus of epistemological literature. As architects, we are familiar with processes of generating knowledge in which different methods, from text to model to drawing to informal conversation, are used alongside each other in answer to questions that rarely manifest themselves as clearly defined problems. Architecture is not a problem-solving discipline, but one that needs to problematise its own operations at every step. 1 Joost Meuwissen, Architectuur als oude wetenschap (Amsterdam: Wiederhall, 1988), 161.  This is one of the key features of design thinking as understood by Bryan Lawson and Kees Dorst: more than problem-solving, design is built on ‘problem-finding’, on (re)conceptualising a problem by offering a variety of possible outcomes. 2 Bryan Lawson and Kees Dorst, Design Expertise (New York: Routledge, 2009). However, one could feel uneasy about the reference to ‘problems’ – an inheritance from late modernist attempts to align architecture with the engineering sciences – altogether: questions in architecture rarely present themselves in the clear-cut fashion implied by the term.

This patchwork of multiple viewpoints and possible outcomes lends interest to the process of generating knowledge in architecture: its activities are intended to satisfy diffuse expectations for which quantifiable elements (the programme outlining use, energy–technical requirements, constructive conditions, etc.) would appear to possess a clear articulation. However, these usually do not cover the core of what architectural objects or ensembles are required to achieve. In most projects, beyond the ‘problem setting’ there is a horizon of expectations that are not formulated. This setting, as Donald Schön has noted, is not technical. 3 Donald Schön, The Reflective Practitioner (New York: Basic Books, 1982), 40. It is even doubtful whether the interactive process of naming the fields of attention and framing the context (actions which Schön identifies as part of the problem setting) can be exhaustive or, indeed, if this process really uncovers the real expectations, which often have to be left implicit. The process of generating knowledge, which is implied by the term ‘design’, necessarily involves the identification of questions that are not initially visible or formulated. In architecture, this identification of expectations does not generally take place in documents which are articulated in language, but in drawings or, in traditional building, in the constructed objects. Insofar as the reflections on the decision-making processes are rationalised at all, this usually occurs in retrospect, post factum. Thus, the specific methods of generating knowledge through architectural design are indeed suitable for making statements about methods of science in complex constellations or situations, which are by no means limited to architecture. The mesh of technical, social, and cultural types of knowledge seems to be of the greatest importance against the background of the more complex questions that arise from the understanding of ecological contexts. Perhaps – and this could well be a first conclusion of this research project – architecture offers its capacity as a laboratory for the type of non-linear and lateral thinking that would be necessary (for other disciplines, too) in addressing the challenges produced by the climate emergency.

What would a better understanding of the operations of tacit knowledge in the field of architecture entail for the theory of the discipline? The past forty years in architecture discourse have seen a growing academic culture, and a strong reflection on how architecture – in theory and in practice – can lay claim to scientific knowledge. Architecture has drawn from many different fields of knowledge, and was defined by various educational paradigms in the twentieth century – from those rooted in the Beaux-Arts or Arts and Crafts traditions via the workshops of the Bauhaus to the institutions operating according to the polytechnic model. As such, it would be impossible to define a singular accepted method of research, yet there are a number of approaches that have held sway for some time now.

Methods matter

From Schön’s reflective practitioner to Lawson and Dorst’s design thinking, the methods of research remain highly contextual and informed by each project. In the case of Anna Livia Vørsel, her questions on the reuse of a school in Stockholm led her from seemingly solid policy regulations controlling sound levels into a more subjective understanding of how the qualitative experience of a space can lead to a completely different understanding of its comfort. Throughout the network, the individual projects have engaged directly with questions of method and how to approach a problem with an eye on its particular context as well as broader issues.

One such method which was explored in several projects was the reenactment of installations or events. While this was initially not envisaged as a broadly applicable method for the network’s research topics, the approach has provided essential information that seemed particularly appropriate for studying the effect of performances and installations, while also creating occasions for public events addressing a wider audience. The recreation of one of Christian Kieckens’s exhibitions in Antwerp is one example. Similarly, Hamish Lonergan’s reenactment of educational situations characteristic of the ETH Zurich was instrumental in the study of the transmission of tacit knowledge in schools of architecture. The examination of cultures of craft as part of communities of architecture required first-hand knowledge of the operational processes – the making of things – and direct participation in them, as exemplified by the projects of Eric Crevels and Ionas Sklavounos. Reenactment then merged with immersion in the craft itself.

While simulating events and actions may be a well-known aspect of laboratory procedures in other fields, reenactment is not an established form of research in architectural scholarship. Here it also bears certain resemblances to experiments in the performing arts, the restaging of situations and encounters which endeavour to obtain a deeper knowledge of the interaction between the actors involved, revealing what is generally left unspoken. In the context of academic research seeking to provide material for further examination, the question then arises of how the moment that is (re)created may be recorded and analysed.

While the explication of methods and discussions on matter and context are crucial, it has also become apparent through the research of the network that largely quantitative approaches are insufficient to address the complexity of visual, material, and regulatory frameworks at play in architecture and related fields. Jhono Bennett’s project, for instance, explores forms of unwritten, tacit questioning of the operations of the discipline and its representatives, and their contribution to maintaining power structures. This is particularly evident in the study of images produced by artists in South Africa, who use motifs and techniques derived from popular culture, in order to understand the role of architecture in situations characterised by inequality and social conflict. Here, the scope of tacit knowledge extends into an examination of the forms of communication developed by those who have neither a voice nor access to publishing channels.

Constellations and contexts

Some of the work produced by the researchers follows on the heels of Warburg’s museum imaginary, but expands the cumulative attitude with contemporary approaches. These include data gathering, serial productions, and a variety of categories. Each shows how the lateral shifts between different but similar objects, attitudes driven by the expansion of a visual universe, can be informative and indeed reveal unexpected alignments or contrasts. For example, in Claudia Mainardi’s project on mapping the connections and continuities of the Venice Biennales, new insights into the connections between incidental and recurring events and a longer continuity of historical discourse arise. Along the way, the various hidden networks of professional exchange become visible, adding a new layer to the understanding of knowledge dissemination through international exhibitions.

Pattern seeking is part and parcel of architectural education, yet there remains an important role for understanding causality. The mere coexistence of patterns does not imply a causal relationship, and now ‘big data’ is increasingly important in all fields of research, a more in-depth, qualitative understanding of patterns and correlations is crucial.

Some of the longstanding insights of architecture have faded out of focus as academic institutions have increasingly adopted a codifiable logic. Yet, while academic research in the design sciences strives to generate knowledge that can be broadly applied, there is also a role for a more sensitive apprehension of history, culture, place, context, and convention. These conditions are meaningful, and transform how human beings look at things and position themselves in a world characterised by an ever-increasing cultural dynamic and diversity. Precisely in understanding a local context or a different convention, particular aspects of knowledge may be illuminated that otherwise remain invisible in anonymous and indistinguishable streams of data. If this local context is not stable, whether physically or culturally, this act of understanding will probably have to accept that it will only ever be scratching the surface.

Moreover, because of the entangled nature of architectural thinking, this requires an understanding of visible and invisible layers – it is not enough to simply identify a historical or geographical context. It instead requires an articulation of salient features that are pertinent to how a particular custom has developed, as shown for example in the sustained research and analysis in the craft-based workshops of the Boulouki (Sklavounos). Similarly, understanding cultural habits by identifying a highly situated vocabulary (Bennett), or revealing the many layers of a particular situation documented in drawing, photography, and writing through careful observation (Wijnbelt), show how these contexts shape spatial and social habits in hidden ways.

The medium is (still) the message

As a practice, architecture is tied to its media of expression. Or, as Stan Allen has noted: architects don’t build buildings, they make drawings for other people to build buildings. In other words, there are many moments of translation between idea and building. Moreover, as has by now become well-established, the medium is not an innocent bystander, but rather shapes the outcome. As such, it matters which choices are made throughout the design process. Understanding these media is an important aspect of understanding our cognitive and embodied responses to the built environment.

What these projects suggest is that there is still a wealth of insight to be gained precisely from the more direct, individual engagement with research. Paula Strunden’s projects require the audience to step in and try to explore the environment presented. The audience responses hint at the possibility of gathering a wider array of environmental experiences. Similarly, Mara Trübenbach has found a powerful research approach in the close study of embodiment in theatre. Resonating with the reenactment approaches, her work more closely examines the impact of up-close and personal experience.

Future research

One of the strengths of this network lies in its breadth and numbers. There are precedents in the twentieth century for similar questions, but they have typically been singular projects, centred on individual explorations. Here, the dialogues between individual projects that might otherwise never encounter one another provide new perspectives on methods, vocabulary, and context. The project as such is an encouragement for further projects in dialogue, and for experimental ground.

The operations of tacit knowledge in the research presented here show a varied spectrum of methods, themes, and outcomes. Overall, the project has taken up the challenge to draw out the hidden mechanisms that contribute to how architecture is conceived and realised, which subsequently shapes how it is used. The network’s different projects show that this mosaic of approaches can indeed enter into dialogues, helping to understand the different roles architecture may play in facing urgent challenges such as the climate crisis, housing inequality, and design justice.

If architectural design, in this network, is understood as a specific form of generating knowledge, this also raises the question of how this disciplinary knowledge is constituted and from where it is fed. The research network itself is predominantly located in the field of architectural theory. This is a form of research and teaching that is itself subject to constant dynamics. The diffuseness of the field of knowledge is already evident in its founding text, Vitruvius’s De architectura, which includes not only theories of composition and proportion, but also considerations of construction, climate, and the organisation of work. However, architectural theory as practised at most universities finds its origin in the rediscovery of historical references in the 1960s and 1970s. This implies a critique of positivist thinking and the reductionist legitimations of functionalism. Against the backdrop of the challenge of the climate emergency, this form of theory must, and does, sort itself out afresh. Alongside the – still necessary – examination of historical phenomena, there are questions arising from the accessibility of new technologies and forms of intelligence. Research, however, also needs to scrutinise them and critically monitor the development of these technologies.

We might also say: the relationship between heteronomous impulses and the autonomous knowledge tradition of architecture is being reformulated, and one of the very tasks of architectural theory is to prepare this readjustment in thinking. The complexity of the questions in the TACK network clearly reflects this situation.

  1. Joost Meuwissen, Architectuur als oude wetenschap (Amsterdam: Wiederhall, 1988), 161.
  2. Bryan Lawson and Kees Dorst, Design Expertise (New York: Routledge, 2009).
  3. Donald Schön, The Reflective Practitioner (New York: Basic Books, 1982), 40.